SERVICE MANUAL

Color Large Format Inkjet Printer

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

SEIJ03003

Notice:
„ All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION. „ The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. „ All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them. „ The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof. EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

General Notice:

Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Copyright © 2005 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION. I&I CS/Quality Management &PL Department

PRECAUTIONS
Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1)Personal injury and 2) damage to equipment.

DANGER WARNING

Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in serious or fatal personal injury. Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings. Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in damage to equipment.

The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair/maintenance procedures.

DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES. 2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK. 3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL, DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.

WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN. 2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE, LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATING PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE. 3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND/OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS. 4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTISTATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS. 5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF SECOND-SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON-APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY.

About This Manual
This manual describes basic functions, theory of electrical and mechanical operations, maintenance and repair procedures of the printer. The instructions and procedures included herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians, and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page.

Manual Configuration
This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix. CHAPTER 1.PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS Provides a general overview and specifications of the product. CHAPTER 2.OPERATING PRINCIPLES Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product. CHAPTER 3.TROUBLESHOOTING Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting. CHAPTER 4.DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling the product. CHAPTER 5.ADJUSTMENT Provides Epson-approved methods for adjustment. CHAPTER 6.MAINTENANCE Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson-approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product. APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference: • Connector pin assignments • Electric circuit boards components layout • Electrical circuit boards schematics • Exploded diagram & Parts List

Symbols Used in this Manual
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a procedure or an action. Be aware of all symbols when they are used, and always read NOTE, CAUTION, or WARNING messages. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to keep the product’s quality.

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment. May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently. It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous action. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss of life. Indicates that a particular task must be carried out according to a certain standard after disassembly and before re-assembly, otherwise the quality of the components in question may be adversely affected.

Revision Status
Revision Date of Issue Description

A B

Dec. 25, 2003 Mar. 25, 2005

First release Revised Contents [Chapter 1]
• • • • • • • • • Features (Page 10) Cut Specification (Page 20) Reliability (Page 22) Panel Display in Operation (LCD and LED Display) (Page 30) Status Printing (Page 55) Paper Thickness Detection Pattern (Page 68) Gap Adjustment Print Pattern (Page 72) Supersonic Cleaning (SSCL) (Page 77) Maintenance Tank (Page 114) :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Newly added and Corrected errors :Updated :Updated :Updated :Updated :Corrected errors :Corrected errors :Corrected errors

[Chapter 2]
• Cutter Solenoid/CR Lock Mechanism (Page 132)

[Chapter 3]
• • • • • • • Check Before Troubleshooting (Page 156) Message Table (Page 157) Corrective Actions for Displayed Warnings (Page 160) Corrective Actions for Error Display (Page 163) Page 172 - 191 Dot Missing (Page 192) Uneven Printing/Poor Resolution (Page 193)

[Chapter 4] Full-fledged revision [Chapter 5] Full-fledged revision [Chapter 6]
• Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations (Page 427) :Newly added :Updated :Updated

[Chapter 7]
• Exploded Diagrams (Page 442) • Parts List (Page 457)

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

Contents
Chapter 1 Product Description
1.1 Product Description ............................................................................... 10 1.1.1 Features ........................................................................................ 10 1.2 Basic Specifications ............................................................................... 12 1.2.1 Print Specifications ........................................................................ 12 1.2.2 Character Specification ................................................................. 12 1.2.3 Control Code ................................................................................. 12 1.2.4 Paper Feed Specification .............................................................. 13 1.2.5 Paper Feeder Specification ........................................................... 13 1.2.6 Paper Specification ....................................................................... 14 1.2.7 Mechanism Specifications ............................................................. 18 1.2.8 Electrical Specification .................................................................. 21 1.2.9 Reliability ....................................................................................... 22 1.2.10 Environmental Conditions ........................................................... 22 1.2.11 Overall Dimensions ..................................................................... 24 1.2.12 Accessories ................................................................................. 25 1.3 External View and Parts Names ............................................................ 26 1.4 Operating Panel ..................................................................................... 27 1.4.1 Buttons and Functions ................................................................... 27 1.4.2 Panel Display ................................................................................ 30 1.4.3 Job information .............................................................................. 36 1.4.4 Panel Setting ................................................................................. 37 1.4.5 Maintenance Mode 1 ..................................................................... 73 1.4.6 Maintenance Mode 2 ..................................................................... 79 1.4.7 MIB Function ............................................................................... 105 1.4.8 Function to Prevent Irregular Printing .......................................... 105 1.4.9 Initialization .................................................................................. 106 1.4.10 Default Setup Values ................................................................. 106 1.5 Controller ............................................................................................. 107 1.6 Interface ............................................................................................... 108 1.6.1 USB interface .............................................................................. 108 1.6.2 IEEE1394 Interface ..................................................................... 109 1.6.3 Optional Interface ........................................................................ 110 1.6.4 Supplements ............................................................................... 112 1.7 Optional Units and Consumables ........................................................ 1.7.1 Ink Cartridge ................................................................................ 1.7.2 Cleaning cartridge ....................................................................... 1.7.3 Maintenance Tank ....................................................................... 113 113 114 114

Chapter 2 Operating Principles
2.1 Overview ............................................................................................. 116 2.2 Printer Mechanism Components ......................................................... 2.2.1 Printing Mechanism (Print Head) ................................................ 2.2.2 Ink Supply Mechanism ................................................................ 2.2.3 Cleaning Mechanism ................................................................... 2.2.4 Carriage (CR) Mechanism .......................................................... 2.2.5 Paper Feed Mechanism .............................................................. 2.2.6 Paper Eject/Release Mechanism ................................................ 2.2.7 Multi Sensor ................................................................................ 2.2.8 Others ......................................................................................... 117 118 119 121 126 132 141 146 152

2.3 Outline of Control Circuit Board ........................................................... 153 2.4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board ................................................ 154

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.1 Outline ................................................................................................. 156 3.1.1 Check Before Troubleshooting .................................................... 156 3.1.2 Narrow Down the Trouble ........................................................... 156 3.2 Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages ....................................... 3.2.1 Message Table ............................................................................ 3.2.2 Corrective Actions for Displayed Warnings ................................. 3.2.3 Corrective Actions for Error Display ............................................ 3.2.4 Corrective Actions for Service Request Display .......................... 157 157 160 163 172

3.3 Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout ............................................ 192

6

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B
5.3.5 T&B&S (Cut Sheet) ..................................................................... 5.3.6 Cutter Pressure Adjustment ........................................................ 5.3.7 Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment .............................................................. 5.3.8 Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF) ............................................... 5.3.9 Print Head Slant Adjustment (CR) .............................................. 5.3.10 Auto Uni-d Adjustment .............................................................. 5.3.11 Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check ...................... 5.3.12 Skew Check .............................................................................. 5.3.13 Platen Position Adjustment ....................................................... 5.3.14 1000mm Feed Adjustment ........................................................ 5.3.15 Initial Ink charge flag ON/OFF ................................................... 5.3.16 NVRAM Back Up and Write ...................................................... 5.3.17 Check Platen Gap ..................................................................... 5.3.18 Ink Discharge ............................................................................ 5.3.19 Initial Ink Charge ....................................................................... 5.3.20 Cleaning .................................................................................... 5.3.21 Rear Sensor Adjustment ........................................................... 5.3.22 Adjustment Image (for 8-color model) ....................................... 5.3.23 Adjustment Image (for 4-color model) ....................................... 5.4 Advanced Adjustment ......................................................................... 5.4.1 Auto Bi-d Adjustment .................................................................. 5.4.2 Manual Bi-D Adjustment ............................................................. 5.4.3 Destination Setting ...................................................................... 5.5 Check Results ..................................................................................... 5.5.1 Check Nozzle .............................................................................. 5.5.2 Check Alignment ......................................................................... 5.5.3 Print Adjustment Check Pattern .................................................. 5.5.4 Check Cutting .............................................................................. 5.6 Reset Counters ................................................................................... 5.6.1 Reset Paper Ejection Switching/PG Switching Counter .............. 5.6.2 Reset PF Motor Counter ............................................................. 5.6.3 Reset ASF Counter ..................................................................... 5.6.4 Reset When CR Unit Change ..................................................... 5.6.5 Reset When Cleaning Unit Change ............................................ 379 380 381 382 384 387 388 390 391 393 394 395 396 397 398 398 399 400 409 413 413 414 416 417 417 418 419 420 421 421 421 422 422 423

Chapter 4 Disassembly & Assembly
4.1 Introductory Information ....................................................................... 197 4.1.1 Cautions ...................................................................................... 197 4.1.2 Tools ............................................................................................ 199 4.1.3 Screws ......................................................................................... 200 4.2 Disassembly Procedures ..................................................................... 201 4.2.1 Basic Operations ......................................................................... 202 4.2.2 Consumable Parts/ASF Cassette Removal ................................ 204 4.2.3 Panel Unit/Housing Removal ...................................................... 209 4.2.4 Circuit Board Removal ................................................................ 221 4.2.5 Printer Mechanism Disassembly ................................................. 235 4.2.6 ASF ............................................................................................. 240 4.2.7 Carriage Mechanism ................................................................... 260 4.2.8 Ink System ................................................................................... 278 4.2.9 Paper Feed Mechanism .............................................................. 335 4.2.10 Harness Routing ........................................................................ 350

Chapter 5 Adjustment
5.1 Overview .............................................................................................. 355 5.1.1 Cautions ...................................................................................... 355 5.1.2 Advance of Adjustment ............................................................... 355 5.1.3 The Part/Unit that is required Adjustment ................................... 355 5.1.4 Adjustment Items classified by Part/Unit ..................................... 356 5.1.5 Adjustment Item .......................................................................... 358 5.1.6 Adjustment Tools ......................................................................... 361 5.1.7 Adjustment Program Basic Operation ......................................... 362 5.2 Mechanical Adjustment ....................................................................... 363 5.2.1 CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment ........................................... 363 5.2.2 PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment ............................................ 365 5.2.3 Paper Thickness Sensor Adjustment .......................................... 367 5.2.4 CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment .................................... 369 5.2.5 PG Adjustment ............................................................................ 370 5.2.6 Multi Sensor Position Adjustment ................................................ 372 5.3 Basic Adjustment ................................................................................. 374 5.3.1 RTC&USB ID&IEEE1394 ID ....................................................... 374 5.3.2 Head Rank ID .............................................................................. 375 5.3.3 Multi Sensor Level Adjustment .................................................... 376 5.3.4 T&B&S (Roll Paper) .................................................................... 377

5.7 Installing Firmware .............................................................................. 424

Chapter 6 Maintenance
6.1 Overview ............................................................................................. 426

7

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
6.1.1 Product Life Information .............................................................. 427 6.1.2 Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations ........... 427 6.2 Lubrication ........................................................................................... 428

Revision B

Chapter 7 Appendix
7.1 Connectors .......................................................................................... 432 7.2 Circuit Diagrams .................................................................................. 435 7.3 Exploded Diagrams ............................................................................. 442 7.4 Parts List .............................................................................................. 457

8

CHAPTER

1

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

1.1 Product Description
1.1.1 Features
† Large Format „ Max. paper width: 451.98mm (17.79"), A2 size supported † High-Speed Throughput
Table 1-1. Throughput
Ink type 8-color EPSON media Plain Paper Economy Speed Quality High Quality Matte Paper Speed Super Off Speed Quality High Quality 1440 High Quality Super On Glossy Photo Paper Speed Quality High Quality 1440 High Quality 2880 4-color Plain Paper Economy Speed Quality High Quality Matte Paper Speed Super Off Speed Quality High Quality 1440 High Quality Super On Quality Dot size Eco VSD1 VSD2 VSD2 VSD1 VSD1 VSD2 VSD3 VSD3 VSD1 VSD2 VSD3 VSD4 Eco VSD1 VSD2 VSD3 VSD1 VSD1 VSD2 VSD3 VSD3 Resolution(dpi) 360 x 360 360 x 360 720 x 360 720 x 720 360 x 360 360 x 720 720 x 720 1440 x 720 1440 x 720 360 x 720 720 x 720 1440 x 720 2880 x 1440 360 x 360 360 x 360 720 x 360 720 x 720 360 x 360 360 x 720 720 x 720 1440 x 720 1440 x 720 Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Uni-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Mode MF MF FOL FOL MW MW FOL 4-pass 8-pass MW FOL 4-pass 4-pass Band Band FOL FOL MW MW FOL 4-pass 8-pass 350cps 210cps 240cps 240cps 210cps 210cps 240cps 240cps 240cps 210cps 240cps 240cps 240cps 350cps 210cps 240cps 240cps 210cps 210cps 240cps 240cps 240cps Throughput (A2 printing time *print only) 1.2min. 1.5min. 2.9min. 5.6min. 2.4min. 3.1min. 5.6min. 8.5min. 14.2min. 3.1min. 5.6min. 8.5min. 17.2min. 0.7min. 0.9min. 1.7min. 3.4min. 1.1min. 1.9min. 3.4min. 4.6min. 7.3min.

Product Description

Product Description

10

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Max Quality
High image quality made by various layers of 8-color ink, 2880 x 1440dpi, and minimum of 4pl.

Revision B

† Low Running Cost „ Independent for each color and 110ml ink cartridge † Paper Handling „ Support various media „ Automatic roll paper cutter, manual cutter „ Automatic cut sheet loading (ASF) „ Borderless print for 4 sides † Compatibility with Other LFPs
Commands are upper compatible with following models.

„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „

Stylus Pro 10000 Stylus Pro 10000CF Stylus Pro 9000 Stylus Pro 9500 Stylus Pro 7000 Stylus Pro 7500 Stylus Pro 9600 Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 10600UC Stylus Pro 10600CF Stylus Pro 10000 Dye

† The latest RIP technology
CPSI Pro software RIP

Product Description

Product Description

11

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B † Printing speed and printable area „ Alphanumeric characters
• Character quality • Character pitch • Printable area • Printing speed „ Graphic Mode : High quality : 10cpi : 167 characters : 350 cps max.

1.2 Basic Specifications
1.2.1 Print Specifications
† Printing
On-demand ink-jet

† Nozzle configuration „ Pigment 8- color mode
• Black 540 nozzles (Black1, Black2, Black3, 180 nozzles each) • Color 900 nozzles (Cyan, Magenta, Light cyan, Light magenta, Yellow, 180 nozzles each) „ Pigment 4- color mode • Black-360 nozzles (Black x 2 rows, 180 nozzles each) • Color-1080 nozzles (Cyan x 2 rows, Magenta x 2 rows, Yellow x 2 rows, 180 nozzles each) „ Nozzle pitch 0.141mm (1/180 inch) for each color

Table 1-3. Graphics Modes
Horizontal resolution Maximum number Maximum printable area (dpi) of printable dots 360 720 1440 2880 437.8mm (17.24") 437.8mm (17.24") 437.8mm (17.24") 437.8mm (17.24") 6,205 12,410 24,820 49,641 Printing speed 350cps 240cps 210cps 240cps

Note : Includes left/right margin of 3mm.

1.2.2 Character Specification
† Character tables „ PC 437 (Alphanumeric characters extension graphics) „ PC 850 (Multilingual) † Font
EPSON original font – Alphanumeric character Courier

† Ink Set Configuration
Table 1-2. Ink Set Configuration
Mode Name 8-Color Mode 4-Color Mode 1-row MK MK 2-row C C 3-row M M 4-row Y Y 5-row PK MK 6-row Lc C 7-row Lm M 8-row Lk Y

1.2.3 Control Code
† Control code
ESC/P Raster

Ink Change Note : Rows below are counted from the front left side of the printer.

† Printing direction
Bi-direction with logic seeking (high-speed return, high-speed skip only)

Product Description

Basic Specifications

12

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

1.2.4 Paper Feed Specification
† Paper feeding
Friction feed

† Line spacing
1/6 inch or programmable at 1440 inch

† Paper path „ Roll paper „ Manual (front/back) „ Automatic sheet feeder † Feed speed
6.35mm paper feed: 215 ± 10msec (except front rush, back rush, and hold time)

1.2.5 Paper Feeder Specification
† ASF
Feeds paper automatically by Automatic Sheet Feeder.

† Rear Manual Feed
Loads automatically from rear manual feed opening.

† Front Manual Feed
Loads automatically from front manual feed opening.

† Roll Paper Feed

Product Description

Basic Specifications

13

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

1.2.6 Paper Specification
1.2.6.1 Roll Paper
CONTAINABLE PAPER The printer accepts following plain paper and EPSON special paper. It is not assured feeding and print quality with any other paper except them.

BORDERLESS PRINT WIDTH Borderless print for right and left is assured with following paper width roll paper. But following types are not recommended for borderless printing.

„ Single Weight Matte Paper „ Enhanced Matte Paper „ Textured Fine Art Paper † Borderless Print Width
Table 1-4. Borderless Print Width
USA/ Europe 8" 210mm 257mm 297mm 329mm 420mm 10" 300mm 12" 14" 400mm 16" 17" (A4) (B4) (A3) (A3+) (A2)

† Paper Size „ 2" core : 203 ~ 432mm (W) x ~ 45m (H) (within roll size) „ 3" core : 203 ~ 432mm (W) x ~ 202m (H) (within roll size) † Roll Size „ 2" core : Under 103mm ext. diameter for 1 roll setting „ 3" core : Under 150mm ext. diameter for 1 roll setting † Thickness : 0.08 mm ~ 0.50 mm

PLAIN PAPER It is assured feeding only with following specifications.

† Paper Size „ 2" core : 203 ~ 432mm (W) x ~ 45m (H) (within roll size) „ 3" core : 203 ~ 432mm (W) x ~ 202m (H) (within roll size) † Roll Size „ 2" core : Under 103mm ext. diameter for 1 roll setting „ 3" core : Under 150mm ext. diameter for 1 roll setting † Thickness : 0.08 ~ 0.11mm † Weight † Type
: 64 ~ 90gf/m2 : Plain paper, Recycle paper

NOTE 1: Paper should have no wrinkles or tears, and the surface should be smooth. 2: The force to remove the end of the roll paper from the core at the beginning of rolling paper should be between 300gf and 2000gf. 3: If 3" core is used, a product-exclusive option (roll paper spindle 3") is necessary. 4: It is used under normal condition (temperature 15°C ~ 25°C, humidity 40% ~ 60%RH). 5: Roll paper can be printed before paper comes out of the core. (Reference: Remaining paper length is 300mm approx. when roll paper come out of the core.) 6: Mechanism clips print data out of over-printable area for borderless print. 7: For A2 size, spacer is specially needed.

Product Description

Basic Specifications

14

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

1.2.6.2 Cut Sheet
CONTAINABLE PAPER The printer accepts following plain paper and special paper. It is not assured feeding and print quality with any other paper except plain paper and special paper.

BORDERLESS PRINT WIDTH Borderless print for right and left is assured with following paper width. But following types are not recommended for borderless printing. NOTE: 300mm, 400mm are supported for Europe.

† Paper Size
Table 1-5. Cut Sheet Size (Containable Paper)
Paper Size B3 B4 A2 Super A3/B (A3+) A3 A4 Size (H x W) 364mm x 515mm 257mm x 364mm 420mm x 594mm 329mm x 483mm 297mm x 420mm 210mm x 297mm Paper Size Letter 8" x 10" 300mm x 450mm US C Size US B Size 11" x 14" 16" x 20" Size (H x W) 8.5" x 11" 8" x 10" 300mm x 450mm 17" x 22" 11" x 17" 11" x 14" 16" x 20"

† Borderless Print Width
Table 1-6. Borderless Print Width
USA/ Europe LTR 210mm 257mm 297mm 329mm 10" 300mm 12" 14" 400mm 16" 17" 8.5" (A4) (B4) (A3) (A3+)

NOTE 1: Paper is fed short-edge first. 2: Paper should have no wrinkles, tears, or stains and the surface should be smooth. 3: It is used under normal condition (temperature 15ºC ~ 25ºC, humidity 40% ~ 60%RH). 4: Mechanism clips print data out of over-printable area for borderless print.

† Thickness „ 0.08 ~ 1.50mm (paper length; 279mm ~ 610mm) „ 0.08 ~ 0.50mm (paper length; 728mm ~ 1580mm)
NOTE 1: Paper should have no wrinkles, tears, or stains and the surface should be smooth. 2: 0.08 ~ 1.50mm paper thicknesses are supported for long-edge insertion. PLAIN PAPER It is assured feeding only with following specifications.

† Paper Size † Thickness † Weight † Type

: Identical to Table 1-5 "Cut Sheet Size (Containable Paper)"(p15). : 0.08 ~ 0.11mm : 64 ~ 90 gf/m2 : Plain paper, Recycle paper

Product Description

Basic Specifications

15

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

1.2.6.3 Special Paper
† Cut Sheet
Table 1-7. Availability with Cut Sheet
Media Size Cut Sheet Name Premium Ink Jet Plain Paper (Xerox 4024) Premium Ink Jet Plain Paper (Genuine) Bright White Ink Jet Paper (Recycle paper) Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper Archival Matte Paper Water color paper-Radiant White Smooth Fine Art Paper Textured Fine Art Paper Premium Glossy Photo Paper Premium Semigloss Photo Paper Premium Luster Photo Paper EPSON Velvet Fine Art Proofing Paper Semimatte PG (mm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 8"x10" 203x279 – – – – – – – – ~ – – – – A4 210x297 @ @ @ ~ ~ – – – ~ ~ ~ – – US-A LTR 216x279 @ – – ~ ~ – – – ~ – – ~ – Arch.A 9"x12" 229x305 @ – – – – – – – – – – – – B4 254x364 @ – – – – – – – – – – – – 11"x14" 279x356 – – – – – – – – ~ – – – – A3 297x420 @ – @ ~ ~ – – – ~ ~ ~ – – US-B 279x432 @ – – ~ ~ – – – ~ ~ ~ – – Arch.B 12"x18" 305x457 @ – – – – – – – – – – – – Super A3/B 329x483 – – – ~ ~ ~ – – ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 400x600 400x600 – – – – – – ~ ~ – – – – – A2 420x594 @ – – ~ – – – – – – – – – US-C 432x559 @ – – ~ – – ~ ~ – – – – –

Note 1: Symbol ~: Assured, @: Assured for plain paper only 2: Assured range for image quality 15°C 40%RH ~ 25°C 60%RH

Product Description

Basic Specifications

16

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Roll Paper
Table 1-8. Availability with Roll Sheet
Roll Paper Core" Spindle 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 PG (mm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.2 0.7 1.2 Media Size Cutter Auto or Manual A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A4 210 – – – ~ ~ ~ – – – – – – – – 10" 254 – – – – – – – – – ~ – – – – 30cm 300 – – – – – – – – – ~ – – – – 12" 305 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – A3+ 329 – – – ~ ~ ~ – – – – – – ~ – 14" 356 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 40cm 400 – – – – – – – – – ~ – – – – 16" 406 – – – – – – ~ ~ ~ ~ – – – – A2 420 @ – – – – – – – – – – – – ~

Revision B

17" 431.6 ~ ~ ~ – – – – – – – ~ ~ ~ –

Name Plain Paper Single weight Matte Paper Enhanced Matte Paper Premium Glossy Photo Paper Premium Semigloss Photo Paper Premium Luster Photo Paper Premium Glossy Photo Paper Premium Semigloss Photo Paper Premium Semimatte Photo Paper Premium Luster Photo Paper Smooth Fine Art Paper Textured Fine Art Paper Proofing Paper Semimatte Tracing Paper (M80)

Note 1: Symbol ~: Assured, @: Assured for plain paper only 2: Assured range for image quality 15°C 40%RH ~ 25°C 60%RH

Product Description

Basic Specifications

17

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B † For borderless print, right and left margins are 3mm each according to skew
detection limit of 3mm. If distance from paper edge to platen (sponge width) is less than 3mm, the maximum surplus print quantity not on platen (0mm~3mm) is printable area.
Dimension 203mm~432mm (17") Max. 202m 279mm~594mm 0mm/3mm/15mm 0mm/3mm 0mm/3mm/15mm 0mm/3mm/14mm 0mm/3mm/15mm 0mm/3mm 0mm/3mm/15mm 0mm/3mm
Paper Feed Direction

1.2.7 Mechanism Specifications
1.2.7.1 Printable Area
Table 1-9. Printable Area
Item PW (Paper width) Roll paper / Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet Roll paper Cut Sheet

† Conditions for separating into multiple pages for printing cut sheet.
*1

1. For thick paper, print until the bottom edge reaches to 14mm. Remaining data is invalid and not to be printed. 2. When error occurred such as releasing paper lever when printing, then print is separated to next page after down margin is printed.

PL (Paper length)

TM (Top margin)

BM (Bottom margin)

LM (Left margin)

RM (Right margin) Note *1:

Max. value is 437.8mm (17.24") for no margin print.

† The printer detects paper width when paper is set (print data is accepted
for ASF). (If set paper width detection is OFF, it doesn't detect paper width.)

Printable Area

† It doesn't print the image beyond printable area specified with paper size
setting or detected paper width. (It may print on the platen if set paper width detection is OFF.)

† Margins of roll paper can be changed with the panel as following; „ Top/bottom 15mm, left/right 3mm „ Top/bottom/left/right 3mm „ Top/bottom/left/right 15mm
NOTE: Under special condition, it is possible to set right and left margin (LM, RM) to 0. Figure 1-1. Printable Area

Product Description

Basic Specifications

18

up and down size of the printing will be smaller by approximately 2mm than the actual printing size. there is chance of there is chance of color shading color shading according to data. for other paper is 100mm. † To discard the remaining part of printing after cut. 4 sides borderless/2 cut You can set 4 sides margins to zero. † End of JOB. print operation. 3: In following media. • Premium Glossy Photo Paper • Premium Semigloss Photo Paper Note *1: Recommended a borderless length for glossy paper is 60mm. Borderless Print Specification mode Mode Right and left borderless (default) Operation You can set only the right and left margins to zero. up and down margins are set by roll paper margin setting. cut while printing. † Starting of JOB. Use the following method for cutting. cut at the bottom of the image. Use the following method for cutting. new page has no margin. cut at image border position in continuing print. Driver setting Note Borderless print Default setting Borderless print Single cut † The upper edge Borderless print Double cut † The upper edge cut is performed cut is performed by interrupting by interrupting print operation. Supports the following 3 modes. print the page line at each cutting position including front edge page. † At the front edge page. take refresh margin length for margin. remaining of there is chance of margin.2 Borderless Print Specification By driver's command transmission. cut at the bottom of the image. 2: When the roll paper cutter is OFF and page line printing is ON. † While JOB. cut the paper after advancing the paper to minimum cut length. the page.7. Therefore the actual size will be about 2mm smaller than the specified print area. it is cut as 2 cut to prevent scraping top of paper. Table 1-10. supports the following borderless print mode. Printer operation 4 sides borderless/1 cut You can set 4 sides margins to zero. after cutting. † At the end of the page.2. Product Description Basic Specifications 19 . take minimum cut length for margin and cut while printing. if 1 cut is selected at borderless printing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Borderless setting method Table 1-11. according to data. † By adjusting † To avoid cutter position. *1 Note 1: For 4 sides borderless. cut off the data from top and bottom continuous page part of the paper remaining in top by going inside of or bottom edge of image. Borderless mode Right and left borderless Right and left 4 sides borderless borderless (2 cut) (for continuous job printing) 1. At this time.

use manual cut with the steps below. 3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. † Mechanic condition „ Distance between the cutting position and paper setting position L0=205. and paper can be set.) Ready-to-print position (Paper is fixed. Same as paper width detection is ON. (Paper jam is not occurred for 2-step cut. Cut off paper using own scissors.) Note "*": User need to remove the strip of paper that remains between eject roller and nip roller when executing this operation without L2 reservation. 2. (100cps) Cut when paper width detection is OFF.7. 5. C A U T IO N Initial cut in an original standby situation Making cutting action to paper which automatic cutting is prohibited will cause damage to the print head.2. Use [Paper Source / Paper Cut] button to select Roll Paper Auto Cut OFF (" "). and it becomes ready to be printed.6mm „ Minimum cut length L2=130mm (default value) Product Description Basic Specifications 20 . Cut while printing is prohibited in this model. Feed the paper by pressing the Paper Feed Switch [ ↓ ] in order to cut the paper at the appropriate place. 6.2.7. cut the paper using the following method by setting panel setting to "roll paper automatic cut". Paper Set Lever Lever Position Backward Forward Description Position for paper setting (Paper holding is released. Press the Paper Feed Switch [ ↓ / ↑ ] to advance the paper to the position where a next page should begin. Wheel reserving size of L2. Press the [Pause] button to enter the pause mode. AUTOMATIC CUT FOR ROLL PAPER For paper that automatic cut is admitted. 1. auto cut and manual cut for roll paper cutting.) Table 1-13. (100cps) Initial cut when printing 1. minimum cut length follows to the media table. cutting pressure.3 Paper Set Lever Table 1-12. Cutting Conditions and Cutting Methods Cut condition Initial cut (Pressing the lever down when there is paper and pushing the [Paper Source/ Paper Cut (<)] key for 3 sec. Cut by 2-step with roll paper holding Star start initial cut in automatic cut ON mode.43mm „ Distance between the cutting position and cutter mark L1=27.4 Cut Specification There are two types. 4. Cutting method Deliver size of L1 paper and cut by 2-step with roll paper holding Star Wheel. Press the [Pause] button to cancel the pause mode. After printing in automatic cut OFF mode. (100cps) * Cutting method (include Star Wheel holding). MANUAL CUT FOR ROLL PAPER When using paper for which automatic cutting is prohibited.) Cut when driver ends print. (Product specification) Deliver size of L1 paper and cut by 2-step with roll paper holding Star Wheel.

or AC1.0-0.1W for Power OFF † Insulation resistance † Dielectric strength † Leakage: : More than 10M ohms (Between AC line and chassis is DC 500V) : AC 1. (Between AC line and chassis) Less than 0.25mA [Adapts Japan National Electronics Development Incorporated Association "Personal Computer Industry Standard" (PC-11-1988)] Adapts International Star Program (Adapts category: measure for harmonic component suppression guideline) Adapts VCCI class B † Adapted standard regulation Product Description Basic Specifications 21 .2. and 1. 50-60Hz. 1. If you start printing with the leading edge of paper not reached the loading position.5A NOTE 1: Auto cutter supports all genuine roll paper. • Rigidity is extremely high paper such as Vinyl (Outdoor type) or Fine Art type.0kV rms 1min. 2: Paper of 3rd party media and generally auto cutter is prohibited.8 Electrical Specification † Rated voltage † Input voltage range : AC 100 ~ 240V : AC 90 ~ 264V † Rated frequency range : 50 ~ 60Hz † Input frequency range : 49 ~ 61Hz † Rated current : 100-240V ac. † Power consumption „ Less than 59W for operation status „ Less than 18W for low power status (Shifting time: 15 minutes) „ Less than 0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N Make sure to match the leading edge of paper with the paper loading position. top of the image will be printed directly on the platen instead of the paper.2kV rms 1 sec. • Fiber-form paper such as cloth.

2.10 Environmental Conditions 1. Bi-D) A STANDARD OF PRINT HEAD LIFE † Monochrome/Color: 28 billion shots / nozzle STANDARD OF MAINTENANCE TANK LIFE † 8 color mode: Approx. within 120 hours for 60ºC No condensation. 1. 360 x 360 M/F. speed mode.10.9 Reliability PRINTER LIFE 1.000 sheets / A2 „ Film : Approx.000 pages. Environmental Conditions: Temperature/Humidity Product Description Basic Specifications 22 . 20. continuous printing) Note *1: *2: Within one month for 40ºC. 2. 2.000 sheets (A2. speed mode. These values are applicable only within the range as shown below.1 Temperature/Humidity Table 1-14. Temperature/Humidity Condition Temperature*1 10 ~ 35°C -20 ~ 40°C -20 ~ 60°C Humidity*2 20 ~ 80% 20 ~ 85% 5 ~ 85% During operation During storage During transport † Approx. † 4 color mode: Approx.2.700 sheets (A2.2.6million pass (A2. plain paper.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. plain paper. Universal cutting mode „ Coated paper : Approx. 2.000 sheets / A2 Temperature (°C) Figure 1-2. continuous printing) AVERAGE CUTTER LIFE Humidity (%) † 17" standard roll paper. 2.

10-55Hz X. and the ink cartridge is attached. 40cm or more 15cm or more 15cm or more 35cm or more Figure 1-3. the ink in the print head and ink cartridge freezes.) † From the rear of the printer : 40cm or more (When cut sheets are set by hand insertion from the front. Switch the power OFF when capping is completed. Z directions (When the paper tray is extended. Surrounding Space Product Description Basic Specifications 23 . Z directions : 0.2. 2: Check that the print head is capped.2. X.4 Surrounding Space Provide the printer with an enough surrounding space to ensure proper installation of accessories and replacement of consumables and easy work for daily maintenance. Z directions 1. 2ms max.3 Shock † During operation † During storage : 1G.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Y. It takes about 3 hours for the frozen ink to be usable under the condition of 25°C.10.10.15G. then remove ink cartridges from the body. Y. † From the front of the printer : 35cm or more 1. 4: Left out in condition of temperature under -15°C. 3: If the printer head uncapped. and make sure ink cartridge cover is closed during transport. Y.2. 1ms max. X. Y.2 Vibration † During operation † During storage : 0.) : 15cm or more † From the both sides of the printer NOTE 1: Check that the print head is capped during storage. Z directions : 2G.50G. switch the power ON. 10-55Hz X.10.

11 Overall Dimensions 848 354 765 1105 Figure 1-4. Overall Dimensions of Stylus Pro 4000 † Dimensions of Unit Condition When tray is stored When tray is extended Width (W) x Depth (D) x Height (H) (mm) 848 x 764 x 354 848 x 1099 x 354 † Weight Completed product Approx.2kg (ink cartridge and paper is not included) Product Description Basic Specifications 24 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.2. 40.

† Standard Accessories „ AC Cable „ Change Plug Adapter 3pin to 2pin „ Exhaust Port Cover „ Software CD-ROM • Printer Driver • EPSON Printer Adjustment Utility 2 Spacer for borderless printing 8”/A2 roll paper 17 (2"/3") inch normal tension spindle Ink cartridges (110ml 1 each PK. C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Special Consumables „ Ink cartridge (110ml) Table 1-15. LK.2. Ink Cartridge Model Number Ink cartridge 110 ml Photo Black Cyan Magenta Yellow Light Cyan Light Magenta Light Black Matte Black ICBK24 ICC24 ICM24 ICY24 ICLC24 ICLM24 ICGY24 ICMB24 1.6 Paper Specification (p. Y) Maintenance Tank Guarantee Card Card holder Carton Box „ „ „ „ „ „ „ † Special Options „ High tension spindle 17" <2"/3"> „ Special paper (Refer to "1.12 Accessories Stylus Pro 4000 accessories and options are shown below. M. MK. LC. LM.14)" for paper type and size) „ Maintenance tank (PXMT1) † Options Common to Other Printers „ Auto cutter blade (PXSPB1) „ Network Interface Card (PRIFNW6) „ Roll Paper Fixing Holder (ROLLH) Product Description Basic Specifications 25 .2.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. External View and Parts Names Product Description External View and Parts Names 26 .3 External View and Parts Names EXTERNAL VIEW Paper Cover Printer Cover Spindle Paper Set Lever Control Panel Type-B Interface Paper Guide Center Unit (Rear cover) Ink Cartridge Box (Right side) Ink Cartridge Box (Left side) ASF Cassette Maintenance Tank IEEE1394 Interface USB Interface AC Inlet Figure 1-5.

) Remaining Ink Cartridge (Refer to "1. The LEDs indicate printer status as follows.4.4.) Shifts to Setting Item Selection Menu Cut availability for Paper Type/Roll Paper selection Available rate of Maintenance Tank (Refer to "1.4 Ink Remaining Indicator Display (p35)".1 Buttons and Functions Pause LED Paper Source / Paper Cut LCD Paper check LED 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.2.1. Indicates warning status regarding ink.) Product Description Operating Panel 27 .2 Panel Display (p30)". Table 1-16.1 LED Panel LED types are the following 3 types.4. Panel Design Panel Display (Refer to "1. Indicates error regarding ink occurred. Indicates printer pauses operation.4 Operating Panel 1.4 Ink Remaining Indicator Display (p35)". LED LED Color Display On Paper check Red Blink On 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printer Status Indicates that the paper is not printable.4.4.2. Indicates error that occurred when feeding / ejecting paper. Red Blink Power Pause Ink check LED Menu / Cleaning Paper Feed / Eject Paper Figure 1-6. Indicates printer is in operation. Pause Menu Green Blink On Ink check 3sec.

8mm when † Memory printing Not in operation.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.8mm Printer status menu shift † Except above *3 Panel setting mode shift/decision † Item shift (down) All heads cleaning *2 † Operation † Paper thickness detection over 0. switch over setting Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 28 . paper is fed by ASF. Not in operation when printing „ Roll paper cut ON Move to cut operation after 3 sec. (Not in operation for cut sheet. 1. push — Reset Function (In panel setting) — Appear from panel setting Function (+ Power ON) — Maintenance mode1 insertion within 3 sec. † High speed paper feed (reverse) Roll paper only. 2.1. „ Roll paper cut OFF Not operated. 1.2 Switch Table 1-17. Menu / Cleaning [>/↵] † Printing † Paper thickness detection less than 0. Panel Functions and Switch Operation Function Switch Single Power Pause Power ON/OFF *1 † Pause / Switch Print † Paper feed operation by backside manual 3 sec.8mm execution All heads cleaning after removing paper † Setting fixed † Paper thickness detection over 0. … by turns.4. † Paper cut or paper feed *5 Select paper type / Paper Cut [<] † Paper type select *4 „ Not in operation when printing „ Not in operation when the paper is picked Item shift (up) up by ASF. Roll paper cut ON 2. 3. Cut sheet Indicate 1. Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∧] † Paper feed for roll paper (reverse) *6 † If cut sheet is not set.) Increase setup value. „ Cut sheet is not operated. Roll paper cut OFF 3.

push † High speed paper feed (forward) Function (In panel setting) Decrease setup value. LCD icon for paper type is switched over. Panel Functions and Switch Operation Function Switch Single Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∨] † Paper feed for roll paper (forward) *7 † If cut sheet is set. Maximum reverse feeding is 37cm with one press of the button. • Idling (In on-line: Inside the panel menu is not in on-line. During ink drying. ink drying is interrupted and runs the specified operation.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-17. Following are the conditions for cleaning. eject sheet † If cut sheet is not set. 52cps paper feed if pressed for a further 2 seconds. When key is not pressed. switch over of display is executed when the key is pushed.) Select paper type / Paper Cut [<] + Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∧] + Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∨] Select paper type / Paper Cut [<] + Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∧] + Paper Feed / Eject Paper [∨] + Menu / Cleaning [>/↵] Note *1: *2: Power OFF must be executed regardless of printer status. 5cps paper feeding for 2 seconds after the button is pressed. Product Description Operating Panel 29 . 52cps paper feed if pressed for a further 2 seconds. Revision B 3 sec. (Not in operation for cut sheet. Other than this. paper is fed by ASF. 5cps paper feeding for 2 seconds after the button is pressed.) • Printing *3: *4: *5: *6: *7: Maintenance mode 2 F/W download LCD panel display only changes when key is not pressed during the shift from idling status to printer setting menu. switch over setting Function (+ Power ON) Roll paper only.

– : Follow LED display of printer status in operations Table 1-18.4. NO : Function cannot be executed. Release : Release error and pause status Start : Paper initialization start.4 Panel Setting (p.1 Panel Display in Operation (LCD and LED Display) Note : Explanation for signs in LCD display YES : Function can be executed.37)" PAUSE PLEASE WAIT PRINTING PRINTING REPLACE CUTTER PRESS PAUSE BUTTON CUTTING PLEASE WAIT PRESS PAUSE BUTTON NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Release NO YES YES NO Release NO NO START Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 30 .2 Panel Display 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Panel Display Priority LED Display Printer Status READY PRINTING UNABLE TO PRINT *7 MNT TK NEAR FULL INK LOW MNT REQ nnnn PLEASE WAIT nnnnSEC LCD Display Paper Check OFF OFF — — — *5 OFF OFF — OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Pause OFF Blink — — — — Blink ON ON OFF Blink Blink ON ON Blink ON ON Ink Check OFF OFF — Blink Blink — — — — — — — — — — — — Paper Select YES NO — — — — NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES Cut/Eject Paper YES *4 NO — — — — YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES Panel key Function Menu Shift YES YES — — — — YES NO *6 *3 *6 M Cleaning YES *1 YES *1 Pause YES YES — — — — YES NO *19 *3 Reset YES YES — — — — YES NO *3 YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO YES Low Printable Data processing/ Printing Unable to print *14 —*2 —*2 —*2 — NO NO YES NO YES YES NO NO NO NO NO Maintenance tank near Ink low *8 Maintenance request Ink drying Panel setting menu (Refer to panel setting) Pause Paper initialization In hexadecimal dump mode Inner printing Cutter replacing Manual cutting Initial cutting Panel setting Waiting for paper initializing trigger "1.4.2.4.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-18. Panel Display Priority LED Display Printer Status Cleaning unavailable Initializing operation Cleaning failure Multi sensor gain error Multi sensor paper recognition error Cut sheet size error Paper eject error *9 LCD Display REMOVE PAPER PLEASE WAIT NOZZLES STILL CLOGGED CHANGE PAPER TYPE WRONG PAPER SIZE REMOVE PAPER PAPER OUT PAPER OUT RELOAD PAPER NO BORDERLESS WITH THIS SIZE RELOAD PAPER RELOAD PAPER INSERT DEEPLY NOT STRAIGHT RELOAD PAPER NOT STRAIGHT PAPER NOT CUT COMMAND ERROR LOAD ROLL PAPER LOAD SHEET PAPER IN P. TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF Blink ON ON ON — — — — — — Blink — — — NO — — — — — NO YES YES YES NO *17 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Blink Blink ON ON ON ON OFF OFF — — — — — — — — NO *17 NO NO NO *17 NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES Paper Check ON OFF Blink Blink Pause OFF Blink ON OFF Ink Check — — Blink — Paper Select NO NO NO — Cut/Eject Paper NO NO NO *18 Panel key Function Menu Shift NO NO NO NO M Cleaning NO NO NO NO Revision B Pause NO NO Release NO Reset YES NO YES YES NO *18 Release Release NO NO YES *10 YES YES YES *11 YES *15 YES YES YES YES YES YES *10 YES *10 YES *10 YES *10 Paper out/roll paper out ASF paper out Disable to borderless printing error Paper recognition error Cut sheet set by manual insertion error Cut sheet loading error *10 Paper skew error Paper cut failure Command error Wrong roll paper path Wrong ASF paper path Wrong manual paper path Release Release Release Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 31 .

Wrong destination. Panel Display Priority LED Display Printer Status ASF prohibitions *13 LCD Display FORBIDDEN MEDIA FROM P.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-18. Wrong model number *8 Wrong dye/pigment. Wrong 4-color/8-color *8 Ink cartridge failure *8 No ink cartridge *8 Maintenance tank full Releasing left and right ink lever Releasing left ink lever Releasing right ink lever Printer cover open Releasing paper lever *16 CLEANING PLEASE WAIT CHARGING INK mm% CUTTING PLEASE WAIT nnnnSEC INK OUT INVALID INK CRTG WRONG INK CRTG OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON — — — NO NO NO NO NO *12 NO NO NO NO NO OFF OFF Blink Blink — — NO YES NO YES *6 NO NO NO NO NO YES Paper Check ON ON — OFF OFF Pause OFF OFF Blink Blink Blink Ink Check — — — — — Paper Select YES YES NO NO NO Cut/Eject Paper NO NO NO NO NO Panel key Function Menu Shift NO NO NO NO NO M Cleaning NO NO NO NO NO Revision B Pause NO NO NO NO NO Reset YES *10 YES *10 YES *10 YES YES YES YES YES YES YES *19 Release NO SET INK CRTG NO INK CRTG MNT TNK FULL LOWER INK LEVERS LOWER L INK LVR LOWER R INK LVR TOP COVER OPEN LOAD PAPER SUCTION OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON — — — — — — — — — — — — — NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES *12 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 32 . TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER MANUARY Cleaning Executing ink sequence Initial charging Cutting by cut key Pause while cut Ink out *8 GENUINE error.

nnnnnnnnn Paper Check ON OFF Blink OFF OFF ON Blink ON Blink OFF Blink Blink Blink Pause OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Blink ON Blink OFF Blink Blink Blink Ink Check — ON — ON — ON Blink ON Blink — Blink Blink Blink Paper Select — — NO — — NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Cut/Eject Paper NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Panel key Function Menu Shift NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO M Cleaning NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Revision B Pause NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Reset YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Product Description Operating Panel 33 . Panel Display Priority LED Display Printer Status Releasing paper lever in operation Replacing ink cartridge *8 Paper jam No maintenance tank Rear cover open Reset F/W updating F/W update completed F/W update failure Executing power off sequence Type-B option I/F error CR lock unlocked error High Service call LCD Display SET PAPER LEVER SET INK CRTG PAPER JAM NO MNT TNK REAR COVER OPEN RESET F/W UPDATING UPDATE COMPLETE UPDATE FAILED POWER OFF OPTION I/F ERROR UNLOCK PRINT HEAD SERVICE REQ.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-18.

printer status shifts pause status (LCD display too) and count down is continued by releasing pause. paper eject operation is performed by reset. It is assigned to key function in panel setting. To promote that release is available by pause key. *13: Display by switching at 3-second intervals. *15: Only using ASF. Blink correspond ink indicator. Product Description Operating Panel 34 . display the following display by turns at 1 sec. 7. wrong ink set configuration in initial charge and filling up ink when replacing ink condition end up blinking as follows. *14: It is displayed when printer cannot print the adjustment pattern. *9: *10: Initialization of mechanism (includes compulsory quit of cleaning) will not be executed after panel reset execution but initialization of received data will be executed. intervals. *11: Initialization of mechanism (includes compulsory quit of cleaning) will not be executed after panel reset execution but initialization of received data will be executed only in no paper for ASF situation. It returns to the display before performing after 3 seconds.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Note *1: *2: *3: *4: *5: *6: *7: *8: Thick paper is not available. *18: Cut sheet is ejected automatically. *17: After cut sheet error occurred. and then it will occur ASF paper out error after ejecting paper. indicator (6. Only shifting to printer status menu is available. (Pause LED blinks when displaying menu) Blink indicator of maintenance tank. intervals. *16: A displayed unit is the [second]. It is lit for 100ms at 5 sec. However. It is displayed while counting down each 1 second from maximum time. The status becomes no ink or maintenance tank full according to the remaining amount of ink when cleaning is executed. 8th row) will blink as an error. When Matte Black is installed in 1st row of ink set configuration and Matte Black or Photo Black is installed in 5th row. *12: Panel setting menu can be shifted in order to execute ink replace sequence during ink out. When paper eject operation is completed. Only available when the roll paper is loaded. etc. paper eject operation would be performed by pressing down the Paper Feed Switch [∨]. "PRESS PAUSE BUTTON" Revision B *19: In this case. paper is loaded from ASF by pressing down the Paper Feed Switch [∧] / [∨].

2. LCD † LCD display item and LCD panel display position Suction High Middle Matte Black Cyan Magenta Yellow Photo Black or Matte Black Light Cyan or Cyan Light Magenta or Magenta Light Black or Matte Black Maintenance tank 100% 60% 0% Low C H E C K P O IN T Rewinding paper until it reaches to horizontal guideline of roll paper pull up when setting roll paper. Product Description Operating Panel 35 .4 Ink Remaining Indicator Display Ink remaining indicator is displayed at the lower line of LCD panel. only when paper set lever is released.4. "W" is displayed. 1. making vacuum intensity to maximum value will make paper set properly.2. followings are displayed on the LCD panel. Cartridge error and no cartridge Note "*": Available quantity is displayed for the maintenance tank.4. † LCD Display „ Suction indicator (3 levels):14th character counting from left of lower „ Up/down mark ( ): line. At that time.2. † When PG setting = WIDE or WIDER.4. 1.4. Paper type Roll paper auto cut ON Roll paper auto cut OFF Cut sheet LCD 1.2.5 Suction Adjustment and Indicator Display Users can adjust paper suction to set paper easily. "N" is displayed.2 Paper Type Icon Display The paper type which is recognized automatically when setting the paper and is set by paper select switch are displayed on LCD. and paper is detected with paper sensor (rear) or PE sensor.3 PG Setting Display Display panel PG setting status on 5th character counting from left of lower line. 15th character counting from left of lower line.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Ink remaining display Remaining Ink* 100 ~ 81% remained 80 ~ 61% remained 60 ~ 41% remained 40 ~ 21% remained 20% remained ~ just before near end Near end Ink out LCD 1. † When PG setting = NARROW.

Used I/F type 0 ~ 10 Range Capacity 1byte 0~9 0 ~ 255 (…. ID No. Note "*": Cleaning can be executed during printing. Using I/F Cancel 1.3 Job information † Definition of Job The minimum unit of printer operation is defined as "Job" (*) in this printer.4. …) 00: Unknown 01: Parallel *1 02: USB 03: Option I/F 04: IEEE1394 FF: When I/F is not used 00: Unknown 01: Printing 02: Complete 03: Abort *2 User name 16byte Document name 32Byte 0 ~ 65.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Job information This printer saves following job information (68byte x 10job) in NVRAM.535ml 0 ~ 65535 1byte 1byte 1byte Normal end Count Start JS Printing Count End JE (Complete) Count End JE (Cancel) Job status Current job status 1byte Figure 1-7. Job information Information The quantity of saved job information Saving No. Basic print job functions are followings. The job print information with character/image can be saved as a record. Currently the code is fixed as 00h 00h. 1. Product Description Operating Panel 36 . Printing Job Transition Character strings code Job ID Ink used Paper used Character code recognizing code Job name consisting of host name and document name Ink used quantity for intended job [ml] Paper used quantity for intended job Vertical [mm] 2byte 48byte 2byte 2byte 2byte 5byte 2byte 68byte Horizontal [mm] 0 ~ 65535 Print start time Time used for print Total Note *1: *2: Print start time 2255/12/31/24/59 [MAX] [Year/month/date/hour/minute] Time used for print [sec] 0 ~ 65535 Parallel I/F is not equipped to this printer. Table 1-19. treated as Reserve. Following are the details. 0. 255. Information saving Printable Information saving Explanation The quantity of saved job information in NVRAM Saving order Job ID No. it is not defined as a Job. therefore 01h is treated as Reserve.

no paper). execution starts. It returns to the setting item select menu by pushing [Select paper type] button in the setting value select mode. 4. NOTE: Under special condition. there are times when returning to the above status is impossible. and "Setting item" is displayed on the lower line.1 Outline † Startup The printer mode is selected by pressing the [Menu] button during print ready. The printer enters the menu shift available status after black ink is replaced. No operation occurs if "*" is already displayed. 3. The printer enters the menu shift available status after the cutter is replaced. Setting value is displayed on the lower line one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can be changed. and "Setting value" is displayed on the lower line. When the [Menu] button is pushed at the setting value select mode. Product Description Operating Panel 37 .4. The printer enters the menu shift available status when executing initialization. The setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting item select mode. "Setting menu" is displayed on the upper line. „ The printer enters the menu shift available status when the [Select „ „ „ „ „ paper type] button is pushed once in setting menu select mode. It is shifted to setting menu select mode. the displayed setting value is entered and registered as the current setting value. and the setting menu is displayed on the left side of the LCD upper line. It returns to the setting menu select mode by pushing [Select paper type] button in the setting item select menu. The printer returns to the menu shift available status when [Pause] button is pressed in any modes. 5. The "*" displayed at left side of the setting value represents the current setup value. Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting menu select mode.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Termination „ The printer enters the menu shift available status when the [Pause] button is pushed once in the Panel setting mode.4. It is shifted to setting item select menu by pushing [Menu] button. 1. † Operation 1. warning. or maintenance call status.4. 6. "Setting item" is displayed on the upper line. 2. The printer enters the print ready status after the nozzle check pattern or the status sheet is printed. It is shifted to setting value select mode of the setting item by pushing [Menu] button. If it has a corresponded operation.4 Panel Setting 1. The "*" at left side of the setting value represents the current setup value. The Printer setting menu can be entered by pushing the [Menu] button once during menu shift available state (Print ready. The printer is then automatically incapable of printing.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Panel display „ Level structure of Setting menu READY Revision B „ Level structure of Printer setting menu PRINTER SETUP [< / > ] PRINTER SETUP PLATEN GAP [< / > ] PRINTER SETUP [< / > ] PRINTER SETUP PLATEN GAP [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER SETUP PAGE LINE PRINTER SETUP CUTTER ADJ [∧ / ∨ ] [<] TEST PRINT [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP REFRESH MRGN [< / > ] TEST PRINT [∧ / ∨ ] NOZZLE CHECK [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINTER STATUS [< ] PRINTER SETUP INTERFACE [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP PAPER SIZE CK [< / > ] PRINTER STATUS VERSION [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER SETUP CODE PAGE [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP AUTO NZL CK [< / > ] CUSTOM PAPER PAPER NUMBER [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER SETUP PAPER MARGIN [∧ / ∨ ] [<] MAINTENANCE [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP AUTO CLEANING [< / > ] MAINTENANCE CUTTER REPL [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER SETUP PPR SIZE CHK [∧ / ∨ ] [<] HEAD ALIGNMENT [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP INIT SETTINGS [< / > ] HEAD ALIGNMENT PAPER THKNS [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER SETUP PPR ALIGN CHK [<] [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER SETUP TIME OUT Product Description Operating Panel 38 .

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 „ Level structure of Test print menu TEST PRINT Revision B „ Level structure of Printer status menu PRINTER STATUS TEST PRINT NOZZLE CHECK [< / >] [< / >] PRINTER STATUS VERSION [∧ / ∨ ] [<] TEST PRINT STATUS CHECK [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS PRINTABLE PG [∧ / ∨ ] [<] TEST PRINT JOB INFO [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS INK LEFT [∧ / ∨ ] [<] TEST PRINT CUSTOM PAPER [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS MAINT TANK [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTER STATUS USAGE COUNT [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS USE COUNT CLR [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS JOB HISTORY [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS JOB HSTRY CLR [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS TOTAL PRINTS [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PRINTER STATUS SERVICE LIFE [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 39 .

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 „ Level structure of User Paper Setup Menu PAPER CONFIG Revision B „ Level structure of Maintenance menu MAINTENANCE PAPER CONFIG PAPER NUMBER [< / >] [< / >] MAINTENANCE CUTTER REPL [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG PLATEN GAP [∧ / ∨ ] [<] MAINTENANCE CHNG INK SET [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG THICKNESS PAT [∧ / ∨ ] [<] MAINTENANCE PWR CLEANING [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG THICKNESS NUM [∧ / ∨ ] [<] MAINTENANCE CLOCK SETTING [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG CUT METHOD [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG PPR FEED ADJ „ Level structure of Gap adjustment menu HEAD ALIGNMENT [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG EJECT ROLLER [< / >] HEAD ALIGNMENT PAPER THKNS [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG DRYING TIME [∧ / ∨ ] [<] HEAD ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG SUCTION [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] PAPER CONFIG M/W ADJ [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 40 .

47 p.58 p.52 p.54 p.45 p. OFF ON. 3mm.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.59 Ref.46 p. OFF ON.51 p. OFF OFF. STANDARD.46 p. WIDE. PC850 T/B 15mm. OPTION PC437. p. WIDER ON.55 p. 60sec.57 p. USB. Panel Setting Menu Item Top menu (Panel display) PG Setting Page lines Interface Select Code Page Switching Roll Paper Margin Detect Paper Width Detect Skew Error Printer setting menu (PRINTER SETUP) Job Time-out Setting Cutter Position Adjustment Auto Margin Refresh Cut Sheet Size Error Auto Nozzle Check for Each Job Cleaning Setting for Nozzle Check Super Low Speed Cut Mode setting Printer Setup Value Initialization Nozzle Check Pattern Printing Test print menu (TEST PRINT) Status Printing Job Information Print User Paper Setting Print Firmware Version 1st row 2nd row 3rd row Printer status menu (PRINTER STATUS) Printable Pages per Ink Cartridge 4th row 5th row 6th row 7th row 8th row PRINTABLE PG Item menu Panel display PLATEN GAP PAGE LINE INTERFACE CODE PAGE PAPER MARGN PPR SIZE CHK PPR ALIGN CHK TIME OUT CUTTER ADJ REFRESH MRGN PAPER SIZE CH AUTO NZL CHK AUTO CLEANING QUIET CUT INIT SETTINGS NOZZLE CHECK STATUS CHECK JOB INFO CUSTOM PAPER VERSION Setup value (Underline: Default) NARROW.59 p. ON ON.52 Product Description Operating Panel 41 .51 p. OFF OFF.46 p. IEEE1394.4.49 p. 15mm ON. ON EXEC PRINT PRINT PRINT PRINT Ixxxxx (D or P) MK xxxxxxxPG * C xxxxxxxPG * M xxxxxxxPG * Y xxxxxxxPG * PK xxxxxxxPG * LC xxxxxxxPG * LM xxxxxxxPG * LK xxxxxxxPG * K1xxxxxxPG MK in 4-color mode C in 4-color mode M in 4-color mode Y in 4-color mode MK2 in 4-color mode C2 in 4-color mode M2 in 4-color mode Y2 in 4-color mode Continued on next page p. 300sec EXEC ON. 180sec. OFF AUTO.50 p.4.53 p. 30sec.49 p.2 Panel Setting Menu Item Table 1-20. OFF OFF.48 p.

E** F. E* F. nn%. E****F. E*****F) Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 42 .61 p. E*****F) C XXXXXX (0%. p. nn%. E** F. E* F. E*** F. E* F. E*****F)) PF MOTOR XXXXXXX (0%. E* F. E**** F. E****F.63 p. E**** F. E** F. E*** F.62 p.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-20.9 EXEC nnnnnn (Max. E*****F) M XXXXXX (0%. nn%.60 p.63 Job History Display (10 jobs) Job History Clear Total Print Pages CLEANING UNIT XXXXXXX p. E* F. E***** F INK xxxxxx ml INKXXXXX Xml PPR xxxxx. E**** F. E*****F) LC XXXXXX (C2 in 4-color mode) (0%. E**** F. E*** F. E*** F. E** F. E*****F) LM XXXXXX (M in 4-color mode) (0%. nn%. E* F. E** F. E****F. E*** F.61 p. nn%. E*****F) HEAD UNIT XXXXXXX (0%. nn%. E*****F) Y XXXXXX (0%. E**** F. E**** F. E** F. E**** F. E** F. E*** F.0 ~ No. E** F. E* F. E****F. nn%. nn%. 6 figures) CUTTER XXXXXXX (0%. E*****F) LK XXXXXX (Y2 in 4-color mode) (0%. E* F. E**** F. E*** F. E*****F) CR MOTOR XXXXXXX (0%. E*** F. nn%. E* F. E*** F. E*****F) 0%. E*** F.64 (0%. E** F. nn%. E**** F. Panel Setting Menu Item Top menu (Panel display) Item menu 1st row 2nd row 3rd row 4th row Ink Remaining 5th row 6th row 7th row 8th row Printer status menu (PRINTER STATUS) Maintenance Tank Count Consumption Counter Clear consumption counter Ink counter Paper counter Ink counter clear Paper counter clear MAINT TANK USAGE COUNT USE COUNT CLR JOB HISTORY JOB HSTRY CLR TOTAL PRINTS Cutter life CR motor life Consumable Life PF motor life Head unit life Cleaning unit life SERVICE LIFE INK LEFT Panel display Setup value (Underline: Default) MK XXXXXX (0%.x PPRXXXXX Xcm INK EXEC PAPER EXEC No. E* F. E** F.61 p. E*** F. E*** F. nn%. E** F.61 p. nn%. E*** F. E** F. E* F. E* F.61 p. E**** F.62 p. nn%. nn% E* F. E** F.61 p. E* F. E*****F) Revision B Ref. E* * F. E*****F) PK XXXXXX (MK2 in 4-color mode) (0%. E*** F.

64 p. FAST THICK.69 Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 43 . p. WIDE. SHEET. ROLL NORMAL 0. -1.65 p. ROLL CURLED.65 Paper feed adjustment Eject paper roller setting Ink drying time (Pass delay) Paper suction MW print adjustment Execute sequence Cutter Blade Replacement Maintenance menu (MAINTENANCE) Cover open Cutter replacement Cover close Ink Replacement Method Power Cleaning Date Setting Paper thickness (in 0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-20. STANDARD. SLOW -70% ~ 0% ~ 70% AUTO.65 p. Panel Setting Menu Item Top menu (Panel display) Paper Type Selection PG setting Paper Thickness Detection Pattern Select paper thickness number Item menu Panel display PAPER NUMBER PLATEN GAP THICKNESS PAT THICKNESS NUM Setup value (Underline: Default) STANDARD.65 p. -4 STANDARD.69 p. WIDER PRINT 1 ~ 16 STANDARD THIN PAPER THICK. 1.0sec ~ 10.69 p.65 User Paper Setup Menu (CUSTOM PAPER) Cutting method CUT METHOD p.69 p.69 p. 0.65 p.0sec STANDARD.1mm units) *1 Execute sequence PPR FEED ADJ EJECT ROLLER DRYING TIME SUCTION M/W ADJ CUTTER REPL OPEN TOP COVER REPLACE CUTTER CLOSE TOP COVER CHNG INK SET PWR CLEANING CLOCK SETTING PAPER THKNS p.6mm UNI-D BI-D BLACK Gap Adjustment menu (HEAD ALIGNMENT) BI-D ALL Select and print adjustment pattern ALIGNMENT AUTO BI-D #1 *1 BI-D #2 *1 BI-D #3 *1 BI-D #4 *1 Revision B Ref. 2 EXEC – – – EXEC EXEC MM/DD/YY HH:MM STD. -2.69 p.65 p. 1 ~ 10 NARROW.1mm ~ 1. -3.

Panel Setting Menu Item Top menu (Panel display) Item menu Panel display Setup value (Underline: Default) #1 C : #1 LK #2 C : Select and print adjustment pattern Note *1: Supports record mode #1 = VSD1 (210CPS) #2 = VSD2 (240CPS) #3 = VSD3 (240CPS) #4 = ECO (350CPS) Color orders and names for 8-color and 4-color mode are following.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-20. 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 : 1∼5∼9 Continued on next page 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 p. 8-color MK C M Y PK LC LM LK 4-color MK C M Y MK2 C2 M2 Y2 BI-D ALL ALIGNMENT MANUAL BI-D BLACK *2 UNI-D *2 #2 LK #3 C : #3 LK #4 C : #4 LK #1 MK #2 MK #3 MK #4 MK #1 MK : #1 LK #2 MK : #2 LK #3 MK : #3 LK #4 MK : #4 LK Revision B Ref.69 1∼5∼9 1∼5∼9 *2: Gap adjustment menu (HEAD ALIGNMENT) Basic row 1st row 2nd row 3rd row 4th row 5th row 6th row 7th row 8th row Product Description Operating Panel 44 .

The relationship between panel setting.3mm Less than 0. Relationships of PG Setting Values Paper thickness sensor Less than 0. If paper type other than standard is selected in user paper setting menu. PG position will be Big.81mm 09H-12H Wide Standard Wide Minimum Small Middle Big Minimum Small Middle Big Minimum Small Middle Big Actual PG position Small Small Small Middle Small Small Middle Big Small Middle Big Big Middle Big Big Big Big Big 1. Relationships of PG Setting Values Paper thickness sensor More than 0. When paper thickness is 0.7mm For thick paper Reduce the smearing on the printed image of thin paper. SN command is ignored.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 1-21.6mm 2.4. glossy media) Use Product Description Operating Panel 45 . The actual platen gap Gap width 2. However if the paper thickness sensor detects the paper as over 0. More than 0. and actual platen gap position Table 1-21. command setting (SN command). it is operated with minimum Bi-D value and minimum SN (PG).81mm. For thin paper (Default) For thin film (Film.2mm 0.2mm 1. PG specified in user paper setting has the priority.8mm PH command 00H-08H Panel Narrow SN command Minimum Small Middle Big Standard Actual PG position Minimum Minimum Small Middle Minimum Small Middle Big Small Middle Big Big Middle Big Big Big Big Position Big Medium Small Minimum Note *1: Only in this case.4.15mm.3 PG Setting Executing this mode allows the user to set the width of platen gap.3mm PH command 01H-08H*1 Panel Narrow SN command Minimum Small Middle Big Standard Minimum Small Middle Big Standard Wide Minimum Small Middle Big Wide Minimum Small Middle Big 09H-10H - Table 1-22.

4.4 Page Lines Selecting this mode allows the user to set the page line print mode.4. [< / >] PLATEN GAP NARROW † Level structure of I/F switching PRINTER SETUP INTERFACE [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PLATEN GAP STANDARD [< / >] INTERFACE AUTO [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PLATEN GAP WIDE [∧ / ∨ ] [<] INTERFACE USB [∧ / ∨ ] PLATEN GAP WIDER [∧ / ∨ ] [<] INTERFACE IEEE1394 [∧ / ∨ ] [<] [∧ / ∨ ] INTERFACE OPTION 1. 1394. [< / >] PAGE LINE ON † Level structure of Code Page switching PRINTER SETUP CODE PAGE [< / >] CODE PAGE PC437 [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PAGE LINE OFF [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CODE PAGE PC850 [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 46 .4.6 Code Page Switching Selecting this mode allows the code page switch between PC437 and PC850.4. The solid line type is used for page line print.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Level structure of PG setting menu PRINTER SETUP PLATEN GAP Revision B 1.4.4. or optional interface. Setup is the same as horizontal lines ON command (AC 02H 00H 00H 02H) in automatic cutting setup. USB. [∧ / ∨ ] † Level structure of page line menu PRINTER SETUP PAGE LINE 1.5 Interface Select Selecting this mode allows selection of the automatic interface selection.

right and left side margin are fixed to 3mm. (Refer to Figure 1-9) Roll Paper Width X Menu Test Printing Menu Command NC Command SS Command X Printable Area X X (*) Clipped Area Figure 1-9. Roll Paper Margin (1) If printable area is more than X=15mm from right edge of paper. right and left 3mm. Actual top margin is decided as following. This setting is only valid for roll paper. all sides 3mm / all sides 15mm / top and bottom 15mm. Roll Paper Width X X (*) Vertical Line † If margin=3mm is set Printing positions of vertical line and horizontal line are same as paper size.7 Roll Paper Margin Setting this panel allows switching roll paper margin. It's not valid for cut sheet. X Printable Area X † If margin=15mm.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.4.4. or Top/Bottom15mm is set Printing positions of vertical line and horizontal line are positions widened 12mm from all sides or top and bottom. the portion is clipped. right / left margin can be set to 0. and doesn't change image size. (Refer to Figure 1-8) NOTE 1: The top margin is also set with "Set the paper top margin" (SN command). Roll Paper Margin (2) Product Description Operating Panel 47 . This setting changes only margin. Print Pattern Nozzle Check Pattern Auto Nozzle Check Pattern Status Print Job Information Print User Paper Print Paper Thickness Detection Pattern User Paper Setting Menu Cutter Position Adjustment Auto Nozzle Check for each job Manual Uni-D Manual Bi-D K Manual Bi-D F/W ROM Version Print VI Command GAP Adjustment Menu DT/DC Command X X Cut Position or Border Figure 1-8. 3: When following pattern is printed. Vertical line is not printed. • Panel setup value (top margin) > Paper top margin (Panel setup value is used as the top margin) • Panel setup value (top margin) < Paper top margin (Paper top margin is used as the top margin) 2: Under special condition (Right/left no margin print).

the image will be printed on the platen. Cut sheets and auto loading have same specification. (No back-feed with other sequences) Although the paper that is under grid roller will be wasteful. When paper initializing or print starting. for distance between grid roller and #1 nozzle.8 Paper Width Detection When paper width detection is set to OFF or prints bigger image than set paper (more than borderless print area). The above paper width detection OFF sequence is just for the first page in case of roll paper. The print starts from the position.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Level structure for roll paper margin setting PRINTER SETUP PAPER MARGIN Revision B 1.4. paper is fed unconditionally. place emphasis on printing even for low reflection paper. Users have to change the setting at their own responsibility.4. [< / >] PAPER MARGIN T/B15mm [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PAPER MARGIN 3mm [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PAPER MARGIN 15mm [∧ / ∨ ] † Level structure for detect paper width menu PRINTER SETUP PPR SIZE CHK [< / >] PPR SIZE CHK ON [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PPR SIZE CHK OFF [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 48 . Paper auto cutting is not checked whether it cuts off or not.

4. Even if this setting is set to “ON”. cut paper skew is not detected after printing. † Level structure of job timeout setting menu PRINTER SETUP TIME OUT [< / >] TIME OUT OFF † Level structure of detect skew error menu PRINTER SETUP PPR ALIGN CHK [< / >] PPR ALIGN CHK ON [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] TIME OUT 30sec [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PPR ALIGN CHK OFF [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] TIME OUT 60sec [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] TIME OUT [∧ / ∨ ] 180sec [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] TIME OUT 300sec [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 49 .10 Job Time-out Setting When print data is interrupted more than setting time although data receiving is available. the printer doesn't inform the error. a paper skew error is not occurred and printing operation is continued.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. so users have to set up at their own responsibility. and the printer runs paper feeding operation.9 Skew Error Detection When this setting is set to “OFF”. Even if the printing image is outside the paper because of the paper not straight by the setting.4. 1. the print job is regarded as an end.4.4.

Enter Cutter position adjustment menu in the panel... Cutter position adjustment pattern is printed. and users entering the cutter position number to adjust the cutter position. CUTTER ADJ 17 [>] [∧ / ∨ ] † Cutter position adjustment pattern „ Output paper size : A4 „ Font : Built-in font (Print all in alphanumeric characters) „ Print sample : See following picture. 3.. NOTE: This adjustment is effective for top/bottom no margin print. Table 1-23. Other than this.. . [>] PRINTING CUTTER ADJ 1 [>] [∧ / ∨ ] NOTE: When "1 cut" is selected in panel. ... 15 16 17 † Level structure of cutter position adjustment menu PRINTER SETUP CUTTER ADJ [< / > ] CUTTER ADJ EXEC † Setting procedure 1.4. This mode only operates when paper type is roll paper and setting is roll paper cut ON.11 Cutter Position Adjustment Cutter position can be adjusted by this mode. . Set paper. it will not operate. Select the best adjustment pattern number and enter the number.4. Cutter position adjustment pattern Product Description Operating Panel 50 . the printer displays "UNABLE TO PRINT" and stops printing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.. Print cutter position adjustment pattern. 2. Figure 1-10. Number in print pattern and cutter position Number in print pattern Adjustment value 1 2 3 . Recovery is executed by pressing [PAUSE] key or return to the waiting status by panel reset. 4..

paper edge is automatically cut and refreshed to prevent print dirt in the situation after 4 sides no margin print in first JOB and with margin print in next JOB. Eject paper by reset for ASF. It will not work for roll paper. it will prevent the occurrence of size error and keeps printing.4. If this setting is ON. cut sheet size error occurs. [∧ / ∨ ] [<] REFRESH MRGN OFF [∧ / ∨ ] † Level structure of cut sheet size error menu PRINTER SETUP PAPER SIZE CH [< / >] PAPER SIZE CH ON [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PAPER SIZE CH OFF [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 51 .4. 1.4. 2. If the print image is bigger than the paper set by this setting. cut sheet size error never occurs. Continue printing by pressing [PAUSE] button / Stop printing by pressing [PAUSE] button for 3 seconds (Need to delete job from PC).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. The cutting length depends on the minimum cut length at this time. † Level structure of auto margin refresh PRINTER SETUP REFRESH MRGN [< / >] REFRESH MRGN ON † Operation and release method during error status 1. If paper size setting command does not exist during receiving data.12 Auto Margin Refresh When this setting is ON.13 Cut Sheet Size Error When this setting is OFF. printer prints by clipping the data that is out of paper. When error occurs. paper size in horizontal direction and value read from detect paper width sensor set by paper size setting command (ESC "(S") during receiving data are over +/-3mm. display error message by PAUSE LED on. 3.4.

detection is automatically performed.4. display "Paper out" and wait for paper set. Table 1-24. By turning this setting on.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. the setting will be ON.15 Cleaning Setting for Nozzle Check Nozzle check method is switched to either auto or manual. 1. Trigger for receiving data from PC is when receiving remote command "JS". : Perform auto nozzle check pattern printing. After this prints the nozzle check pattern ON setting. sets the cleaning of nozzle clogging.4. When user cannot check the nozzle clogging visually at day and night automatic operation. auto nozzle check is not performed. Also when paper is out during continuous print. If JS command is not send. † When setting is OFF † When setting is ON : Perform nozzle check pattern printing as usual.14 Auto Nozzle Check for Each Job This setting is valid only when "Cleaning setting at nozzle check" is ON.4.4. auto nozzle check can be performed before printing upon receiving data from PC. Operation setting Cleaning setting for nozzle check OFF ON OFF ON Auto cleaning for each job OFF OFF ON ON Nozzle check operation by panel Manual Auto Manual Auto Auto nozzle check operation before Job None None None Execute Nozzle check operation when sending "NC" m1 = 80h Manual Auto Manual Auto † Level structure of auto nozzle check for each job menu PRINTER SETUP AUTO NOZZLECK [< / >] AUTO NOZZLECK ON [∧ / ∨ ] [<] AUTO NOZZLECK OFF [∧ / ∨ ] † Level structure of cleaning setting for nozzle check menu PRINTER SETUP AUTO CLEANING [< / >] AUTO CLEANING ON [∧ / ∨ ] [<] AUTO CLEANING OFF [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 52 .

17 Printer Setup Value Initialization Selecting this mode allows the user to return all printer-setting values to the default values. Table 1-25. Initializing items are following.4. this setting is not reflected to prevent irregular color by reducing cut speed.4. normal cut operation is performed at 20CPS to reduce a noise and paper dust.16 Super Low Speed Cut Mode When this setting is set to “ON”.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Printer Setup Value Initialization Setting item After initialization STANDARD ON AUTO PC437 T/B 15mm ON ON OFF Manufacture setting ON ON OFF OFF ON † Level structure of super low speed cut mode menu PRINTER SETUP QUIET CUT [< / >] QUIET CUT OFF PG setting Page line I/F switching Code page switching ON [∧ / ∨ ] [<] QUIET CUT [∧ / ∨ ] Roll paper margin setting Paper width detection Paper skew detection Job timeout setting Cutter position adjustment Auto margin refresh Cut sheet size error Auto nozzle check for each Job Super low speed cut mode Cleaning at nozzle check Product Description Operating Panel 53 . 1.4.4. However when top edge is cut at Top/Bottom borderless printing setting.

4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Each parameter indicates the following.e> : Total paper counter just before print the nozzle check pattern (5.a> : Total ink counter just before print the last nozzle check pattern (5.18 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing Selecting this mode allows the user to print the nozzle check pattern.P:<fffff.1 figures) „ <eeeee.1 figures) 1.d>cm Prev.b> (5. used paper/ink.1 figures) „ <ccccc.1 figures) „ <ddddd.c> : Value of <aaaaa.b> : Total ink counter just before print the nozzle check pattern (5. Nozzle checks method in nozzle check pattern print is switched to either auto or manual by cleaning setting ON/OFF at nozzle check. : Perform nozzle check pattern printing as usual.f> : Value of <ddddd. „ <Z> :0 „ <xxxx> : Firmware version „ <I> : P for pigment „ <yyy> : Maintenance tank available quantity „ <aaaaa.e> (5. firmware version.4.1 figures) Version : I<Z><xxxx> <I> Maintenance Tank: <yyy>% Cur.a>ml Prev. and maintenance tank counter.Paper Count:<eeeee.c>ml Cur.a>-<bbbbb. Paper Count: <ddddd.e>cm C .f>cm Figure 1-11. Nozzle Check Pattern Printing † Order of colors from left „ 8-color: Black 1 → Cyan → Magenta → Yellow → Black 2 → Light Cyan → Light Magenta → Light Black „ 4-color: Black 1 → Cyan → Magenta → Yellow → Black 2 → Cyan 2 → Magenta 2 → Yellow 2 Product Description Operating Panel 54 .d>-<eeeee. „ <bbbbb. Ink Count : <aaaaa.P:<ccccc.d> : Total paper counter just before print the last nozzle check pattern (5.b>ml C .Ink Count :<bbbbb.1 figures) „ <fffff. † When setting is ON † When setting is OFF : Perform auto nozzle check pattern printing.

Press the [Paper Feed (∧/∨)] button to display "TEST PRINT". 2.4.Printer Status -+----------------Platen Gap :Standard | Version :BWxxxx P Page Line :On | Total Prints :xxxxxx PG Interface :Parallel | Use Ink :xxxxxx. Press the [Menu] button to execute status sheet printing.4.x cm Margine :T/B15mm | Mainte. Status Sheet Print Pattern Product Description Operating Panel 55 . Print status sheet with the following specifications. Tank :E[*****]F No Margine :1 Cut | Cutter Life :E[*****]F Refresh :On | CR Motor :E[*****]F Paper Size Check :ON | PF Motor :E[*****]F Paper Align Check :ON | Head :E[*****]F Time Out :30sec | Cleaner :E[*****]F Refresh Margin :On | Sheet Size Chk :On | Auto Nozzleck :Off | Auto Cleaning :On | .19 Status Printing Selecting this mode allows the user to print the current panel settings content.Current Setting +------------------+.x ml Code Page :PC437 | Use Paper :xxxxxx. „ Print paper size : A4 „ Font : Built-in font (Print all in alphanumeric characters) „ Print sample : Refer to right column figure.Ink Cartridge --+------------------+-----------------+----------------Manufacturer : EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK Ink Type : Pigment Pigment Pigment Ink Color : Matte Black Cyan Magenta Ink Capacity : 110ml 110ml 110ml Ink Left : E[*****]F E[*****]F E[*****]F Production Date : `02/03 `02/03 `02/03 Expire Date : `03/10 `03/10 `03/10 Ink Life : 06 months 06 months 06 months Passed : 02 months 02 months 02 months Printable Sheet : 120 pages 120 pages 120 pages ------------------+------------------+-----------------+----------------Manufacturer : EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK Ink Type : Pigment Pigment Pigment Ink Color : Yellow Photo Black Light Cyan Ink Capacity : 110ml 110ml 110ml Ink Left : E[*****]F E[*****]F E[*****]F Production Date : `02/03 `02/03 `02/03 Expire Date : `03/10 `03/10 `03/10 Ink Life : 06 months 06 months 06 months Passed : 02 months 02 months 02 months Printable Sheet : 120 pages 120 pages 120 pages ------------------+------------------+-----------------+----------------Manufacturer : EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK Ink Type : Pigment Pigment Ink Color : Light Magenta Light Black Ink Capacity : 110ml 110ml Ink Left : E[*****]F E[*****]F Production Date : `02/03 `02/03 Expire Date : `03/10 `03/10 Ink Life : 06 months 06 months Passed : 02 months 02 months Printable Sheet : 120 pages 120 pages ------------------+------------------+-----------------+----------------- Figure 1-12. #1 XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX Type B :Uninstalled . † Output procedure: 1. 5. 4. 3. Press the [Menu] button on the control panel to enter the panel setting menu. Select the item by pressing the [Menu] button again.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Press the [Menu] button to enter the item menu select status and then press the [Paper Feed (∧/∨)] again to display [STATUS CHECK].

PF motor life. CR motor life. 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 10% Less than 10% 0% (End) *2: E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ nn% 0% F F Setting content of "PRINTER SETUP" menu in Panel Setting mode. Print Head life or Cleaning Unit life 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F Printer Status Mainte Tank Cutter Life CR Motor PF Motor Head Cleaner Manufacture Ink Type Ink Color Ink Capacity Ink Left Ink Cartridge *3 Production Date Expire Date Ink Life Passed Printable Sheet *3: *4: The ink cartridge information is displayed based on the information inside the CSIC on the ink cartridge. Version Total Print Use Ink Use Paper Installed firmware version Total number of printed sheets Ink consumption counter value (total cumulative consumption by printing. Product Description Operating Panel 56 . flushing and cleaning) Paper consumption counter value (total cumulative paper feed amount by printing) Remaining ink volume in Maintenance Tank *1 Remainder of cutter life *2 Remainder of CR motor life *2 Remainder of PF motor life *2 Remainder of Print Head life *2 Remainder of Cleaning Unit life *2 Display of manufacturer Display of ink kind Display of ink color Display of capacity to contain ink Display of volume of remaining ink *1 Year and month of manufacture Expiration of guaranteed period for use Guaranteed period for use after unpacking Time having elapsed after unpacking Number of sheets which can be printed with the remaining ink (calculated value) Details of display of remainder of cutter life. This Color Adjust ID information (ID1) is the same as can be checked through the printer driver.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Explanation of contents: #1: XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX #2: XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX Type-B Current Setting Color Adjust ID information (ID1) *4 Color Adjust ID information (ID2M) Whether optional Type-B I/F is mounted or not Revision B Note *1: Display details for Maintenance Tank remaining ink.

4. 4 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0. Job No. Job information print pattern Product Description Operating Panel 57 . Job No. users can print job information saved in the printer. Job No. 2 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0.4. Job No. Status print. 3 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0. † Print sample : Refer to right column figure.631 ml Paper (WxH) : 611 mm x 103 mm Print start time : 02/04/25 16:36 Used Time : 2 min. † Adjustment patterns and test patterns (Gap adjustment.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. † Print paper size : A4 † Font : Built-in font (Print all in alphanumeric characters) NOTE: 2-byte characters in user name and document name is "?". Job No. Job No.118 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 179 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:31 Used Time : 1 min. Cutter position.106 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 56 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:58 Used Time : 1 min. 8 : Doc Name : Printer Test Page User Name: Printer I/F Type : Parallel Job State Supplies : Ink : 0. 7 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0. : Printing : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete : Complete Figure 1-13. Paper thickness detection) † Print data from host † Job information print It prints job information print pattern with following specifications.236 ml Paper (WxH) : 610 mm x 319 mm Print start time : 02/05/01 19:39 Used Time : 2 min. Nozzle check pattern.4.203 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 179 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:54 Used Time : 1 min. 10 Job) Definition of job is followings.118 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 179 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:51 Used Time : 1 min. 9 : Doc Name : Paper Feed Adjustment 70 User Name: 0690035 I/F Type : USB Job State Supplies : Ink : 0.111 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 167 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:28 Used Time : 1 min. refer to "1.118 ml Paper (WxH) : 610 mm x 179 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 10:29 Used Time : 1 min. Job No. 6 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0.118 ml Paper (WxH) : 609 mm x 179 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:09 Used Time : 1 min. 0 : Doc Name : Job Information User Name: I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 54. (Max.985 ml Paper (WxH) : 0 mm x 0 mm Print start time : 02/05/02 12:59 Used Time : 1 min. 1 : Doc Name : Nozzle Check User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0.3 Job information (p36)". Job No. Job No. NOTE: For details of Job Information. 5 : Doc Name : Status Sheet User Name: Printer I/F Type : Not Used Job State Supplies : Ink : 0.20 Job Information Print With this mode. Job No.

2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.1--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj.6--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.2mm *Feed Roller : Single Wheel *Print Adj. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5.0sec ---Paper No.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj. *Suction : -4 *Print Adj.4.0sec Figure 1-14.0sec ---Paper No. : -15% *Thickness : 0. Paper Config Setting ---Paper No.0sec ---Paper No. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Slow *Drying Time : 5. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0.21 User Paper Setting Printing With this mode.8--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0.9--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj.4.5--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj.0sec ---Paper No10--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj. User Paper Setting Printing Product Description Operating Panel 58 .0sec ---Paper No.7--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj. It prints User Paper Setting Printing with following specifications.0sec ---Paper No. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.2--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Narrow *Feed Adj.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj. users print information registered in user paper setting menu. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5.3--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0.0sec ---Paper No. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.2mm *Feed Roller : : Roll Curled *Print Adj.4--*Custom Name : XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX *PLATEN GAP : Standard *Feed Adj.0sec † Print paper size : A4 † Font † Print sample : Built-in font (Print all in alphanumeric characters) : Refer to right column figure.0sec ---Paper No.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. : 2 ---Paper No. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : 2 *Cut Method : Thick Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : -15% *Suction : -4 *Thickness : 0. : 2 *Cut Method : Thin Paper Slow *Drying Time : 5.2mm *Feed Roller : None *Cut Method : Thin Paper Fast *Drying Time : 5.

22 Firmware Version Firmware version is displayed as following.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Level structure of printable pages per ink cartridge menu PRINTER STATUS PRINTERBLE PG 1.4. The formula is following.4. Printable sheets = ink remain after print / ink used Note 1: Printable pages within IR command range are calculated and displayed. the panel displays "---".4.23 Printable Pages per Ink Cartridge Printable sheets (estimation) of current installed ink cartridges are displayed per ink cartridge. [<] [<] [<] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTABLE PG Y xxxxxxPG [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTABLE PG PK xxxxxxPG [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] PRINTABLE PG LC xxxxxxPG [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINTABLE PG LM xxxxxxPG [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINTABLE PG LK xxxxxxPG [> ] [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 59 .4. 2: When there is no value to be displayed. VERSION Ixxxx P Note 1: xxxx : Firmware version (4 letters) 2: P 3: Ix : means mass product model : "x" shows the specific version [< / >] PRINTABLE PG MK xxxxxxPG [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINTABLE PG C xxxxxxPG [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINTABLE PG M xxxxxxPG [> ] 1.

Ink Remaining Ink remaining 100 ~ 81% remaining 80 ~ 61% remaining 60 ~ 41% remaining 40 ~ 21% remaining 20% ~ just before near end After near end ~ just before ink out Ink out Panel display E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ nn% 0% F F Ink check LED OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Blink ON PRINTER STATUS INK LEFT [< / >] INK LEFT MK E∗∗∗∗∗F [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT C E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT M E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] Note 1: After ink remaining is near end. 0% is displayed on the panel for ink out. ink consumption for initial filling is subtracted. Ink use count is started at that time.4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Level structure of remaining ink display 1. the ink remaining is displayed with % on the panel. and ink remaining of each ink cartridge is displayed as 100%.4. [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT Y E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT PK E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT LC E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT LM E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨] [< ] INK LEFT LK E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [> ] [∧ / ∨] Product Description Operating Panel 60 . 2: When initial filling is done by user after the package opened.24 Ink Remaining Table 1-26.

the panel displays "---".0.4.4. (Max. Manual paper feeding is not counted. 2: When there is no value to be displayed. 2: When IR command or JS/JE command is not set.25 Maintenance Tank Count † Calculate method Current available rate of maintenance tank is displayed. "---" is displayed. NOTE 1: Paper used within JS ~ JE command range is accumulated and displayed.4.29 Clear Job History With this menu. † Paper usage Paper usage (vertical x horizontal = m2) of each job is displayed.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.27 Clear consumption counter † Clear ink usage counter Reset "Ink usage counter" to 0. Ink usage and paper usage of job history are displayed "---". NOTE: Paper usage is counted and displayed within JS command to JE command. ink usage is not counted. It is a Job number saved in the printer. the panel displays "---". The latest job is No. NOTE 1: Ink usage is counted and displayed within IR command range or it is counted and displayed within JS command to JE command.4.4.28 Job History Display † Job No. job history saved in the printer is cleared.4. † Ink usage Ink usage of each job is displayed. (Total capacity 1300g) 1. 2: When there is no value to be displayed. 1.4.4. † Display Available rate 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 10% Less than 10% remaining 0% E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ nn% 0% F F † Clear paper usage counter Reset "Paper usage counter" to 0. † Paper usage counter Paper used (paper fed) with print operation is accumulated and displayed in centimeter. 1. „ Print operation (whether print completed/interrupted or not) „ All flushing operation „ All cleaning operation NOTE 1: Ink used within IR command range is accumulated. 6 figures) Product Description Operating Panel 61 . 1.30 Total Print Pages Total prints are displayed in decimal.4. and displayed value is not changed. 3: When there is no value to display. 1.4.4. † Counter clear It is cleared by replacing maintenance tank.4.26 Consumption Counter † Ink usage counter Ink used with following operations is accumulated and displayed in ml.

4. • Progression of wear-out is figured out by cut result. „ Display (Life) 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% remaining E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F „ Maintenance call Does not occur to following reasons.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † CR motor life „ Calculate method CR motor life is almost same as supply tube life (for A2 width) and is severely impacted by abrasion and failure of supply tube. this value will not be the correct value. service call occurs. so it is calculated by accumulation of CR to and fro times. when life reaches to 0. „ Counter clear It is cleared by executing "CR motor initialization" in Maintenance mode 2 "Counter initialization menu".31 Consumable Life † Cutter life „ Calculate method Counter that is calculated by accumulating total of cutter used is initialized by cutter replacement operation. Supply tube life is defined by amount of to and fro. „ Fatal error Considering tube damage. Specify this value should be used as target. • Serious failure does not occur. C H E C K P O IN T According to the status of user usage. „ Counter clear Cleared by cutter replacement. „ Fatal error Does not occur. Therefore it is indicated by supply tube life.4. These values are intended to assist service personnel only. Product Description Operating Panel 62 . • User can easily replace. (Reference value: 260 million Pass) „ Display (Life) 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% remaining E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F 1. C H E C K P O IN T „ Maintenance call Life is less than 4%. Do not explain the meaning of the display to users.

Therefore it is used as failure diagnosis when used over product life. counter continues to count amount of full figure as register of 32 bits and stop count up at maximum positive number. and finally calculated as amount of maximum accumulative shots within each color. C H E C K P O IN T These values are intended to assist service personnel only. „ Fatal error It does not occur for failure mode is not fatal. Do not explain the meaning of the display to users.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † PF motor life „ Calculate method There are no parts that need to be replaced within product life period of PF motor and paper feed mechanical drive system. „ Continuity of counter If the life reaches to 0%. „ Fatal error Does not occur as head unit. „ Continuity of counter If the life reaches to 0%. „ Display (Life) 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% remaining E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F „ Maintenance call It does not occur for it is not the target of service in product life. „ Counter clear It is cleared by executing "Head unit life initialization" in Maintenance mode 2 "Counter initialization menu". These values are intended to assist service personnel only. C H E C K P O IN T „ Maintenance call Does not occur. Display life by accumulating distance of PF operation when printing. amount of assured injection shots per nozzle x 180 nozzles. Product Description Operating Panel 63 . Do not explain the meaning of the display to users. counter continues to count amount of full figure as register of 32 bits and stop count up at maximum positive number. „ Display (Life) 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% remaining E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F Revision B † Head unit life „ Calculate method It is calculated by accumulating amount of injection shots of each color. Accumulate value of 220 shots per page print. „ Counter clear It is cleared by executing "PF motor initialization" in Maintenance mode 2 "Counter initialization menu".

4. 7. Select eject paper roller. C H E C K P O IN T These values are intended to assist service personnel only. 7: The PG setting (“N” or “W” ) depends on the result of detection set paper by paper thickness sensor. Product Description Operating Panel 64 . 2: For details of patterns. pomp assembly. 8. NOTE 1: In despite of paper number. Select cutting method.) Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern with the least displacement. „ Counter clear It is cleared by executing "Cleaning life initialization" in Maintenance mode 2 "Counter initialization menu". Enter paper feed adjustment value. Select the paper number ("STD". Select MW print quality adjustment. flashing box. replace cap assembly. Enter the ink drying time for each pass. 5. 6. „ Count continuance If the life reaches to 0%. "1" ~ "10") Enter PG position.-11. 3: When “STD” is selected for paper number. 9.32 User Paper Setting Selecting this mode allows detection or input of the thickness of the available paper. 6: A default display of the paper thickness number selection is the number corresponded to the paper thickness performed gap adjustment. register. are not displayed on the panel. it cannot input to each setting items. 11. „ Fatal error When life reaches to 0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Cleaning unit life „ Calculate method Cleaning unit life is judged by pomp motor life. „ Display (Life) 100 ~ 81% 80 ~ 61% 60 ~ 41% 40 ~ 21% 20% ~ 1% Less than 1% remaining E∗∗∗∗∗F E∗∗∗∗ F E∗∗∗ F E∗∗ E∗ E F F F Revision B 1. When in service. Select user paper setting menu from the panel. refer to "Paper Thickness Detection Pattern (p. 2. service call occurs. Print the paper thickness detection pattern (Does not print when STD is selected. Also this function is able to refer to.4. Select paper suction. and registration of the following setting item as up to ten user-defined paper. „ Maintenance call Life is less than 50%. † Setting 1. 68)". Do not explain the meaning of the display to users. and wiper at the same time. above 3. 5: “PRINTING” is displayed during printing adjustment pattern. delete. 4: When “STD” is selected for paper type. 10. it is possible to set paper related setting independently. 3. and set at "EPSON service utility". counter continues to count amount of full figure as register of 32 bits and stop count up at maximum positive number.4.

press pause button to continue printing. Paper feed adjustment Paper feeding is adjusted. set by replacing with values below. Micro weave mode is adjusted. The setting value is operated as an absolute value. raise the setting value. Paper suction is set to make paper stable on the platen. Paper setting and operation Paper setup Standard 1 ~ 10 Operation When each setting item values are set by commands.2mm) m2=03h m2=49h m2=65h m2=00h m2=33h (100%) Eject paper roller set Product Description Operating Panel 65 . Select "-1" for thin paper (film etc.7% SN m2 = 1Fh If 0. it follows the command settings. 2: If value other than parameters above or value out of range is set by EX 1B command.7% SN m2 = ABh SN m1 = 85h AUTO SHEET ROLL CURLED ROLL NOMAL m2 = 00h m2 = 01h m2 = 02h m2 = 03h (None) • • • • • • • PG setting : Standard: Cutting method : Standard Paper feed adjustment : 0% SN Eject paper roller set : AUTO Ink drying time : 0 sec.2mm) Narrow m2 = 04h (PG Minimum: 0. User defined paper is used and even if settings are set by commands.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Paper setting and corresponding operation Table 1-27. When quality has priority. Display warning and make it pause if set PG position is judged unable to print by paper width sensor. If you want to force through. SN Wider Setting value m1 = 01h m2 = 01h (PG Big: 2.2mm) Standard m2 = 03h (PG Little: 1.7% SN m1 = 04h If 0% SN m2 = 65h If -0. When print speed has priority. Cutting method Cutting method is selected when cutting paper. which is difficult to feed and lower the suction according to thickness rate. The carriage stops at the right/left sides of paper for setting time.7% <= ±0% <= 0. Details of each setting items Operation Ink drying time for each pass is set. lower the setting value. ~ 10000 mm/sec (unit 20mm/sec) 0000h ~ 01F4h SN m1 = 05h Standard -1 -2 -3 -4 Paper suction † Details of each setting items Table 1-28. Setting value 0 sec. If auto is selected. Slow m2 = 02h m2 = 49h m2 = 49h m2 = 97h m2 = 97h MW print adjustment m2 = 33h (100%) m2 = 1Ah (50%) m2 = 10h (30%) m2 = 06h (10%) m2 = 04h (6%) Refer to Table 1-29 "Print quality setup value list"(p66) for MW modes that can be selected by MW print adjustment. roll paper: none -0.7mm) SN m1 = 80h SN m1 = 81h Standard m2 = 03h Thin paper m2 = 02h Thick paper. Select eject paper roller. Details of each setting items Setting PG setting Operation Enter any PG position. Paper suction : Standard MW print adjustment : n2:00h m2=03h (PG Little – 1. Note 1: Value set by EX 1B command is similar to the above parameters. Setting Ink drying time Revision B Table 1-28. user setting value is used.). Fast m2 = 01h Thick paper.6mm) Wide m2 = 02h (PG Middle: 2. it is operated as cut sheet: sheet Star Wheel.

Print quality setup value list ESC (i Raster resolution ESC (D Print Number of POL 0 2 2 122 72 72 12 2 2 156 Feed amount 360x360" 358/360" 358/360" 237-239/720" 287-289/720" 287-289/720" 179/360" 179/360" 179/360" 101-100103-100/720" 140-143140-141/720" 119/720" 68-69-68-67/ 720" 81-80-79-80/ 720" 44-45-44-43/ 720" Number of pass 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 Panel setting Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 1440x720 Note : If parameter is indirect other than above.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Print quality setup values set by MW print adjustment. Product Description Operating Panel 66 . print at default of each resolution. Print quality setup value list ESC (i Mode n1 00H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 8-color 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 06H 01H 01H 06H 01H n2 03H 00H 20H 00H 20H 30H 00H 20H 30H 00H 20H 30H 00H 20H --1440x720 30H 40H --00H 2880x1440 32 16 88 0 37/720” 41/720” 23-22/720” 37/1440" 4 4 4 4 Standard 1 2 Standard 06H --116 720x720 720x360 360x720 360x360 Raster resolution ESC (D Print Number of POL 0 61 0 39 61 79 46 22 2 49 23 62 30 10 88 Feed amount 1-359/360" 119/360" 179/360" 141/720" 119/720" 101/720" 67/360" 79/360" 89/360" 67/720" 79/720" 89/720" 38-37/720" 43-42/720" 23-22/720" Number of pass 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 Panel setting 2 Standard 1 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 Standard 1 2 01H 01H 01H 30H 00H 20H 122 88 40 01H 20H 720x720 78 4-color Mode n1 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H 01H n2 00H 20H 30H 00H 20H 30H 00H 20H 30H 00H 720x360 360x720 360x360 Revision B Table 1-29. Table 1-29.

-2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Level structure of user paper menu CUSTOM PAPER CUSTOM PAPER PAPER NUMBER Revision B [< / >] PAPER NUMBER STANDARD [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER PLATEN GAP [< / > ] PLATEN GAP NARROW STANDARD STANDARD WIDE WIDER [∧ / ∨ ] PLATEN GAP [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER THICKNESS PAT [<] PAPER NUMBER No.70~0~0. -3.SLOW -0.0sec [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER DRYING TIME [< / > ] DRYING TIME 0.0sec EJECT ROLLER AUTO SHEET AUTO CURLED NORMAL 0.70 0% [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER PPR FEED ADJ [< / > ] PPR FEED ADJ Set each item after setting paper number PPR FEED ADJ [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER EJECT ROLLER [< / > ] EJECT ROLLER AUTO SHEET AUTO ROLL CURLED ROLL NORMAL 0.FAST HICK.FAST THICK. -4 SUCTION STANDARD STANDARD -1~-4 [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER M/W ADJ [< / > ] M/W ADJ STANDARD 1 STANDARD 2 M/W ADJ STANDARD STANDARD 1 2 [∧ / ∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 67 .SLOW -0.70~0~0.0sec [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER SUCTION [< / > ] SUCTION STANDARD STANDARD -1.0sec~10.0sec DRYING TIME 0. 10 THICKNESS NUM 1 1~16 [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER CUT METHOD [< / > ] CUT METHOD STANDARD THIN PAPER STANDARD THICK.0sec~10.70 0% [∧ / ∨ ] CUT METHOD STANDARD STANDARD THIN PAPER THICK. 1 STANDARD [< / > ] THICKNESS PAT PRINT NARROW STANDARD WIDE WIDER THICKNESS PAT [∧ / ∨ ] [<] CUSTOM PAPER THICKNESS NUM [∧ / ∨ ] [<] PRINT [< / > ] THICKNESS NUM 1 1~16 PAPER NUMBER No.

VSD2.. and displaced by an equal distance left and right. A B C D Others „ Relations between numbers in print pattern and paper thickness Numbers in print pattern Paper thickness (mm) 1 0. . Displacement of Paper Thickness Detection Pattern Note : AB : Gap adjustment value with paper thickness +0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Paper Thickness Detection Pattern „ Print Specification Head speed Pattern height Dot size Color Print direction Pattern interval 240 cps 96 dots VSD2 Large Black Uni-D Upper patterns: Equal intervals Lower patterns: Centered on base position for gap adjustment value. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A4 width 13. When printing starts from the edge of a media.. Head Revision B „ Displacement of lower pattern If the displacement in the gap adjustment value with a change of 0. the following applies.1mm in paper thickness is assumed to be xx microns. .1 3 0. Paper thickness for gap adjustment.5 16 1.5mm(96dot) 13.1mm for gap adjustment.5mm(96dot) Example: If paper thickness is 0. .. Pattern Displacement of bottom Pattern Displacement of bottom number pattern relative to top pattern number pattern relative to top pattern 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +2X +1X ±0 –1X –2X –3X –4X –5X 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 –6X –7X –8X –9X –10X –11X –12X –13X 10mm 9. If paper thickness is +0..1mm AC : Current gap adjustment value AD : Gap adjustment value with paper thickness -0.6 Figure 1-16. Paper Thickness Detection Pattern Product Description Operating Panel 68 . media is forwarded 90 mm for roll paper and 50 mm for sheets before printing. Details are described in next clause.4 15 1..2mm for gap adjustment.0 2 0. If paper thickness is -0.. X = AC – AB = AD – AC X reference value is 8.. This adjustment value is saved into NVRAM and can be changed.2 .1 µm with 240CPS..1mm for gap adjustment.1mm A fixed displacement is assumed with changes in paper thickness.0mm (64dot) feeding Figure 1-15. 14 1.

4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Uni-D Adjustment) Selecting this mode allows the user to adjust Bi-D and Uni-D depending on paper thickness. NOTE: For details of patterns. adjustment setting is set automatically.4.4. Select the cutter replacement menu from the panel. Repeat (5) ~ (6) until adjustment of all items is completed. 7. 1. Absolute control time offered by RTC power source in inner printer controls time difference set here relatively. 2.36 Date Setting Selecting this mode allows setting the current time. When setting other paper individually. 1. Bi-D all or unibetween 6-row). refer to "Gap Adjustment Print Pattern (p. Select auto or manual. 5.4. If it is performed auto by the menu.) 6.33 Cutter Blade Replacement Selecting this mode allows the user to replace the cutter blade. It is a function that covers time differences of each destination.35 Power Cleaning With this mode. Replace the cutter blade by following cutter replacement guide.1mm. Product Description Operating Panel 69 .4.37 Gap Adjustment (Bi-D Adjustment.4. 1. When executing power cleaning.4.4. Select the adjustment pattern to be printed (Bi-D Black. Open the cover by following cover open guide. The procedure for cutter blade replacement is as follows: 1. This time set by this setting will be shown by Job Information Print. 72)". ("PRINTING ALGNMNT PATTERN" is displayed. Select the gap adjustment menu from the panel.34 Ink Replacement Method (8-color.2mm.4. 4-color) This setting can be used to switch the ink type between 8 color mode and 4 color mode. 1. Set the paper. 2. 4. Check the printed adjustment patterns and enters the number of the pattern with the least displacement for each adjustment item.4. Close the cover by following cover close guide. † Setting 1.2mm or 1. the printer has more powerful cleaning than normal cleaning. 3. 3. set thickness in units of 0. ink lever operation is accompanied in order to execute chalk cleaning. after pattern is printed and detected. and print.4. Set to "STD" for paper thickness of EPSON paper is 0.

6mm For PG 2.0mm.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Adjustment The adjustment values set above are saved in NVRAM as 4 types of adjustment value depending on PG height (0.7mm/1.8mm Wide Wider 0.2mm.6mm For PG 2. Adjustment value saved in NVRAM is updated when the value is adjusted again.2mm *1 Adjustment values calculated with PG1. 2.3mm 0.6mm – – For PG 2. Revision B 3: Paper thickness is saved to adjust paper thickness by 0.8mm).2mm at that time. 4: Paper thickness is firstly entered to print the closest pattern print of adjustment value saved in the printer from the first time and reduce operation.6mm *2 *3 For PG 2.6mm).6mm More than 0.2mm For PG 1.7mm For PG 1.6mm regardless of PG setting and paper thickness setting.7mm. To calculate adjustment value.6mm For PG 0.9 ~ 1.2mm For PG 2.6mm if paper thickness setting is more than 0.8mm).6mm For PG 1.6mm More than 0.8mm. PG is set as 2.0 ~ 1.2mm Paper thickness setting PG setting – Saving place Notes Note 1: It is saved into saving place for paper thickness 0. 2. Paper thickness sensor Less than 0.8mm Wide Wider 0. Even when paper thickness sensor detects thin paper (less than 0. Product Description Operating Panel 70 .9 ~ 1. For PG 1.1 ~ 0.6mm are saved except adjustment value saved for PG 1.2mm/2.2mm *2 For PG 2.2mm for PG 0.8mm – Narrow Standard 0.3mm Less than 0.2mm/2. PG height and paper thickness are necessary. When paper thickness sensor detects thick paper (more than 0.1 ~ 0.6mm For PG 2.8mm Note *1: *2: *3: 0. Table 1-30.1mm unit for paper thickness setting command PH.3mm. PG is set as 2.2mm For PG 2.8mm – Narrow Standard Less than 0. 2: It is saved into saving place for paper thickness 0. Saving place of adjustment value is selected as following list.8mm STD More than 0.

1mm ~ 1. [∧ / ∨] [<] ALIGNMENT AUTO #3 [>] [∧ / ∨] [<] ALIGNMENT AUTO #4 [>] Adjustment Value Items Adjustment Value Up [∧ ] UNI-D #1 C 5 [∧ / ∨] Adjustment Value Up [∧ ] [> ] UNI-D #4 LK 5 BI-D BLACK #1 MK 5 Adjustment Value Up [∧ ] [∧ ] BI-D ALL #1 MK 5 [∧ ] [> ] [∨ ] Adjustment Value Down BI-D BLACK [∧ ] [>] BI-D ALL #4 LK 5 #4 MK 5 [∨ ] Adjustment Value Down [ ∨] [∨ ] [ ∨] Adjustment Value Down [∨ ] Product Description Operating Panel 71 .6mm [<] [∧ / ∨ ] HEAD ALIGNMENT [< / >] ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT [< / > ] [<] ALIGNMENT AUTO UNI-D [>] [∧ / ∨] ALIGNMENT AUTO BI-D BLACK [>] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] [<] ALIGNMENT MANUAL [∧ / ∨] ALIGNMENT AUTO BI-D ALL [>] [< / > ] ALIGNMENT MANUAL UNI-D [> ] [<] [> ] [∧ / ∨] ALIGNMENT AUTO #1 PRINTING [>] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] ALIGNMENT MANUAL BI-D BLACK PRINTING [∧ / ∨] [<] ALIGNMENT AUTO #2 [>] [∧ / ∨ ] [<] ALIGNMENT MANUAL BI-D ALL [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] Shifts to item for corresponding adjustment value after adjustment pattern print.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 „ Level structure of gap adjustment menu HEAD ALIGNMENT HEAD ALIGNMENT PAPER THKNS Revision B [< / >] PAPER THKNS STD AUTO MANUAL AUTO STD 0.

Pattern interval Revision B „ Adjustment pattern printing of each adjustment item Print pattern Print direction 9 patterns (per 1 set) Bar Block Going back and forth every 4dot Upper patterns: Leftward Lower patterns: Rightward Leftward : equal interval Rightward : Print No. „ The relationship between print pattern and adjustment gap is shown below. Print pattern number Adjustment gap N/1440 inch (VSD1. it feeds 100mm for roll paper. ECO) 1 –4 2 –3 3 –2 4 –1 5 0 6 +1 7 +2 8 +3 9 +4 „ Each adjustment item Table 1-31. #2. #4) AUTO Bi-D BLACK Uni-D All (#1. #2. #3. #2. VSD2. #2. #4) Uni-D All (#1. – – – – – – – – Dot size VSD1 (Bar Large/Block Small) VSD2 (Bar Large/Block Large) VSD3 (Bar Large/Block Large) ECO (Large) VSD1 (Large) VSD2 (Large) VSD3 (Large) ECO (Large) Product Description Operating Panel 72 . #3. Position is shifted in fixed quantities.5 to be always current setup value. #4) Bi-D All (#1. #3. 50mm for sheet. #3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Gap Adjustment Print Pattern „ Print specifications (not mentioned in the manual) Print specifications of gap adjustment print pattern Adjusting items Adjustment pattern height 3 items Bi-D Black (#1. with No. Each adjustment item Adjusting item Adjusting type #1 Bi-D #2 #3 #4 #1 Uni-D #2 #3 #4 Parameter Head speed (CPS) 210 240 240 350 210 240 240 350 Head No. #4) Others When it prints from paper edge. 5 as the standard. and starts printing.

Setting value is displayed on the lower line one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can be changed. It returns to the setting menu select mode by pushing [Paper Source] button in the setting item select menu. It returns to the setting item select menu by pushing [Paper Source] button in the setting value select mode. "Setting menu" is displayed on the upper line. and "Setting value" is displayed on the lower line. The "*" represents the current setup value. Spanish. The printer is ready for printing following reset after selecting the panel display language setting. If it has a corresponded operation. 3. Italian. French. 6. [∧ / ∨ ] LANGUAGE [< / > ] LANGUAGE ENGLISH [∧ / ∨ ] UNIT (English. The setting menu select mode is selected after power ON.4. When the [Menu] button is pushed in the setting value select mode. the displayed setting value is entered as the current setting value and registered. Switch power OFF → ON. and "Setting item" is displayed on the lower line. it is started. 2. HEX DUMP [< / > ] PRINT EXEC † Operation 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Panel display Character strings on the second line in "Panel display" are displayed on the second line of LCD panel. No operation occurs if "*" is already displayed. and Portuguese) [< / > ] UNIT METER [∧ / ∨ ] CUT PRESS (Feet/Inch) [< / > ] CUT PRESSURE 100% [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] BPCL (0%~100%~150%) [< / > ] BPCL EXEC [∧ / ∨ ] DEFAULT PANEL [< / > ] DEFAULT PANEL EXEC [∧ / ∨ ] CRTG INFO MENU [< / > ] CRTG INFO MENU MK INFO (MK INFO) (LK INFO) … † Termination 1. Product Description Operating Panel 73 . The "*" represents the current setup value. 4. The setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting item select mode. German. "Setting item" is displayed on the upper line. 5. Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting menu select mode. It is shifted to setting value select mode of the setting item by pushing [Menu] button. 2.5 Maintenance Mode 1 OUTLINE † Startup The maintenance mode 1 is displayed by switching power ON while pushing the [Pause] button. It is shifted to setting item select menu by pushing [Menu] button. 1. Setup values are displayed in the second line of LCD panel.

E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month EPSON Magenta PIGMENT. FEET/INCH 0% ~ 100% ~ 150% EXEC EXEC EXEC EPSON Matte Black PIGMENT. French. E*** F. E**** F. E** F. Maintenance Mode 1 Setup Items Top menu Print hexadecimal dump Panel display Item menu 1 (Panel display) (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) Item menu 2 (Panel display) (PRINT) (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT MK) Ink color (CARTRIDGE MK) Ink type (INK TYPE MK) Ink capacity (INK CAP MK) Setup value EPSON Cyan PIGMENT. E**** F. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month HEX DUMP EXEC *1 English. Maintenance Mode 1 Setup Items Top menu Setup value Panel display Item menu 1 (Panel display) Item menu 2 (Panel display) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT C) Ink color (CARTRIDGE C) Ink type (INK TYPE C) Ink capacity (INK CAP C) Ink information Ink remaining (C2) (INK LEFT-C) (C INFO) Product date (PROD DATE C) Expire date (EXPIR DATE C) Ink life after open (INK LIFE C) Passed time after open (AGE C) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT M) Ink color (CARTRIDGE M) Ink type (INK TYPE M) Ink capacity (INK CAP M) Ink information Ink remaining (M3) (INK LEFT-M) (M INFO) Product date (PROD DATE M) Expire date (EXPIR DATE M) Ink life after open (INK LIFE M) Passed time after open (AGE M) Revision B MAINTENANCE MODE 1 SETUP ITEMS Table 1-32. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. Spanish. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Panel display LANGUAGE language select Unit switching UNIT Cut pressure CUT PRESS SSCL SSCL Bell panel BPCL cleaning Panel Setting DEFAULT Initialization PANEL Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Ink information Ink remaining (MK1) (INK LEFT-MK) (MK INFO) Product date (PROD DATE MK) Expire date (EXPIR DATE MK) Ink life after open (INK LIFE MK) Passed time after open (AGE MK) Product Description Operating Panel 74 . E** F. E*** F. E**** F. E*** F. and Portuguese METER. Italian. E* F.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-32. E* F. E* F. E** F. German.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-32. E* F. Magenta PIGMENT. Maintenance Mode 1 Setup Items Top menu Item menu 1 Panel display (Panel display) Item menu 2 (Panel display) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT Y) Ink color (CARTRIDGE Y) Ink type (INK TYPE Y) Ink capacity (INK CAP Y) Ink information Ink remaining (Y4) (INK LEFT-Y) (Y INFO) Product date (PROD DATE Y) Expire date (EXPIR DATE Y) Ink life after open (INK LIFE Y) Passed time after open (AGE Y) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT PK) Ink color (CARTRIDGE PK) Ink type (INK TYPE PK) Ink capacity (INK CAP PK) Ink information (PK5 or MK-2) Ink remaining (PK (MK-2) (INK LEFT-PK) INFO) Product date (PROD DATE PK) Expire date (EXPIR DATE PK) Ink life after open (INK LIFE PK) Passed time after open (AGE PK) Setup value EPSON Yellow PIGMENT. E*** F. E* F. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month EPSON Photo Black PIGMENT. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU CRTG INFO MENU Product Description Operating Panel 75 . E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month Ink information menu Top menu Revision B Table 1-32. Maintenance Mode 1 Setup Items Panel display Item menu 1 (Panel display) Item menu 2 (Panel display) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT Lc) Ink color (CARTRIDGE Lc) Ink type (INK TYPE Lc) Ink capacity (INK CAP Lc) Ink information Ink remaining (Lc6 or C-2) (INK LEFT-Lc) (Lc (C-2) INFO) Product date (PROD DATE Lc) Expire date (EXPIR DATE Lc) Ink life after open (INK LIFE Lc) Passed time after open (AGE Lc) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT Lm) Ink color (CARTRIDGE Lm) Ink type (INK TYPE Lm) Ink capacity (INK CAP Lm) Ink information (Lm7 or M-2) Ink remaining (Lm (M-2) (INK LEFT-Lm) INFO) Product date (PROD DATE Lm) Expire date (EXPIR DATE Lm) Ink life after open (INK LIFE Lm) Passed time after open (AGE Lm) Setup value EPSON LGT. Cyan PIGMENT. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. E** F. E**** F. E**** F. E*** F. E** F. E*** F. E* F. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. E* F. E**** F. E*** F. E** F. E**** F. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month EPSON LGT. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. E** F.

It prints the last data by pressing the [Pause] button. Using this function.xsqft xxxxft xxin xxxxft xxin xxxxft xxin xxxxft xxin xxxxft xxin Note *1: When hexadecimal dump mode is executed. users can check that data has been sent correctly from the computer to the printer.xcm xxxxxxxcm2 xxxxx. Item Panel LCD display Paper counter Job information display (Paper used) Nozzle check pattern Status sheet Current Paper Count Previous Paper Count Use Paper Paper used (horizontal) Note : This function is available only for English. "PRINT" is displayed. E*** F. Table 1-33. „ METER : meter (m) „ FEET/INCH : Feet (ft)/Inch (in) Unit of following messages can be changed.xcm xxxxx. French. Spanish. Italian. E* F. If no equipment characters exist (control codes. Maintenance Mode 1 Setup Items Top menu Item menu 1 Panel display (Panel display) Item menu 2 (Panel display) Manufacture logo (MANUFACT Lk) Ink color (CARTRIDGE Lk) Ink type (INK TYPE Lk) Ink capacity (INK CAP Lk) Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Ink information Ink remaining (Lk8 or Y-2) (INK LEFT-Lk) (Lk (Y-2) INFO) Product date (PROD DATE Lk) Expire date (EXPIR DATE Lk) Ink life after open (INK LIFE Lk) Passed time after open (AGE Lk) Setup value EPSON Light Black PIGMENT. a period is printed. It prints every 16 data.xcm xxxxxx.xcm xxxxxx. Message Meter xxxxx. E**** F. German. E** F. stop printing by pressing [Pause] button and shut the power off.xcm Feet/Inch xxxxft xxin xxxxxx.xcm xxxxxx. and Portuguese for display on the LCD with this mode. DYE 110ml/220ml E*****F. One line contains 16 data items in hexadecimal format.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-32. Panel setting is not available in the hex dump mode. with the equivalent characters printed at the right of each line. when it is less than 16. HEXADECIMAL DUMP The hex dump function allows data sent to the printer to be printed and displayed in hexadecimal format. etc.). Job information print Paper used (vertical) Product Description Operating Panel 76 . To terminate this mode. UNIT SWITCHING Users can change length unit of LCD panel / pattern print with this mode. E F <YY>/<MM> <YY>/<MM> <MM> Month <MM> Month Revision B PANEL DISPLAY LANGUAGE SELECTION Users can select English.

Passed time after opened of each ink cartridge is displayed. The value entered by this function is worked as absolute value of printer. Adjustment value (calculated by spring balance / input value) in the process is set to 100% (printer default). Table 1-34.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B CUTTING PRESSURE Changes cutting pressure. • Remote SN m1 = 81h • Panel setting "User paper setting" multiplied to the value specified above. INK INFORMATION MENU It displays ink information recorded in CSIC. Ink expire date information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed. Ink color information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed. Product Description Operating Panel 77 . Ink Information Menu Item Manufacture logo Ink color Ink type Ink capacity Ink remaining Product date Expire date Ink life after open Passed time after open Explanation Manufacture information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed. Ink remaining of each ink cartridge is displayed. which is set in the printer. input / setting range by the user is set to between 0% ~ 150%. PANEL SETTING INITIALIZATION Users can change all setting value of Panel setting mode to default value with this mode. Ink life information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed. SUPERSONIC CLEANING (SSCL) Activating this mode execute supersonic cleaning. Product date information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed with <YY>/<MM> form. CL3 is performed as a substitute when the number of executions exceeds its limitation (250 times). Ink type information (dye/pigment) saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed. „ „ „ „ Printer Setting Menu: User Paper Setting: Gap Adjustment Menu: Maintenance Menu: Turns default setting back Deletes the setting record Turns default setting back Date setting is set back to absolute time controlled by RTC power Note : These are displayed every color (Matte Black ~ Light Black). Ink capacity information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Level structure of ink information menu Revision B Ink Information Items CRTG INFO MENU [< / > ] CRTG INFO MENU MK INFO [< / > ] MANUFACT MK EPSON [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU C INFO [< / >] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] CARTRIDGE MK MATTE BLACK [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU M INFO [< / >] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] INK TYPE MK PIGMENT [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU Y INFO [< / >] [< ] INK CAP MK [∧ / ∨ ] [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU PK INFO 110ml [< / >] [∧ / ∨ ] Shifts to each Ink Information Item [< ] INK LEFT-MK E∗∗∗∗∗F [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU Lc INFO [< / >] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] PROD DATE MK xx/xx [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU Lm INFO [< / >] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] EXPIR DATE MK xx/xx [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [< ] CRTG INFO MENU Lk INFO [< / >] [< ] [∧ / ∨ ] INK LIFE MK xx MONTH [> ] [∧ / ∨ ] [∧ / ∨ ] [> ] Product Description Operating Panel 78 .

[Paper Feed (∧)]. The setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons once in the setting item select mode. The setting menu select mode is selected after power ON. "Setting item" is displayed in the upper line. TERMINATION Switch power OFF → ON.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.6 Maintenance Mode 2 This mode includes the following menus and is intended for use by a service engineer in maintaining the printer. Setup values are displayed in the second line of LCD panel. It returns to the setting menu select mode by pushing [Paper Source] button in the setting item select menu. The "*" represents the current setup value. 4. "Setting menu" is displayed in the upper line. When the [Menu] button is pushed in the setting value select mode. It is shifted to setting item select menu by pushing [Menu] button. [Paper Feed (∨)] and buttons. the displayed setting value is entered and registered as the current setting value. OPERATION 1. PANEL DISPLAY Character strings on the second line in "Panel display" are displayed in the second line of LCD panel. † Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING) (p80) † Adjustment Setting Menu (SERVICE CONFIG) (p89) † Counter Display Menu (VIEW COUNTERS) (p90) † Counter Initialization Menu (CLEAR COUNTERS) (p91) † Maintenance Information Menu (MAINT INFO) (p93) † Maintenance Information Initialization Menu (INIT INFO) (p104) † Parameter Backup Mode Menu (PARAMETER BACKUP MODE) (p104) Product Description Operating Panel 79 . 3. It is shifted to setting value select mode of the setting item by pushing [Menu] button. and "Setting value" is displayed in the lower line. Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pushing [Paper Source (<)]. If it has a corresponded operation. 2. and "Setting item" is displayed in the lower line. It returns to the setting item select menu by pushing [Paper Source] button in the setting value select mode. [Paper Feed (∨)] buttons in the setting menu select mode. The "*" represents the current setup value. Setting value is displayed in the lower line one after another by pushing [Paper Feed] buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can be changed. 5. [Paper Feed (∧)]. STARTUP The maintenance mode 2 is selected by switching power ON while pushing the [Paper Source (<)].4. No operation occurs if "*" is already displayed. it is started. 6.

Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display TEST Test Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Version Version Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display F/W Param 1 Param 2 DipSW Panel Panel Key LCD LED Sensor Sensor CR Origin Paper Lever HeadSlide Roll Roll2 Pump InkLvr Item Firmware version display Backup parameter 1 Backup parameter 2 Dip switch status Confirm key operation Confirm LCD Confirm LED CR origin sensor Paper sensor Paper lever sensor Head slide sensor Rol 1 sensor Roll 2 sensor Pump sensor Left and right ink lever 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ------------------------------Item ------------------------------- Product Description Operating Panel 80 . „ Reason for this menu is as common as other products.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING) This self testing menu is mainly intended to adjustment the printer mechanism and determination any adjustment parameters in the firmware.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. C H E C K P O IN T „ It is possible the adjustment program to perform the same functions. So check if the ink cartridge and maintenance tank remaining before the operation that is included discharging many ink.4.6. Table 1-35. all displayed items include unusable items. „ Ink cartridge and maintenance tank remaining are not detected while executing this menu.

Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display TEST Test Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Sensor Sensor Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display Cover RearGuide Rear Det POUT Det P Det MainteTank K/C/M/Y/k/c/m/y EdgeAD Edge2AD RearAD Head Temp Drv. Temp Encoder Encoder CR PF Fan Fan Paper (ALL) Paper1 Paper2 Head Drv.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35. Elec. Electric Maintenance Item Front cover Rear cover Rear det Paper out P det Maintenance tank Cartridge status Edge AD Edge AD2 Rear AD Head temperature Driver temperature CR encoder PF encoder All paper suction fan Paper suction fan1 Paper suction fan2 Head driver Counter display Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ------------------------------------WasteInk: Wiper: Rubing: Lever: Cover: InkLever: Waste ink Wiper Rubbing Paper lever Paper cover Ink lever Item ------------------------------------- Product Description Operating Panel 81 .

Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display TEST Test Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Elec. Electric Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display Maintenance Item Counter display Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display CR Motor: PF Motor: PrintNumber: Cleaning: Fire A: Fire B: Fire C: Fire D: Fire E: Fire F: Fire G: Fire H: Cut: Cut Sole.: LockSolen.: Item CR motor reciprocating times PF motor Number of printouts Cleaning times A row discharging times B row discharging times C row discharging times D row discharging times E row discharging times F row discharging times G row discharging times H row discharging times Cutting times Cutter solenoid Head lock solenoid Error0 Error1 Error2 Error3 Error4 Error5 Error6 --------- Error Register occurred error Error0: Error1: Error2: Error3: Error4: Error5: Error6: D/A Revision Register voltage error Measure Confirm Voltage measurement Confirm voltage Product Description Operating Panel 82 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35.

KK1 Std. Fill Cutter adjustment PG adjustment Rear AD adjustment Edge sensor level Nozzle check pattern print Confirm paper skew Clean head Counter clear Ink discharge Cleaning KK0 Cleaning KK1 Cleaning KK2 Initial charge --------------------------Slot1 Slot2 Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6 Slot7 Slot8 Maintenance tank Cutter Cutter solenoid Pump motor --------------------------Item Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display --------------------------------------------------Item --------------------------------------------------- Product Description Operating Panel 83 . Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display TEST Test Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display CSIC CSIC Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display SLOT1 SLOT2 SLOT3 SLOT4 SLOT5 SLOT6 SLOT7 SLOT8 MntTank Actuator Actuator2 Actuator Actuator2 Cutter Cutter Sol. Pump Motor Adjustment Adjustment Cut Adj. KK2 Init.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35. PG Adj RearAD Edge Sns Lv1 Check Nozzle Check Skew Clean Head Clean Counter * Ink Drain Cleaning Cleaning Std. KK0 Std.

Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display Print Print Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Check Ptn. --- --- Product Description Operating Panel 84 . Adj. Record Waste Record CRMot Record PFMot Record Lever Record Cover Record 2nd hierarchy Panel Display ----Item ----All initialization PF resolution initialization Discharging times initialization Wiping counter initialization Rubbing counter initialization Waste ink counter initialization CR motor reciprocating times initialization PF motor shift distance initialization Lever UP/DOWN times initialization Front cover OPEN/ CLOSE timese initialization Ink lever UP/DOWN times initialization Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ----------------------Item ----------------------- --- --- InkLever Rec. Varable Parameter Parameter Initialize Item Check pattern Adjustment parameter Initialization All PF Resolution Head Record Wiping Record Rab.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35. Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display Parameter Item Parameter 1st hierarchy Panel Display Update Update Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display InkParameter MntTank Mask Type Item Ink parameter update Maintenance parameter update Mask type Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ----Regular Dispersion Item ----Fixing mask Dispersion mask --- PF Bi-D Adjust Impact position correction for PF direction NVRAM address value display PG position CW speed CCW speed Lasting times Feed amount Lasting times CW speed CCW speed Feed amount Lasting times Lasting times Lasting times Lasting times Lasting times --- Display Life Lasting CR Motor Display CR motor Address: PG Pos Speed CW Speed CCW LifeCount ------------------------------- ------------------------------- PF Motor PF motor FeedAount LifeCount CR+PF Motor CR+PF motor Speed CW Speed CCW FeedAmount Roller Roller Rel D/E Chg Hopper AsfLoad Roller Release roller Disengage Hopper ASF paper feed LifeCount LifeCount LifeCount LifeCount LifeCount Product Description Operating Panel 85 .

Prm. FeedAmount LifeCount TotalLife2 TotalLife3 Total lasting 2 Total lasting 3 LifeCount Dir.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35. Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display Life Lasting Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Cutter Cutter Item 2nd hierarchy Panel Display Paper Pre. CW speed CCW speed Feed amount CR+PF count Lasting times Direction Feed amount Lasting times Lasting times Lasting times Item Cutter stab force Cutter pressure Paper length Lasting times Lasting times Lasting times Cleaning type --- Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ------------------------------------Item ------------------------------------- Product Description Operating Panel 86 . --Speed CW Speed CCW TotalLife Total lasting FeedAmount CR+PFCount LifeCount CR+PF+Fire CR+PF+Fire Dir. Pressure PaperSize LifeCount Head U/D Head Lock Cleaning Print TotalLife Head UP/DOWN Head lock Cleaning Printing Total lasting LifeCount LifeCount Cle.

Self Testing Menu List Top Menu Panel Display Life Lasting Item 1st hierarchy Panel Display Check Item Confirm lasting times 2nd hierarchy Panel Display CR Motor PF Motor CR+PF Motor Roller Roller Rel D/E Chg Hopper AsfLoad Cutter Head U/D Head Lock Cleaning Print TotalLife CR+PF+Fire TotalLife2 TotalLife3 CR motor PF motor CR+PF motor Roller Release roller Disengage Hopper ASF paper feed Cutter Head UP/DOWN Head lock Cleaning Printing Total lasting CR+PF+Fire Total lasting 2 Total lasting 3 Item Revision B 3rd hierarchy Panel Display ----------------------------------Item ----------------------------------- Product Description Operating Panel 87 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-35.

Clean Counter Counter Type Initial Value 1 (All valid) Month/Date: 1 Others: 0 0 0 (not in error status) 0 0 0 1 (ON) 0 0 0 (not in execution) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Out of HP cumulative counter Timer CL cumulative counter Cumulative print timer T3 CL flag Initial charge counter Routine air suction flag Ink type Ink OUT judgment counter CSIC printer memory area Cumulative ink consumption Cumulative paper consumption Ink consumption during nozzle check Paper consumption during nozzle check Protection counter SA CL timer Ink type switching flag Ink type switching counter Evaporation calculate timer T4 Out of HP CL counter Choke suction Req counter Kcr Transportation return counter Job history 0 0 0 0 (not during cleaning) 1 (not completed) 0 0 (Neutral) (0) FFh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Reset) 0 FFFF (Reset) 0 0 0 deletes all 10 jobs Initial Value Table 1-36. Revision B Table 1-36.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Note "*": Initialize the following counter. Clean Counter Counter Type CSIC control flag Maintenance menu ink reference Maintenance tank ink consumption (CSIC) Head hot error flag Borderless ink counter a1 Timer CL2 cumulative counter Pump counter P Maintenance tank detection CL5 cumulative counter Number of CL1 times (8-color) during cleaning prohibition CL4 counter CL4 cumulative counter Ink type switching sequence counter Protection counter A Protection counter A work Ink amount counter Rb Ink amount counter Rz Ink cartridge consumption counter PK Ink cartridge consumption counter MK Ink cartridge consumption counter LK Ink cartridge consumption counter C Ink cartridge consumption counter M Ink cartridge consumption counter LC Ink cartridge consumption counter LM Ink cartridge consumption counter Y CL1 cumulative counter CL2 cumulative counter CL3 cumulative counter Product Description Operating Panel 88 .

Table 1-37.6. Note : If Type-B I/f is used. unplug the power code from the printer and shutoff power to Type-B I/F before performing this operation. Setting value and Model Name are in the following list. Ink Cartridge Type Setting Setting value 0 1 2 Ink cartridge type Neutral Pigment ink cartridge Dye ink cartridge SERVICE CONFIG Device ID switching Ink cartridge type setting Detection level setting for ink cartridge CSIC detection Media table parameter setting MD TBL INK CARTRIDGE CSIC DETECTION LEVEL SETTING Selecting/setting ink cartridge CSIC detection level in the following list is available. Table 1-38. "O". Receive information from CSIC and notices to users are not executed at all.4.2 Adjustment Setting Menu (SERVICE CONFIG) Modify setting value for maintenance. DEVICE ID SWITCHING Table 1-40. Note : When selecting "N". Table 1-39. Device Switching Destination Oversea Japan Ink type Pigment Pigment Model Name Stylus Pro 4000 PX-6000 Panel display Sty Pro 4000 PX-6000 O Setting value X N Explanation Receive information from CSIC and inform users. Product Description Operating Panel 89 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Ink Cartridge CSIC Detection Level Setting Device ID is changeable. specify that the status be not in normal setting by displaying "X" to ink remaining indicator. If this is not performed. MEDIA TABLE PARAMETER SETTING Modifying parameter of media table is available. Detection of Japan/overseas cartridges and notice to users are not executed. Model Name is not modified properly. Adjustment setting menu item list Top menu Adjustment/ setting menu Panel display Item menu Panel display CHG DEVICE-ID NPD ED MODE INK CARTRIDGE TYPE SETTING Selecting/setting ink cartridge type in the following list is available.

Cutter life cumulative counter value is counted every cut operation. Display CR motor cumulative counter value. Counter Display Menu Top menu Counter display menu Panel display VIEW COUNTERS Item menu 1 Cutter life counter value display Cutter life cumulative counter value display Total printouts counter value display Maintenance tank value display CR motor life counter value display CR motor cumulative counter value display PF motor life counter value display Head unit life counter value display (A row ~ H row) Panel display CUTTER Description Display cutter life counter value. Display maintenance tank value. Table 1-41. Product Description Operating Panel 90 . The Flushing Box Counter counts each time of flushing. PF motor counter life counter value counts PF feed amount. CR motor life cumulative counter value is counted every CR reciprocating. Cutter life counter is counted every cut operation. Display ASF paper feed counter value. Cutter life counter value is initialized (initial value 0) when replacing cutter. ASF paper feed counter value is counted every paper feed operation from the ASF.4. Display sponge count value for left and right borderless. Display life counter of each nozzle from A row to H row. Display PG switching counter value. The PG Switching Counter counts each time the PG switching movement occurs. CR motor life cumulative counter value is counted every CR reciprocating. Display CR motor life cumulative counter display. The Cleaning unit life counter counts each time of cleaning. Cutter life cumulative counter value is not initialized. Head unit life counter is counted every ink discharging. Total printouts counter value is counted every paper eject operation. Display cleaning unit life counter value.6. PF MOTOR NOZZLE A … NOZZLE H FL BOX CLEANER SPONGE ASF FEED ROLLER PG Flashing box counter value display Cleaning unit life counter value display Sponge counter value display for left and right borderless ASF paper feed counter value display Paper ejection switching counter value display PG switching counter value display Display flashing box counter value.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. The Paper Eject Switching Counter counts each time the paper eject switching movement occurs. Display PF motor life counter value. Display paper ejection switching counter value. It is not initialized by carriage related information counter clear. CUTTER TOTAL Display cutter life cumulative counter value.3 Counter Display Menu (VIEW COUNTERS) This menu displays the counter value of each unit/part. TOTAL PAGES MAINT TANK CR MOTOR CR TOTAL Display total printouts counter value.

4.4 Counter Initialization Menu (CLEAR COUNTERS) Menu. Counter Initialization Menu Item menu NVRAM/life counter/mechanic counter initialization Panel display INIT ALL EXEC Setting value † Panel setting † Cutter life cumulative counter † CR life counter † CR life cumulative counter † PF life counter † Head life counter † Cleaning times † Number of printouts † Waste ink counter † Bi-D. Uni-D adjustment value Initialization item (initial value: setting value before shipping) NVRAM initialization NVRAM EXEC † Panel setting † Bi-D. which targets initialization of each counter value for maintenance. Uni-D adjustment value (initial value: setting value before shipping) RTC initialization Cutter life cumulative counter initialization CR motor life initialization CR motor life cumulative counter initialization PF motor initialization Head life initialization RTC CUTTER CR MOTOR CR TOTAL PF MOTOR HEAD <YY>/<MM>/<DD>/<HH> EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC RTC Cutter life Cumulative counter CR motor life counter CR motor life cumulative counter PF motor life counter † Discharging times of each nozzle † CL4 cumulative counter † CL5 cumulative counter Cleaning life initialization Total printouts initialization Waste ink count value initialization CLEANER TOTAL PAGES MAINT TANK EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC † Cleaning times † Pump counter Number of printouts Waste ink counter Borderless sponge counter Eject paper-switching counter Paper ejection switching counter Sponge counter value for left and right borderless initialization SPONGE ASF paper feed counter value initialization Paper ejection switching counter value initialization ASF FEED ROLLER Product Description Operating Panel 91 . Table 1-42.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.6.

TCL2. CL4. 240. TCL1. 350cps) † Update item „ Carriage lasting parts replacing date Initialization when replacing cleaning unit CL UNIT MAINT EXEC † Cumulative waste ink counter (absorbent material) † Cumulative ink counter (flashing box) † Cleaning times † Cleaning execution times (CL1. B work) Initialization when replacing head unit HEAD MAINT EXEC † Discharging ink times † Discharging times work † Protection counter B Initialization when replacing cutter solenoid unit CUT UNIT MAINT EXEC Cutter solenoid UP/DOWN times Product Description Operating Panel 92 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-42. CL3. out of HP) † Initial charge execution times † Borderless ink counter † Pump counter † Protection counter (A. A work) † Protection counter (B. TCL3. TCL4. CL2. CL5. 350cps) „ Replacing carriage lasting parts reciprocating times (210. Counter Initialization Menu Item menu PG switching counter value initialization Initialization when replacing carriage unit Panel display PG CR UNIT MAINT EXEC EXEC Setting value PG switching counter † Initialization item „ CR motor reciprocating times Revision B Initialization item „ Carriage cumulative pass times (210. 240.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display MENU E Item menu 2 Panel display E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 Setting value Unit Maintenance MAINT INFO Operating time/environment information related menu Carriage related RTC date display RTC initialization date Head temperature display Initial application of power Printer total energization time Energizer non-sleep mode cumulative time Suction fan total energization time Front cover switching times Rear cover switching times Head temperature under 15°C when print start Head temperature between 15°C ~ 20°C when print start Head temperature between 20°C ~ 25°C when print start Head temperature between 25°C ~ 30°C when print start Head temperature between 30°C ~ 35°C when print start Head temperature over 35°C when print start Head maximum temperature when print start Head minimum temperature when print start MENU R Carriage cumulative reciprocating times (210CPS) Carriage cumulative reciprocating times (240CPS) Carriage cumulative reciprocating times (350CPS) Carriage cumulative reciprocating times (405cps) Carriage lasting parts replacing date Reciprocating times after carriage lasting parts replaced (210CPS) Reciprocating times after carriage lasting parts replaced (240CPS) Reciprocating times after carriage lasting parts replaced (350CPS) Reciprocating times after carriage lasting parts replaced (405cps) <YY><MM><DD><HH> Y/M/D/H <YY><MM><DD><HH> Y/M/D/H <nn> °C <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnnn> <nn> <nn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 93 .4.5 Maintenance Information Menu (MAINT INFO) Targets maintenance and display life counter value in the following item list and value which registers environment status in NVRAM. Table 1-43.6.

Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 94 .n> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <YY><MM><DD><HH> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD><HH> Revision B Unit g g Times Times Times Times Times Times Y/M/D/H Times Times Times Times Times Y/M/D/H Y/M/D/H Times Y/M/D/H Y/M/D/H Times Y/M/D/H Y/M/D/H Y/M/D/H Times Y/M/D/H Maintenance MAINT INFO Ink system related 1 information menu Note : Method to count initial charge execution times is by counting during head CL1 execution of sequence.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43.n> <nnnnnnn. Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display MENU S Item menu 2 Cumulative waste ink counter (absorbent material) Cumulative waste ink counter (Flashing BOX) Manual cleaning execution times Cleaning execution times (CL1) Cleaning execution times (CL2) Cleaning execution times (CL3) Cleaning execution times (CL4) Cleaning execution times (CL5) Last cleaning execution date (CL5) Cleaning execution times (TCL1) Cleaning execution times (TCL2) Cleaning out of home position execution times Initial charge execution times Ink type replacing execution times 1 (switch to 4-color) Ink type replacing execution date 1 (1 times before) Ink type replacing execution date 1 (2 times before) Ink type replacing execution times 1 (switch to 8-color) Ink type replacing execution date 2 (1 times before) Ink type replacing execution date 2 (2 times before) Maintenance tank replacing times Maintenance tank replacing execution date (Current) Maintenance tank replacing execution date (1 times before) Maintenance tank replacing execution date (2 times before) Borderless absorbent material cleaning sequence execution times Borderless absorbent material cleaning sequence execution date Panel display S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 S17 S18 S19 S20 S21 S22 S23 S24 S25 Setting value <nnnnnnn.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43. Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display MENU A Item menu 2 Panel display Setting value Revision B Unit ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml ml Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Maintenance MAINT INFO Ink related 1 information menu Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) P-K A1 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) P-K A2 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) L-K A3 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) L-K A4 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) M-K A5 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) M-K A6 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) C A7 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) C A8 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) M A9 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) M A10 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) LC A11 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) LC A12 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) LM A13 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) LM A14 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (EPSON Genuine) Y A15 <nnnnnnnnnn> Total amount of ink used (Others) Y A16 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 1) 110ml A17 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 1) 220ml A18 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 2) 110ml A19 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 2) 220ml A20 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 3) 110ml A21 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 3) 220ml A22 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 4) 110ml A23 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 4) 220ml A24 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 5) 110ml A25 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 5) 220ml A26 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 6) 110ml A27 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 6) 220ml A28 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 7) 110ml A29 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 7) 220ml A30 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 8) 110ml A31 <nnnnnnnnnn> Ink cartridge replacing times (Slot 8) 220ml A32 <nnnnnnnnnn> Note 1: Total amount of ink used is counted not every slot but every color. Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 95 . 2: Slot number is counted from the left side of the front-printer starting from 1.

1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 6. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 1. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 6. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 3. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 4 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 4 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 4. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 2. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 6. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 3. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 5 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 5 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 5. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 2. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 7 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 7 current) Panel display B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 B35 B36 B37 B38 Setting value Revision B Unit Maintenance MAINT INFO Ink related 2 information menu <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings <YY><MM><DD> Y/M/D <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Character strings Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 96 . 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 5. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 2 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 2 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 2. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 4. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 6 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 6 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 6. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 1. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 4. 2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 3 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 3 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 3. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 5. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 2. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 1. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 5. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 3. Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display MENU B Item menu 2 Each color ink replacing date (Slot 1 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 1 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 4.

2 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 8 current) Each color ink vender (Slot 8 current) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 8. 2 times before) Note : Panel display B39 B40 B41 B42 B43 B44 B45 B46 B47 B48 Setting value <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx> Revision B Unit Y/M/D Character strings Y/M/D Character strings Y/M/D Character strings Y/M/D Character strings Y/M/D Character strings Slot number is counted from the left side of the front-printer starting from 1. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 8. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 8. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 8. 1 times before) Each color ink replacing date (Slot 7. Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 97 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43. 1 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 7. Maintenance Information Menu List Panel Top menu Item menu 1 display Maintenance MAINT INFO Ink related 2 information menu Panel display MENU B Item menu 2 Each color ink replacing date (Slot 7. 2 times before) Each color ink vender (Slot 7.

Maintenance Information Menu List Panel Top menu Item menu 1 display Maintenance MAINT INFO Paper information information menu Panel display MENU P Item menu 2 Roll paper set execution times Manual cut paper set execution times Printout length according to paper size 0 <= roll paper width < 50mm Eject paper times according to paper size 0 <= roll paper width < 50mm Printout length according to paper size 50 <= roll paper width < 100mm Eject paper times according to paper size 50 <= roll paper width < 100mm Printout length according to paper size 100 <= roll paper width < 150mm Eject paper times according to paper size 100 <= roll paper width < 150mm Printout length according to paper size 150 <= roll paper width < 200mm Eject paper times according to paper size 150 <= roll paper width < 200mm Printout length according to paper size 200 <= roll paper width < 250mm Eject paper times according to paper size 200 <= roll paper width < 250mm Printout length according to paper size 250 <= roll paper width < 300mm Eject paper times according to paper size 250 <= roll paper width < 300mm Printout length according to paper size 300 <= roll paper width < 350mm Eject paper times according to paper size 300 <= roll paper width < 350mm Printout length according to paper size 350 <= roll paper width < 400mm Eject paper times according to paper size 350 <= roll paper width < 400mm Printout length according to paper size Eject paper times according to paper size Printout length according to paper size Eject paper times according to paper size Panel display P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 400 <= roll paper width 400 <= roll paper width Others Others P19 P20 P21 P22 Setting value <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> Revision B Unit Times Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times mm Times Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 98 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43.

it is counted as paper width 10 (others). the former takes priority. 2: If ESC (S command does not exist. Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 99 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43. If the width of the paper that is loaded to the printer is narrower than the value set by the ESC (S command. Maintenance Information Menu List Panel Top menu Item menu 1 display Maintenance MAINT INFO Paper information information menu Panel display MENU P Item menu 2 Panel display Setting value Revision B Unit Printout length according to paper size P23 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 0 <= Cut paper width < 50mm Eject paper times according to paper size P24 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 0 <= Cut paper width < 50mm Printout length according to paper size P25 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 50 <= Cut paper width < 100mm Eject paper times according to paper size P26 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 50 <= Cut paper width < 100mm Printout length according to paper size P27 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 100 <= Cut paper width < 150mm Eject paper times according to paper size P28 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 100 <= Cut paper width < 150mm Printout length according to paper size P29 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 150 <= Cut paper width < 200mm Eject paper times according to paper size P30 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 150 <= Cut paper width < 200mm Printout length according to paper size P31 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 200 <= Cut paper width < 250mm Eject paper times according to paper size P32 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 200 <= Cut paper width < 250mm Printout length according to paper size P33 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 250 <= Cut paper width < 300mm Eject paper times according to paper size P34 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 250 <= Cut paper width < 300mm Printout length according to paper size P35 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 300 <= Cut paper width < 350mm Eject paper times according to paper size P36 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 300 <= Cut paper width < 350mm Printout length according to paper size P37 <nnnnnnnnn> mm 350 <= Cut paper width < 400mm Eject paper times according to paper size P38 <nnnnnnnnn> Times 350 <= Cut paper width < 400mm Printout length according to paper size 400 <= Cut paper width P39 <nnnnnnnnn> mm Eject paper times according to paper size 400 <= Cut paper width P40 <nnnnnnnnn> Times Printout length according to paper size Others P41 <nnnnnnnnn> mm Eject paper times according to paper size Others P42 <nnnnnnnnn> Times Note 1: Paper width is set by the ESC (S command.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43. Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 100 . Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Uni-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Bi-D Panel display M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 M25 M26 Setting value <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> Revision B Unit Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Maintenance MAINT INFO Print mode related information menu MENU M Print mode specified times 1 2880x1440 4pass Print mode specified times 2 1440x720 4pass Print mode specified times 3 720x720 FOL Print mode specified times 4 720x360 FOL Print mode specified times 5 360x720 MW Print mode specified times 6 Others Print mode specified times 7 2880x1440 4pass Print mode specified times 8 1440x720 4pass Print mode specified times 9 720x720 FOL Print mode specified times 10 720x360 FOL Print mode specified times 11 360x720 MW Print mode specified times 12 Others Borderless print mode specified times 1 2880x1440 Borderless print mode specified times 2 1440x720 Borderless print mode specified times 3 720x720 Borderless print mode specified times 4 720x360 Borderless print mode specified times 5 360x720 Borderless print mode specified times 6 Others Borderless print mode specified times 7 2880x1440 Borderless print mode specified times 8 1440x720 Borderless print mode specified times 9 720x720 Borderless print mode specified times 10 720x360 Borderless print mode specified times 11 360x720 Borderless print mode specified times 12 Others 4 sides borderless 1 Cut operation times 4 sides borderless 2 Cut operation times Note : 4pass 4pass FOL FOL MW 4pass 4pass FOL FOL MW Count when printing starts (It is also intended to count for one which was canceled in the middle of printing).

Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 O10 O11 O12 O13 O14 O15 O16 O17 O18 O19 O20 O21 O22 O23 O24 O25 O26 O27 O28 Setting value <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <YY><MM><DD> Revision B Unit Times Times Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Times Times Times Times Times Times Times Y/M/D Times Y/M/D Maintenance MAINT INFO Panel setting information information menu MENU O PG setting modified times Roll paper margin modified times Cutter position adjustment modified times Final cutter position adjustment date Nozzle check pattern printout times Final nozzle check pattern printout date Bi-D adjustment execution times (BK) Bi-D adjustment execution date (BK) Bi-D adjustment execution times (All color) Bi-D adjustment execution date (All color) Uni-D adjustment execution times Uni-D adjustment execution date Auto Bi-D adjustment execution times (BK) Auto Bi-D adjustment execution date (BK) Auto Bi-D adjustment execution times (All color) Auto Bi-D adjustment execution date (All color) Auto Uni-D adjustment execution times Auto Uni-D adjustment execution date Cutting pressure modified times Cutting method modified times Paper feed adjustment modified times Suction modified times Printing adjustment modified times Auto nozzle check execution times Cleaning execution times after auto nozzle check Final auto nozzle check execution date Auto paper feed adjustment Auto paper feed adjustment execution date Note : Count method for auto nozzle check execution times is counted at the beginning of auto nozzle check sequence and not counted after nozzle clog detection. Continued on next page Product Description Operating Panel 101 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43.

Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display MENU F Item menu 2 Service call occurred history 1 (type) Service call occurred history 1 (date) Service call occurred history 2 (type) Service call occurred history 2 (date) Service call occurred history 3 (type) Service call occurred history 3 (date) Service call occurred history 4 (type) Service call occurred history 4 (date) Service call occurred history 5 (type) Service call occurred history 5 (date) Service call occurred history 6 (type) Service call occurred history 6 (date) Service call occurred history 7 (type) Service call occurred history 7 (date) Service call occurred history 8 (type) Service call occurred history 8 (date) Service call occurred history 9 (type) Service call occurred history 9 (date) Service call occurred history 10 (type) Service call occurred history 10 (date) Panel display F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 Setting value <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> <xxxxxxxx> <YY><MM><DD> Revision B Unit Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Continued on next page Maintenance MAINT INFO Fatal error information menu Product Description Operating Panel 102 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43.

Maintenance Information Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14 N15 N16 N17 N18 N19 N20 N21 N22 Setting value <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <xx> <YY><MM><DD> <nnnnnnnnn> <nnnnnnnnn> Revision B Unit Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Error code Y/M/D Times Times Maintenance MAINT INFO Normal error related information menu MENU N Normal error occurred history 1 (type) Normal error occurred history 1 (date) Normal error occurred history 2 (type) Normal error occurred history 2 (date) Normal error occurred history 3 (type) Normal error occurred history 3 (date) Normal error occurred history 4 (type) Normal error occurred history 4 (date) Normal error occurred history 5 (type) Normal error occurred history 5 (date) Normal error occurred history 6 (type) Normal error occurred history 6 (date) Normal error occurred history 7 (type) Normal error occurred history 7 (date) Normal error occurred history 8 (type) Normal error occurred history 8 (date) Normal error occurred history 9 (type) Normal error occurred history 9 (date) Normal error occurred history 10 (type) Normal error occurred history 10 (date) Roll paper set error times Sheet paper set error times Product Description Operating Panel 103 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 1-43.

which targets initializing maintenance information of each item. MENU A INIT. Registered value and Error factor Registered value 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h Reserve CSIC contact error Ink cartridge failure Wrong ink cartridge Wrong ink cartridge model number Reserve Ink out (ink cartridge) Wrong paper setting error Remote command IK ink type discordance (command error) Reserve (P3 mode shift unavailable.6 Maintenance Information Initialization Menu (INIT INFO) Menu. Note : If the factor of normal error is as same as the one occurred last time. MENU S INIT. MENU E EXEC Maintenance INIT INFO information initialization menu INIT. Maintenance Information Initialization Menu List Top menu Panel display Item menu Operating time/ environment related information counter clear Carriage related information counter clear Ink system related information counter clear Ink related 1 information counter clear Ink related 2 information counter clear Paper information counter clear Print mode information counter clear Panel setting information counter clear Fatal error information counter clear Normal error information counter clear Panel display Setting value INIT.6. Table 1-45.7 Parameter Backup Mode Menu (PARAMETER BACKUP MODE) † If this mode is selected. MENU F INIT. (Same factor of normal error will not be registered continuously. Table 1-44. † When quitting this mode.6. power OFF is only available. MENU O EXEC INIT.4.) Product Description Operating Panel 104 . MENU B INIT. it is not registered as history. MENU P EXEC EXEC EXEC EXEC INIT. MENU M EXEC INIT.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Following are the error factor registered in normal error and its registered value.) † This mode does not support printing data. (Shifting to other menu is unavailable.4. Operation is not assured for temporarily sent times. MENU N EXEC 1. MENU R EXEC INIT. command error) Paper cut error Paper skew error Paper recognition error Paper out (roll paper out) Paper ejection failure error (cut paper) Reserve Paper set lever release error Cleaning unavailable error (thick paper) Maintenance tank full error Multi sensor gain error Auto adjustment unavailable error Cleaning failure error Error factor Revision B 1. it is shifted to the status which NVRAM backup and writing is available.

4.7 MIB Function The printer corresponds to the following MIB. 0Dh. Local MIB Name Type-B Local MIB EMAP Local MIB Contents Type-B I/F setting /information Corresponding MIB information NOTE: 0Ah.) Table 1-47. „ Job time out Refer to "1.49)". Global MIB Name Host Resource MIB Printer MIB Device information etc. Printer information (function/commodity/status) Contents † Skip reading of irregular data „ Unprintable characters It doesn't print characters including ASCII code with text print mode.8 Function to Prevent Irregular Printing † Strong cancel data When 16KB DC1 is sent to the head of each job. Table 1-46.9 Initialization (p.) from Global MIB via N/W. Unprintable hexadecimal code (Control character code) Code 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh Character NULL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT NL (LF) VT NP (FF) CR SO SI Code 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h 17h 18h 19h 1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh 1Fh Character DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US Code 7Fh Character DEL EPSON Printer Private MIB Printer information (DeviceID/StatusReply letter strings etc. 0Ch.10 Job Time-out Setting (p. the printer performs a special initialization operation. Also according to Type-B Level 3 Packet Mode support. you can receive printer information (specification/status/commodity/job information etc.4. 1. Refer to "1.4.4.4. Table 1-48. 11h. † Corresponding MIB Following are the corresponding MIB.106)" for this initialization operation. The printer judges the command at the same time and decides whether to print it. Product Description Operating Panel 105 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. corresponds to the following Local MIB. and 1Bh are ESCP command supported by the printer.

(For roll paper.10 Default Setup Values 1. Product Description Operating Panel 106 . • Sets default values. „ „ „ „ „ „ Page position Line feed Right margin Left margin Character pitch Print mode : Set current paper position as page start position : 1/6" : 1st character : 3mm : 10 CPI : Text mode (non-raster graphics mode) 1. default setup. • Cap the print head.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. † The following are the initialization operation performed when turning the power on.1 Hardware Initialization This printer is initialized when power to the printer is turned on. Sets default values. • Sets default values.2 Software Initialization † The default command (ESC @) also initializes the printer. paper is cut by skipping print part when Paper Source = Auto Cut in panel setting. • Immediate cut only when some printing remains on the paper. 1. paper is not cut when Paper Source = Cutter Off) Cap the print head. „ Initialization operation • • • • Initializes printer mechanism. „ Initialization operation • Clears print buffer.9.4. • Sets default values.9 Initialization The printer performs initialization operation by the following method. the printer ejects the paper and turns to [Ready] mode.3 Panel Initialization This printer is initialized when pushing the [Pause] button for more than 3 seconds. The parameters for items that may be saved for panel setup. • Clears print buffer.4. † Cut Sheet Eject When the following conditions are met.9. • Clears input data buffer.9. Clears print buffer.10. † Cancel enhancement data (DC1x16kbyte) initializes the printer. or printer recognized the *INIT signal. „ Initialization operation • Clears print buffer.4. and remote commands are used as default values.1 Operation Default Setting † Default Status Default setup values in initialization operation are as follows. 1. „ At power-on „ The printer is in the cut sheet setting „ Paper(s) is remaining in the paper path 1.4.4. „ Initialization operation • Eject a paper. Clears input data buffer.4.

5 Controller † CPU † Code ROM † Font ROM † RAM : SH7709A. 100MHz : 2MB : None : 32MB † Interface „ USB (HS.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.0 compatible) Product Description Controller 107 . FS) „ IEEE 1394 „ Type-B interface † Operating System : Hitachi HI7700 (µITRON 3.

5K ohm resistor Cable ground † Standard „ Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 2. D4. „ MDL: <Stylus Pro 4000>.1 „ Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for Printing Devices Version 1.6 Interface 1. „ CMD: ESCPL2.3V via 1. Pin Assignment Product Description Interface 108 . BDC.0 „ Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 1. (<SP>: space code) Figure 1-17. pull up to +3. Signal assignment and signal definition of input connector pin Pin No Signal name 1 2 3 4 VCC -Data +Data Ground In/Out Bi-directional Bi-directional Function description Cable power.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. „ CLS: PRINTER.) „ MFG: EPSON. Maximum power consumption is 100mA Data Data.6.1 USB interface SPECIFICATION SIGNAL ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNAL DEFINITION OF INPUT CONNECTOR PIN Table 1-49.1 † Bit rate † Data format † Adaptable connector : 480Mbps (High Speed Mode) : 12Mbps (Full Speed Device) : NRZI : USB Series B † Acceptable cable length : 2m † Device ID „ <xx><xx> (Character strings may vary by Model Name. „ DES: EPSON<SP>T<Stylus Pro 4000>.

data on transmit (differential pair) Data on receive.3 specification) † IEEE Std. Data/Strobe differential † Synchronization † Encode/Decode † Connector : DS-Link bit level encoding : DS-Link bit level encoding : IEEE 1394-1995 compliant plug (6 contacts) SIGNAL ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNAL DEFINITION OF INPUT CONNECTOR PIN Table 1-50. Signal assignment and signal definition of input connector pin Contact number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal name VP VG TPB* TPB TPA* TPA Cable power Cable ground Strobe on receive. SPECIFICATIONS † Data transmission : Half-duplex. „ Bi-directional data communication between the IEEE 1394 equipped host and the printer. 1394a-2000 compliant † 400Mbps † 1port (Standard 6-pin receptacle) † Power Class: POWER_CLASS=000 „ Node does not need power and does not repeat power.2 IEEE1394 Interface FEATURES PROTOCOL † SB-2 (ANSI NCITS 325-1998) compliant † EP-PPDT (Based on IEEE 1394.6. strobe on transmit (differential pair) Comment Product Description Interface 109 .1394-1995.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1.

† Product-Name : <Stylus Pro 4000> † Emulation-Type : ESCPL2-00 † Entity-Type : EPSONLQ2J SUPPORTED MAIN COMMAND AND SENDING TIMING Table 1-52. AP1000ma. Supported Main Command and Sending Timing Main command number Reply-B None Execute OK 04h 07h 0Eh 14h Check Condition Execute OK 15h Send Name Data Inquire Software Emulation Type Inquire ASCII Message Inquire Emergency Reply Send Emergency Message 01h Command name Start Software Reset Sending timing † Init signal on the std. When State Reply is started. Reply List Option command number 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh Command name No-operation Start Hardware Reset Start Software Reset Send Main System Type Send Name Data Inquire Name Data Send Product Name Send Software Emulation Type Complete Buffered Data Stop Procedure Return Buffered Data Send Entity Type Send Status Quit Procedure Inquire ASCII Message Reply-A Accept Accept Reject Accept Reject Accept Accept Accept Accept Reject Reject Accept Accept Reject Reject Type B I/F Option command: 05h Changing Software Emulation type Writing to DBIN-register Reply for Emergency command Receive Emergency command SENDING BDC-ST CHARACTER STRINGS VIA DBIN-REGISTER When ST of Type-B I/F sets "ON" State-Reply. GDI NOTE: xxxx is F/W version. MIB.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 1-51. BDC-ST is sent through DBINregister. Product Description Interface 110 . parallel † Type B I/F Option command: 01h † Panel Reset † Cold start REPLY FOR OPTION COMMAND Table 1-51. "Start" and "End" of BDC-ST characters are announced by sending the Main command (0Eh). PW240cl10cpi.6. 1200mA type) is supported. Reply List Option command number 0Fh 10h-13h 14h 15h 16h-1Fh 20h-FFh Inquire Emergency Message Send Emergency Reply Command name Send ASCII Message Reply-A Accept Unknown Accept Accept Unknown Reserved None None None None Execute OK Reply-B 1.3 Optional Interface Type-B interface (level 3. PRG (I0xxxx) rev. REPLY MESSAGE † Main-Type „ MT48p. SPD0fast.

Type-B sends error.105)". Supported Channel Service 1284. † Supported Channel Assigning Service and Channel applies the chart below. Table 1-53. Packet EPSON Packing Command/Reply Init/Reply Exit/Reply Get Socket ID/Reply Get Service Name/Reply OPEN Channel/Reply Credit 1 (Limited Mode) 1 (Limited Mode) Close Channel/Reply Credit/Reply Data Packet Message Packet I/F Card 556byte Out of Band Packet Description Packet Mode shifting Initialization Exit from Packet Mode Acquisition of Socket ID Acquisition of Service Name Open Channel Close Channel Send Credit Printing data / reverse data MIB PDU/Trap PDU etc. (IEEE P1284. Option Card needs to correspond to Type-B Level 3 ("D4" character string need to be added to Option Type character string).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Supported Packet Apply the following communication packet. it corresponds to Local MIB (Type-B/EMAP).7 MIB Function (p.4 control SNMP/MIB setting SNMP/ Trap notification Send print data Initiator — Max Data Size 64byte EPSON-TRAP EPSON DATA (Include Out of Band) 05h Printer 556byte 1 (Limited Mode) Depends on received buffer (Unlimited Mode) † Local MIB According to Type-B Level 3 Packet Mode correspondence. Job control information etc. Revision B TYPE-B LEVEL 3 PACKET MODE Communication between Type-B I/F card and Printer corresponds to Type-B Level 3 (Packet Mode) Communication Specification. Table 1-54. Refer to "1.4. 40h — 32kbyte (1 Packet) Product Description Interface 111 .4 (Draft 1.50) compliant) Channel Ch00 Ch00 Ch00 Ch00 Ch00 Ch00 Ch00 Ch40 Ch40 Ch04/05 Ch40 † Packet Mode Shifting To shift to Type-B Level 3 Packet Mode.4CTRL EPSON-MIB Socket ID 00h 04h Use 1284. If Option Card that is non-Type B Level 3 correspondence is inserted.

NOTE: This status is not implemented in Type-B Level 3 Packet Mode for Channel administration. INTERFACE SELECTION The printer has IEEE1394 interface. Product Description Interface 112 . the rate of byte/second receiving is cleared. optional interface. IEEE1394 interface. These interfaces are selected manually by the default setting mode or selected automatically. and optional interface. † Automatic Selection Select an interface that the printer first received data after power was ON.0 interface. the USB interface becomes non-NACK reply status. and the option interface resets OFF-LINE bit of Main Status Register (MNSTS). NOTE: This status is not occurred in Type-B Level 3 Packet Mode for Credit administration. INIT signal on the parallel interface is not effective while that interface is not selected or nibble Mode. † Manual Selection One of 3 interfaces can be selected. † Interface Selection and Interface State When the printer is initialized or returned to the idle status (any interface is not selected). ECP Mode.4 Supplements RECEIVED BUFFER FULL OPERATION When data is received from the USB interface or the 1394 interface while no error has occurred (including the pause condition). When buffer free space is more than 32Kbytes in order to prevent host timeout.0 interface.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. it will be in idle status (any interface is not selected) and will select an interface which the printer next receives data first. If it passes period of time (10 seconds) after interruption of data receiving. the printer receives data a rate of 2 byte/second when free space of buffer is less than 16 KB. and receiving is halted when free space reaches under 16 bytes. USB 2.6. and returns to the rate of 2 byte/second receiving when free space reaches over 512 KB. USB 2.

cyan. shake them gently a couple of times beforehand to ensure the designed print quality. 200g : Over 97.) † Insured date of printing quality : Pigment 6 month † Available ink amount 110ml † Color: Photo black.7. † Life : 2 years (Total time of before and after of installing printer. matte black † Operation environment condition Temperature Relative temperature : 10°C ~ 40°C : 5% ~ 85% (without freezing) Product Description Optional Units and Consumables 113 . C A U T IO N SPECIFICATION † Type: Pigment † Form: Special ink cartridge † Ink capacity „ 110ml (Model Number: T543xxx) † Dimension „ 110ml † Total weight 110ml : Approx. detection of cartridges and the amount of remaining ink are controlled by CSIC. The ink cartridge stored as such and installed again can be used if it is within the term of availability. light magenta.1 mm (W) x 165. yellow.3 mm (H) If you remove an ink cartridge before it reaches the ink out state. C H E C K P O IN T When installing the pigment ink cartridges.0g : 25. magenta.) (After printer is installed.1 Ink Cartridge Selection of ink types. you should store it under the same ambient conditions as for the printer body in such a way that the ink discharge opening is protected from dust intrusion. light cyan.8 mm (D) x 105. light black.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Storage temperature Condition During packed storage Loading printer During transportation temperature -30°C ~ 40°C -20°C ~ 40°C -30°C ~ 60°C Remarks Within 1 month for 40°C Within 1 month for 40°C Within 1 month for 40°C Within 120 hours for 0°C 1.7 Optional Units and Consumables 1.

in the case where it is moved from a -20°C location to a 25°C location.3 Maintenance Tank The maintenance tank is located in the lower space at the right side of the printer body and constructed in such a way that the user can replace it when "Maintenance tank full" is detected. † Type † Dimension † Type † Dimension † Capacity † Total weight † Environment condition † Storage temperature † Life C H E C K P O IN T : Special maintenance tank for waste ink : 102. 1000ml : 650ml : Operating : 10-35°C / 20-80% : Storing : -20-40°C / 20-80% : Transporting : -20-60°C / 5-85% (Time limit of storing or transporting at 40°C is one month.5mm(W) x 235mm(D) x 79.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. † Capacity † Waste ink permitted limit † Operation environment † Effective cleaning solution : Same as above Product Description Optional Units and Consumables 114 .7.7. The cleaning cartridge is the same as the 110ml ink cartridge in shape except that it does not have the projection for a color block.) : Exclusive cleaning cartridge : Same as 110ml exclusive ink cartridge : Same as above : Same as above : Same as above : Same as above : Same as above The transfer cleaning solution of the cleaning cartridge will freeze if left in an environment of -10°C or lower. it is within 120 hours. At 60°C.2 Cleaning cartridge C H E C K P O IN T 1.5mm(H) : Approx. Transfer cleaning solution that has been frozen will require approximately 3 hours of warming before it can be used.

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES .

2 Printer Mechanism Components (p.3 Outline of Control Circuit Board (p.1 Overview This chapter explains the printer mechanism and operating principles for the EPSON Stylus Pro 4000.153) † 2.2.126) Paper Feed Mechanism (p.132) Paper Eject/Release Mechanism (p.1 2.146) Others (p.2.2 2.4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board (p.152) † 2.154) Operating Principles Overview 116 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2.119) Carriage (CR) Mechanism (p.4 2.2.118) Ink Supply Mechanism (p.2. The explanation is composed as follows: † 2.6 2.2.7 2.117) „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.8 Printing Mechanism (Print Head) (p.2.2.5 2.141) Multi Sensor (p.

141) Ink Supply Mechanism (p.138 p. Printer Mechanism Components Part Drive voltage Description Reference +3.152 p.131 p.128 p.124 p.153 p.134 p.124 p.143 Printing Mechanism (Print Head) (p.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter +3.3V/+5V CSIC +3.138 p.3V Carriage (CR) Mechanism (p. Hereafter.3V +5V +42V +3.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter +42V +5V +5V +42V +24V +42V +24V +5V +3.118) Print Head Head Thermistor Release Sensor (I/H lever) ASF/Pump Motor Maintenance Tank Pump Phase Sensor CR Motor CR_HP Sensor CR Encoder Sensor Multi Sensor PG/PO Motor PG Phase Sensor Cutter Solenoid PF Motor Suction Fan PF Encoder Sensor PE sensor P_THICK_0.134 Rear Cover Sensor MAIN Board Power Supply Board +42V – – PG/PO Motor Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) Stepping motor Paper Eject Phase Sensor Paper Eject Release Sensor Others (p. we will explain each Printer Mechanism focusing on these parts.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter +42V +5V +5V Stepping motor Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) Incorporated in the Print Head Paper Eject/Release Mechanism (p.135 p.134 p.128 p.128 p.143 p.118 ASF Phase Sensor – p.119) +3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 2-1.134 2.131 p.124 p.2 Printer Mechanism Components The major electrical parts used in the Printer Mechanism of this printer are as shown below.134 p.134 p. Table 2-1.138 p.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter +5V +42V +5V Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) Stepping motor Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) p.143 p.152 p.152) P-Cover Open Sensor DC motor Linear encoder (180LPI) Reflection type photo-interrupter Stepping motor DC solenoid DC motor DC blower fan Linear encoder (360LPI) Reflection type photo-interrupter +5V Reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) Interlock SW (mechanical contact) Printer control/drive circuit board Power supply PCB p.132 p.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter Paper Feed Mechanism (p.126) +3.3V/+5V Transmission type photo-interrupter Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 117 .128 p.154 The number of nozzles: 180 nozzles x 8 rows Drive voltage Description Reference p.132) +3.120 p.3 Sensor (Paper thickness/ pressure lever) +3. Printer Mechanism Components Part P_THICK Sensor (Paper thickness/ pressure lever) Rear Hand Insertion Sensor ASF/Pump Motor ASF Paper Sensor p.

5 .25 . Table 2-4.8 .18ng 3.64KHz H360 x V360 H360 x V360 H720 x V720 H1440 x V1440 H2880 x V1440 CR Speed 350CPS ± 5% 210CPS ± 5% 240CPS ± 5% 240CPS ± 5% 240CPS ± 5% † Nozzle pitch : 0.8 . † Printing method : On-demand ink-jet † Nozzle configuration: 180 nozzles x 8 rows = 1440 nozzles (Refer to Figure 2-1 for nozzle arrangement.6KHz ± 5% 7. the CPU on the Main Board controls the ink discharge speed and the amount of ink to be discharged.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2.56KHz ± 5% 8.64KHz ± 5% 8.8ng Drive Frequency Print Resolution 12. The Print Head incorporates a thermistor.5ng 7.64KHz ± 5% 8. According to the temperature around the head detected by the thermistor.3. Printing Modes (Drive Waveforms) Waveform Name Economy VSD1 VSD2 VSD3 VSD4 Ink Weight 22.45ng 3.141mm (1/180 inch) for each color Table 2-3.7.8 . Nozzle Arrangement 180 † Drive Waveforms Drive waveforms are shown below for 5 printing modes.1 Printing Mechanism (Print Head) Paper Feed Direction A row B row C row D row E row F row G row H row Carriage Moving Direction The printing method uses the unique EPSON MACH method of previous models.25ng 3.2. Relationship between Nozzle Rows and Colors Nozzle Row A B C D E F G H 8 Color Mode Light Black Light Magenta Light Cyan Photo Black Matte Black Cyan Magenta Yellow 4 Color Mode Yellow Magenta Cyan Matte Black Matte Black Cyan Magenta Yellow Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 118 .5 .8 . Relationships of Colors to Nozzles by Mode Mode • • 4 Colors • • • • 8 Colors • • Matte Black x 2 Cyan x 2 Magenta x 2 Yellow x 2 Matte Black Photo Black Light Black Cyan • • • • Magenta Yellow Light Cyan Light Magenta Color Number of Nozzles for Each Color 360 Figure 2-1.) Table 2-2.

) Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 119 . Various information such as installed ink color and remaining quantity is stored in the EEPROM.2 Ink Supply Mechanism This printer has ink cartridges for 8 colors held by Ink holders (I/H) located on the left and right sides of the printer. Valve Mechanism Figure 2-3.2.77). Ink cartridge holder (Opening/closing) Ink cartridge Ink Cartridge Ink Holder (x4) To Print Head Figure 2-2. † Explanation of valve mechanism mounted on the cartridge The valve automatically opens and closes when the ink cartridge is installed and removed. (Refer to "Ink Information Menu" (p. Ink Supply Mechanism † CSIC Memory chip information for each color ink cartridge passes through the CSIC relay circuit board on each Ink holder and is stored in the EEPROM on the C511 Main Board. Each color's ink cartridge → Each color's I/H (Ink Holder) → Each color's ink tube → Each color's head dumper (Carriage) → Print Head Ink tube Ink Holder 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B The ink flow is as shown below. There are protruding tabs and markings on the top of each color ink cartridge to prevent mistaken installation.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Dumper The dumper is equipped with a valve to prevent reverse flow of ink. Ink Route inside of Dumper (2) Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 120 . This sensor uses a reverse tension switch (mechanical contact) to detect whether the ink cartridge is set or released by the ink lever. Ink Route inside of Dumper (1) Figure 2-6. Revision B † I/H lever sensor The left I/H and right I/H each have 1 I/H Lever Sensor located on the side. I/H Lever Sensor Valve Close Valve Open Figure 2-5. and when this valve opens the ink inside the ink storage space within the dumper flows and is supplied to the Print Head. I/H Lever Sensor (Left) I/H Lever Sensor (Right) Front 1 Back 2 3 4 5 Figure 2-4.

Flushing Box Head Cleaner Pump Unit Cap Assembly Maintenance Tank Figure 2-7.3 Cleaning Mechanism Cleaning mechanism components are located at the right side of the printer. Cleaning Mechanism Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 121 . Main cleaning mechanism components and their functions are explained in the following sections.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. Waste ink from the cleaning components is sent through a tube to the Waste Ink Absorber (Maintenance Tank) at the bottom right.

13.2 Planetary Lever (Spur Gear. 25.2. 28.2. 15.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B CLEANING MECHANISM DRIVE ASF/Pump Motor ASF/Pump Motor Planetary Lever (Spur Gear. 25.8 Pump Unit Figure 2-8.8 Pump Unit Combination Gear.6.8 Figure 2-10.2 Combination Gear. 15. 28. 13. 19.2) Combination Gear. 19.6. 28. 15.6 Spur Gear.2) Spur Gear.6.6 Pump Unit Figure 2-9. Cleaning Mechanism Drive Layout Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 122 . Cleaning Mechanism Drive Components Combination Gear. 19.6 Combination Gear. 15. 25. 15.2 Combination Gear. Drive Transmission Path ASF/Pump Motor Planetary Lever (Spur Gear.2) Spur Gear. 13.2. 15.

15. 25. 25. 15.6. Switching Drive Transmission Path (1) 2. engages with the Combination Gear. The ASF/Pump Motor rotates by the required step number in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear side. and the Planetary Lever's Spur Gear. The DE Lock Lever fixes the Planetary Lever in place when the Carriage Unit moves the required step number to the left from the Carriage Shaft right end.2.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2. When the ASF/Pump Motor rotates in the clockwise direction. 15.2. DRIVE TRANSMISSION TO PUMP UNIT 1. Figure 2-12. Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 123 . 25. When the drive transmission path is switched by Step 1 through Step 4.6. 15. Switching Drive Transmission Path (2) 5. 1 DE Lock Lever 2 Fixing Location Combination Gear.6 Planetary Lever Figure 2-11. the Planetary Lever inside the DE mechanism descends toward the Combination Gear. 3. drive power of ASF/Pump Motor is transferred to the Pump Unit by the path shown in Figure 2-8. The DE Lock Lever is moved to the right end by moving the Carriage Unit to the right end of the Carriage Shaft.

the Print Head is in the capped position during ink charging. Movements of the ASF/Pump Motor drive transmission to the Pump Unit side are shown below. the Print Head (should) rest on the Cap Assembly to ensure that the nozzles don't clog.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † ASF/Pump Motor (Stepping motor) When the transmission path is switched to the Pump Unit side by Carriage Unit movement and the DE Lock Lever. the ASF/Pump Motor can drive the ink maintenance system such as pump and wiper. Waste ink from the pump is sent to the Maintenance Tank through 2 small pipes. cleaning. cleaning. Also. and so on. Interrupting Plate † Pump Unit Ink is sucked from head nozzles by having the pump driven through the cap (closed). Pump Phase Sensor Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 124 . Table 2-5. ink and dirt adhering to the head nozzle surface is brushed off. † Head Cleaner A structure of offsetting rubber and felt is used. Waste ink is accumulated in a sponge in the Maintenance Tank. etc. † Maintenance Tank (Waste Ink Absorber) This receives waste ink discharged from the Pump Unit and Flushing Box. The flushed ink flows through the pipe to the Maintenance Tank. Pump Phase Sensor Note : Rotation of the motor in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear is considered "clockwise". Figure 2-13. initial ink charge. ASF/Pump Motor Rotation Directions and Functions ASF/Pump Motor Rotation Direction Clockwise Counterclockwise Function • Pump suction • Wiper set • Pump release • Wiper reset Revision B † Pump Phase Sensor A transmissive photosensor is used. † Flushing Box This receives ink ejected during flushing (dummy printing). † Cap Assembly When not printing. By wiping/rubbing. which is installed inside the Pump Unit. This uses the interrupting plate in the Pump Unit to detect the rotation angle of the pump. etc. This performs normal ink absorption.

Purpose: • Before ink suction. • Ensures close contact of the cap. etc. For easy removal of adhering substances. • Flushing is done when paper is set. the initial filling flag is reset. Revision B Flushing Wiping Operation Rubbing Operation Capping Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 125 . The initial charge flag is also set after the "Input Rank" is run. the initial ink charge operation is performed automatically. In order to prevent the ink viscosity from increasing while the printhead nozzles are not used. during paper cutting. during paper Eject. • The initial charge flag is set when the printer is shipped from the factory. When the first ink cartridge is inserted (after all 8 colors have been inserted). then after this operation. Table 2-6. the nozzle surface is wetted before rubbing operation by suction of a small amount of ink. The Carriage Unit is moved from left to right along the felt side of the wiper (the left half of the Wiper Plate) incorporated in the Pump Unit so that the head surface is rubbed with the felt of the wiper. a rubber cap is placed over the Print Head nozzles when entering a shutdown operation. • Ensures close contact of the cap. during continuous printing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 NOTE: The table below explains Ink System terminology. the ink inside the Flushing Box is flushed out. Explanation of Operation Operation Initial Ink Charge Explanation • This is the operation where the head is filled with ink for the first time. The Carriage Unit is moved from right to left along the rubber side of the wiper (the right half of the Wiper Blade) incorporated in the Pump Unit so that the head surface is rubbed with the rubber of the wiper. removes the ink and other substances adhering to the head surface. when printing from the standby state. • In order to prevent the viscosity of the ink inside the head nozzles from increasing. Purpose: • Removes ink and other substances adhering strongly to the head surface.

4 Carriage (CR) Mechanism This printer has a unique carriage mechanism for stable and high precision movement/printing of the on-carriage head for the print area of A2 paper width. † Carriage Unit movement components † Platen Gap adjustment components † Cutter Solenoid/CR Lock Mechanism CR Lock Carriage Unit Figure 2-14. † Carriage Unit † Carriage Shaft (front and rear) † CR Motor † PG/PO Motor † CR_HP Sensor † CR Encoder Sensor † Multi Sensor † PG Phase Sensor † Cutter Solenoid † CR Lock PG/PO Motor Cutter Solenoid Multi Sensor Carriage Shafts CR Encoder Sensor PG Phase Sensor CR_HP Sensor CR Motor This section describes the following items. The Carriage mechanism is formed of the following components.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. Carriage Mechanism Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 126 .2.

and eight rollers (bearings) form the structure supporting the carriage. The main structural components of the carriage movement mechanism and the functions of these components are described below. CARRIAGE MECHANISM DRIVE CR Motor Timing Belt Timing Belt Carriage Unit Carriage Unit CR Motor Figure 2-16.4. Carriage Mechanism Drive Components Figure 2-15. each covered with a linear plate.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2.1 Carriage Unit Movement Components Two Carriage Shafts. Drive Transmission Path Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 127 . C A U T IO N Do not remove the screws securing the Carriage Shafts. They are adjusted/assembled at the factory in 1/100mm increments.

Carriage Mechanism Detection Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 128 .7 Multi Sensor" (p. refer to "2. Revision B † Multi Sensor This is a reflective sensor installed at the Carriage Unit lower left side.2. The resolution is 1/ 180 inch. Flag CR Motor CR_HP Sensor Multi Sensor Figure 2-17. † CR Encoder Sensor (Linear encoder) Installed on the back of the Carriage Unit. The Encoder Sensor installed in the Carriage Unit reads (linear encoder system) the slits of the CR Scale.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † CR Motor (DC motor) The Carriage Unit moves left/right by the CR Motor drive. and this signal is compared to the logic control value by the Main Board control circuit to perform feedback speed control. The control maintains high printing speed. and it has multiple functions. CR Encoder Sensor CR Scale The sensors used in the carriage movement components are described below. For details on the Multi Sensor. † CR_HP Sensor (Carriage home position) This is a transmissive photosensor installed at the printer right side. Insertion of the flag (a protrusion) on the Carriage Unit is detected as the carriage movement origin (home position).146). this is uses pulse output (2 channels) corresponding to the slit position on the CR Scale for CR Motor servo control and PTS (Print Timing Signal) formation. Drive transmission from the CR Motor to the Carriage Unit uses a durable timing belt that is easy to maintain. Sensor outputs are "OFF" in the HP range and "ON" outside the HP range.

Platen Gap Mechanism Drive Layout Carriage Shaft (rear) CR Shaft Pulley (rear) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Planetary) CR Shaft Pulley (front) Combination Gear. PLATEN GAP MECHANISM DRIVE PG/PO Motor CR Shaft Pulley (front) Spur Gear. 16. 20. The Carriage Unit is supported by 2 Carriage Shafts. Planetary) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Main platen gap adjustment mechanism components and their functions are explained in the following sections. Planetary) Spur Gear. 20 Carriage Shaft (rear) PG/PO Motor Combination Gear. 40. 16 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 16 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Planetary) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Planetary) Combination Gear. 8. 40. 56. The Carriage Unit moves up and down with the rotation of the Carriage Shafts because of the eccentric bushings attached to both ends of each Carriage Shaft. 20 Spur Gear.8 Carriage Shaft (front) Figure 2-18. 8. 36 Combination Gear.2 Platen Gap Adjustment Components The Carriage Unit (= Print Head) installation position must always maintain a fixed distance from the paper surface in order to preserve printing precision. 16. Platen Gap Mechanism Drive Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 129 . 16. This movement changes the gap between the Print Head surface and the Platen surface. 36 Carriage Shaft (front) PG/PO Motor CR Shaft Pulley (rear) CR Shaft Pulley (front) Carriage Shaft (rear) Timing Belt Combination Gear. 8. Planetary) Figure 2-19. 16 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 20 Timing Belt Spur Gear. 20. 20. 56.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. 56. Drive Transmission Path Figure 2-20.8 Spur Gear. 40. 36 CR Shaft Pulley (rear) Carriage Shaft (front) Timing Belt Combination Gear.4.2.8 Spur Gear.

Switching Drive Transmission Path (2) 5. engages with the Combination gear. 3. 1 DE Lock Lever 2 Fixing Location Figure 2-21. 8. 56. The Planetary Lock Lever (along with the DE Lock Lever) are moved to the right end by moving the Carriage Unit to the right end of the Carriage Shaft. 56.8. Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 130 . When the drive transmission path is switched by Step 1 through Step 4. DRIVE TRANSMISSION TO CARRIAGE SHAFT 1. the Planetary Holder raises up in the direction of the Combination gear. 16.8.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. When the PG/PO Motor rotates in the clockwise direction. and the Planetary Holder Spur gear. Figure 2-22. 8. The PG/PO Motor rotates by the required step number in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear side. The planetary Lock Lever fixes the Planetary Holder in place when the Carriage Unit moves the required step number to the left from the Carriage Shaft right end. PG/PO Motor drive is transferred to the Carriage Shaft by the path shown in Figure 2-18. Switching Drive Transmission Path (1) 2.

Table 2-8.7mm – Revision B The sensors used in the platen gap adjustment components are described below. 4 head positions can be obtained. PG Lock Lever PG minimum side PG large side Adjustment Lock Bushing Figure 2-23. † PG Phase Sensor This is a transmissive sensor installed on the left side of the printer that detects the PG position (height of head from paper surface) and machine home position (home) at the time of adjustment movements. PG Setting Positions Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 131 . With machine home position as the standard. A reflective sensor is used to detect the flag position of the shield plate attached to the right side of the front Carriage Shaft. The Adjustment Lock Bushing rotates with the rotation of the Carriage Shaft. the PG Lock Lever locks the Adjustment Lock Bushing. Securing the Adjustment Lock Bushing suppresses rotation of the Carriage Shaft and prevents fluctuation in platen gap. When Carriage Shaft rotation stops. PG/PO Motor Rotation Directions and Functions PG/PO Motor Rotation Direction Clockwise Counterclockwise Function PG small side → PG large side PG large side → PG small side Position Large Medium Small Minimum One round Gap Width 2. The locking position has 4 levels to match PG. Pulse Positions Application Platen gap for thick paper Platen gap for paper which can be soiled if setting is for thin paper Platen gap for thin paper Platen gap for film – Pulse Count from Origin (Converted to 2-2 Phase Excitation) 37 121 204 287 333 Note : Rotation of the motor in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear is considered "clockwise".6mm 2. both front and rear) the PG position up or down.2mm 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † PG/PO Motor (Stepping motor) When the transmission path is switched to the platen gap adjustment side by the Carriage unit movement and DE Lock Lever. Movements of the PG/PO Motor drive transmission to the Platen Gap adjustment side are shown below. the PG/PO Motor can automatically shift (rotation movement of Carriage Shafts.2mm 0. Table 2-7.

20). PF Roller. The printer is also equipped with the mechanism to lock the Carriage Lock to prevent the Kicker from moving vertically during transportation to release the CR Lock. the Cutter Solenoid attracts the Actuating Plate of the CR Lock releasing Kicker. Carriage Components: Cutter Solenoid Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 132 . Driven Roller Unit and Paper Eject Roller. this is a DC solenoid for controlling cutter pressure of the cutter used for roll paper cutting.2. 2. the CR Lock Mechanism is used jointly so that when the Carriage Unit moves from the printing area further to the right of the capping position (CR_Home).4 Cut Specification" (p.5 Paper Feed Mechanism This printer uses friction feed to carry out highly precise feeding of roll paper and cut sheets. NOTE: Refer to "1. Sub Roller Unit. When the Cutter Solenoid turns ON with the Carriage Unit at capping position.3 Cutter Solenoid/CR Lock Mechanism Installed on the front of the Carriage Unit.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2.2. In addition. Driven Roller Unit PF Roller Sub Roller Unit Actuating Plate Kicker Cutter PF Motor Cutter Solenoid Lock Lever for Transportation CR Lock Paper Eject Roller Figure 2-25. and then the CR Lock is released. and comprises a unique paper feed mechanism.4. The paper feed mechanism is formed of the PF Motor.7.2. the Kicker kicks the CR Lock. the lock activates to prevent Carriage Unit movement. Paper Feed Mechanism Figure 2-24. Paper feed mechanism main components and their functions are described below.

Paper Feed Mechanism Drive Layout Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 133 . Drive Transmission Path Sub Roller Speed-Reduction Sub Roller Pulley Drive Belt Drive PF Pulley PF Roller Paper Eject Roller Belt Paper Eject Roller Sub Roller Drive PF Pulley Figure 2-28. Paper Feed Mechanism Drive Components Paper Eject Roller Pulley PF Timing Belt PF Motor Sub Roller Drive Pulley Sub Roller Unit Figure 2-27.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B PAPER FEED MECHANISM DRIVE Sub Roller Drive Pulley PF Motor PF Timing Belt Speed-Reduction Pulley PF Roller Sub Roller Drive PF Pulley Sub Roller Drive Belt Sub Roller Drive Pulley Sub Roller Unit Paper Eject Roller Belt Paper Eject Roller Pulley Paper Eject Roller Speed-Reduction Pulley PF Motor Paper Eject Roller Belt Paper Eject Roller Pulley PF Timing Belt Sub Roller Drive Belt Sub Roller Unit PF Roller Paper Eject Roller Figure 2-26.

Table 2-9.8mm.9mm (P_THICK Sensor).3) This transmissive photosensor is mounted at the right side rear surface of the printer. and the sensor operates when the Paper Lever goes down. Set detection values for the sensors are 0.) when the leading edge is detected during paper setting. † PF Encoder Sensor Mounted at the left side of the printer. Control of blowing force (rotation Duty control) for the fans is based on the printer operating condition (at paper set.8~0. Paper thickness is detected during paper setting by the change in movement of the paper thickness detection lever of the Driven Roller Unit. and feedback control is based on the output pulse. the grid of the loop scale installed above both PF Rollers is read by the Encoder Sensor. Revision B The sensors used in the paper feed mechanism are described below. etc.3mm and 0. Resolution is 1/360 inch. during printing.8mm or less 0.3 Sensor) and 0. This is designed to provide smooth paper feeding (prevents floating) by pulling the paper onto the platen surface by drawing air through multiple punched holes in the platen on the underside of the paper path and directing it toward the bottom of the printer body. This triggers the no paper condition when the paper trailing edge is detected and triggers paper setting start operations (start of suction fans.3mm or more 0. the sensor's pulse output (2 channels) corresponds to the slit position on the PF Scale and is used for servo control of the PF Motor and for formation of the PTS (Print Timing Signal).) and paper type. This control maintains high printing precision. corresponding to the up/down position of the Paper Lever. Threshold values for paper thickness is set for 0. † Suction Fans Suction Fans are mounted in the center inside the printer. etc.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † PF Motor (DC motor) With drive from the PF Motor. † Paper Lever/P_THICK Sensor (P_THICK.3mm Shield Plate P_THICK_0.3 No (open) Yes (closed) Yes (closed) – No (open) P_THICK No (open) No (open) Yes (closed) – Yes (closed) Sensor Output P_THICK_0. Modes Paper Thickness Less than 0.81mm or more Connector not connected Cancel increased pressure (Hi-Up) Figure 2-29. † PE Sensor This reflective photosensor is mounted at the right side rear surface of the printer. P_THICK_0.3~0. Combined detection of both sensors detects the paper lever as up.3 L H H H L P_THICK L L H H H Suction Fans 0.4mm (P_THICK0. Suction Fans Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 134 .

ASF Paper Feed Mechanism PF Encoder Sensor PE Sensor Figure 2-30.5.1 ASF Paper Feed Mechanism This printer is equipped with an ASF Unit for feeding cut sheet paper. ASF Phase Sensor ASF Paper Sensor Rear Manual Insertion Sensor LD Roller LD Roller Detector Wheel ASF Unit Figure 2-31. The sensor detects paper being fed from the manual insertion slot.3 Sensor P_THICK_0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Rear Manual Insertion Sensor This reverse tension switch sensor (mechanical contact) is mounted at the rear surface of the printer.8 Sensor Revision B 2. Operating principles of the ASF Unit are described below. Paper Feed Mechanism Sensors Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 135 .2. P_THICK_0.

12.8. 24 Spur Gear. 36 Spur Gear.6 Combination Gear. 44.8) Figure 2-33. 15.8) Figure 2-32. Drive Transmission Path Combination Gear.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B ASF PAPER FEED MECHANISM DRIVE Combination Gear. 44. 44. 36 Spur Gear. 25. 22.8. ASF Paper Feed Mechanism Drive Layout Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 136 .6 Combination Gear.6 Combination Gear. 22. 15. 12.2) Figure 2-34. 33. 36 ASF/Pump Motor Combination Gear. 24 ASF Unit (Spur Gear.8.4 Planetary Lever (Spur Gear. 22. 12.8.2) ASF/Pump Motor Planetary Lever (Spur Gear.8) Planetary Lever (Spur Gear. 16.4 ASF Unit (Spur Gear.8.6 Combination Gear.2) Combination Gear.6 Combination Gear. 16. 25. 15. 12. 25. 33. 12.4 ASF/Pump Motor Spur Gear. 24 Spur Gear. ASF Paper Feed Mechanism Drive Components Spur Gear. 16. 33. 12.6 ASF Unit (Spur Gear.8.

4. Switching Drive Transmission Path (1) 2. The DE Lock Lever is moved to the right end by moving the Carriage Unit to the right end of the Carriage Shaft. When the drive transmission path is switched by Step 1 through Step 4. TRANSMISSION OF DRIVE TO ASF UNIT 1. The ASF/Pump Motor rotates by the required step number in the counterclockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear side. 22. and the Spur Gear. Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 137 . The DE Lock Lever fixes the Planetary Lever in place when the Carriage Unit moves the required step number to the left from the Carriage Shaft right. of the Planetary Lever engages with the Combination Gear. 3. By rotation of the ASF/Pump Motor in the counterclockwise direction.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2. 5. the Planetary Lever inside the DE mechanism raises in the direction of the Combination Gear. 12. 22. 15.4. 12. drive power of ASF/Pump Motor is transferred to the ASF Unit by the path shown in Figure 2-32. 1 DE Lock Lever 2 Fixing Location Figure 2-36. Switching Drive Transmission Path (2) Figure 2-35.

Note : Rotation of the motor in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear is considered "clockwise". ASF/Pump Motor Rotation Directions and Functions ASF/Pump Motor Rotation Direction Clockwise Counterclockwise Function LD Roller Reverse Rotation LD Roller Normal Rotation ASF Phase Sensor Revision B † ASF Phase Sensor This transmissive photosensor is mounted at the right lower side of the printer.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † ASF/Pump Motor (Stepping motor) When the transmission path is switched to the ASF Unit side by the Carriage Unit movement and DE Lock Lever. Detector Wheel Figure 2-37. and the LD Roller position is detected by this sensor and the Detector Wheel notch. the ASF/Pump Motor can drive the LD Roller. Notch The sensors used in the ASF paper feed mechanism are described below. † ASF Paper Sensor This reverse tension switch sensor (mechanical contact) is mounted at the center lower side of the printer. The Detector Wheel at the left side of the LD Roller and LD Roller Shaft is rotated by paper feed movement from the ASF Unit. ASF Phase Sensor Table 2-11. Movements of the ASF/Pump Motor drive transmission to the ASF Unit side are shown below. LD Roller and Detector Wheel LD Roller Position Outside home position Home Position Detector Wheel Notch No (closed) Yes (open) Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 138 . The sensor detects paper being fed from the ASF Unit. There is a notch on the Detector Wheel. Table 2-10.

and reverse rotation of the Gate Roller and Sub Roller corrects the skew by pushing back the paper being fed.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3. When a print command is received from the PC. The LD Roller rotates in the counterclockwise direction and picks up paper. When the Edge Guide Fixing Lever releases the hook being pressed by the Release Hopper Lever. the LD Roller which has been in standby condition first rotates to the paper feed side (counterclockwise) by the required step number and then rotates in the opposite direction from the paper feed side (clockwise) by the required step number to return any paper remaining between the LD Roller and the Separation Pad to the tray. Stops 2. Release Hopper Lever Hopper Compression Spring Edge Guide Fixing Lever Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 139 . „ Skew Correction Mode 1 1. Feeds the paper leading edge by 3. Sub Roller LIFTER MOVEMENT (RAISING THE HOPPER) 1.5mm between the Sub Roller and Gate Roller. the Release Hopper Lever rotates counterclockwise with the LD Roller. Standby Position Flag LD Roller 3. After completion of the paper return movement.5mm Phase Detection Position Gate Roller Paper 2. The LD Roller stops. the tension of the Compression Spring is released and raises the Hopper.

Then the roller returns to the standby position again. Revision B Stops Contact Location 2. After feeding the paper. 4. Skew is corrected by the LD Roller pushing forward the unfed paper.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 „ Skew Correction Mode 2 1. The Gate Roller and Sub Roller are stopped at this time. 5. the LD Roller rotates in the counterclockwise direction and returns to the standby position. The paper hits against the Gate Roller and Sub Roller. Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 140 . The LD Roller in standby position then rotates in the clockwise direction by the required step number to return paper remaining between the LD Roller and Separation Pad to the tray.

Drive Transmission Path Figure 2-40. 19. 13. 24 Spur Gear. 32.2. 33. 20 Combination Gear.6. Eject) Paper Eject Unit (Paper Eject Frame Holder (right)) Switching Rib (Spur Gear. 16 PG/PO Motor Combination Gear. 11. 20. 11.6. 32. Planetary) Combination Gear. 19.8 Spur Gear. 33. Eject Switch Lever.8 Spur Gear.8 Spur Gear.6.2) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Transmission) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear.2. 33. 44.2.6. Release Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear.6. Transmission) Eject Switch Lever. 16. 24 Spur Gear. 20. Paper Eject Mechanism Drive Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 141 . 20. 21. 17. 16 PG/PO Motor Paper Eject Unit (Paper Eject Frame Holder (right)) Spur gear. Paper Eject Mechanism Drive Layout Switching Rib (Spur Gear. B Spur Gear. 21.2. 20.6. 16. Frame.8. Eject) Spur gear.8 Combination Gear. Frame. 32. 15. 19. 13. 36 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Transmission) 2. 33.6 Spur Gear. 28 Combination Gear. 36. 15.8. Planetary) Combination Gear. 24.2.2) Eject Planetary Unit (Spur Gear.1 Paper Eject Mechanism PAPER MECHANISM DRIVE PG/PO Motor Spur Gear.8.2) Spur Gear. Frame. 36 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 8.6. 13.2. 33.8 Combination Gear. Planetary) Spur Gear.2.6. planetary) Spur Gear.6 Spur Gear.6 Paper Eject/Release Mechanism This printer has a paper eject mechanism that switches eject according to the paper feed device and media used and has a release mechanism that applies pressure/release by the driven roller. Release Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear.6.6 Figure 2-38.6.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. 16. R (Spur Gear. 21. Planetary) Spur Gear.8 Figure 2-39. Release Combination Gear. 20.2. 36. 16. 36 Spur Gear. 28 Combination Gear.8 Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear.8 Paper Eject Unit (Paper Eject Frame Holder (right)) Eject Switch Lever. 20 Combination Gear. R (Spur Gear. Planetary) Combination Gear. 20 Spur Gear. 44. 24. 17. R (Spur Gear.6. 8. 20. 16. 36. B Combination Gear.6. 20 Spur Gear. 20 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 24 Spur Gear. 8. 44. B Combination Gear. 15. Planetary) Spur Gear. 33. Planetary) Spur Gear.8 Eject Planetary Unit (Spur Gear. 17. Eject) Switching Rib (Spur Gear. 16. Operating principles of the eject mechanism and release mechanism are described below. 11. Planetary) Combination Gear. 16 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 28 Eject Planetary Unit (Spur Gear. 20 Combination Gear.6. 24.

Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 142 . 36. 5. TRANSMISSION OF DRIVE TO PAPER EJECT UNIT 1. of the Planetary Holder engages with the Combination Gear. Switching Drive Transmission Path (2) Figure 2-41. By rotation of the PG/PO Motor in the counterclockwise direction. The Planetary Lock Lever (along with the DE Lock Lever) is moved to the right end by moving the Carriage Unit to the right end of the Carriage Shaft. drive power of PG/PO Motor is transferred to the Paper Eject Unit by the path shown in Figure 2-38. and the Spur Gear. 36. the Planetary Holder descends in the direction of the Combination Gear.8. 1 DE Lock Lever 2 Fixing Location Figure 2-42. 16. Switching Drive Transmission Path (1) 2. The Planetary Lock Lever fixes the Planetary Holder in place when the Carriage Unit moves the required step number to the left from the Carriage Shaft right end. 8. When the drive transmission path is switched by Step 1 through Step 4. 3. 8.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. The PG/PO Motor rotates by the required step number in the counterclockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear side.8.

† Paper Eject Phase Sensor This reverse tension switch sensor (mechanical contact) is mounted at the inner side of the right frame storing the I/H Holder (left).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † PG/PO Motor (Stepping motor) When the transmission path is switched to the Paper Eject Unit side by the Carriage Unit movement and DE Lock Lever. When foreign objects enter the paper path under the Paper Eject Unit and lift the Paper Eject Unit. other specified paper Universal cut paper Phase Detection ON (HP) OFF Cut Paper Star Wheel OFF Star Wheels Ribs Star Wheels Paper Eject Release Sensor Figure 2-44. † Paper Eject Release Sensor This reverse tension switch sensor (mechanical contact) is mounted at the inner side of the left frame storing the I/H Holder (right). counterclockwise rotation of the PG/PO Motor performs eject switching movement as shown below. the sensor detects this condition and stops printing. (Clockwise rotation does not occur. Paper Eject Phase Sensor Table 2-12. Paper Eject Mechanism Sensors Figure 2-43. Revision B The sensors used in the paper eject mechanism are described below. Paper Eject Switching Movement Supported Star Wheel None Roll Paper Star Wheel Description – Star Wheel weight (10gf) No ribs Star Wheel weight (20gf) Ribs Supported Media Universal roll paper PM roll paper for photographs. Paper Eject Unit Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 143 . The sensor detects the condition of the Paper Eject Unit.) Note : Rotation of the motor in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear is considered "clockwise".

16.8 PG/PO Motor Spur Gear. Release) Intermittent Gear. 8. Release Mechanism Drive Layout Release Shaft. 22. Release Spur Gear. 16 PG/PO Motor Combination Gear. Release) Intermittent Gear. 16.6. 20. Transmission.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. 20. 16. 8. Release Intermittent Gear. Under Spur Gear. 22. 13. 16. Frame. Planetary) Combination Gear. Planetary) Combination Gear.2 Release Mechanism RELEASE MECHANISM DRIVE Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 20.8 Combination Gear. Release Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear. Under (Gate Roller) Combination Gear. 16. 16 PG/PO Motor Gate Roller Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear.2. 21. 36. Transmission) Release Planetary Unit (Spur Gear.6.8 Spur Gear. Planetary) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 16. Release Spur Gear. 11. Planetary) Spur Gear. 13.8 Spur Gear. 22. 20. 24 Spur Gear. 16.6. Release) Combination Gear. Release Planetary Holder (Spur Gear.8 Spur Gear. 13. 20 Release Planetary Unit (Spur Gear. Release) Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Under Gate Roller Release Shaft. 20 Figure 2-47. 22. 22.2. 16. Planetary) Spur Gear. Frame. Transmission. Under Figure 2-46. 24 Combination Gear. 24 Roller Holder.8 Combination Gear. 20. Drive Transmission Path Combination Gear.6.6. Planetary) Combination Gear. 11.2. 21. Release Release Shaft.2. 16 Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. 16. 20.8 Combination Gear. Transmission. Release Planetary Holder (Spur Gear. Release Mechanism Drive Components Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 144 .8 Combination Gear. Frame. 16. Transmission) Figure 2-45.8 Spur Gear.6. 21. 16. 8. 36. 36. 11. 16.6. 20 Release Planetary Unit (Spur Gear. Transmission) Release Planetary Unit (Spur Gear. 22. Release Transmission Frame Shaft (Spur Gear.

† Paper Release When the PG/PO Motor rotates in the clockwise direction. † Paper Pressure When the PG/PO Motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction.) Movement for PG/PO Motor drive switched to the release mechanism side is shown below.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B RELEASE MECHANISM MOVEMENT When the drive transmission path of the PG/PO Motor is switched by carriage movement. PG/PO Motor Rotation Direction and Function PG/PO Motor Rotation Direction Clockwise Counterclockwise Function Paper release Paper pressure Note : Rotation of the motor in the clockwise direction as seen from the Motor Pinion Gear is considered "clockwise". The Gate Roller is raised by the rotation of the Intermediate Roller and the Gate Roller and Sub Roller have pressure contact. (Refer to " Transmission of Drive to Paper Eject Unit" (p. the Intermediate Roller rotates in the counterclockwise direction. the Intermediate Roller (Shaft.142) for information on switching the drive transmission path. Sub Roller Paper Release Paper Pressure Paper Location of Pressure Contact Intermediate Roller Gate Roller Figure 2-48. The Gate Roller is lowered by the rotation of the Intermediate Roller and the Gate Roller and Sub Roller are separated. Table 2-13. Lower) rotates in the clockwise direction. the driving force of the PG/PO Motor is transmitted to the Gate Roller by the path shown in Figure 2-45. Release Mechanism Movement Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 145 . Release.

7 Multi Sensor 2. In order to determine small differences in concentration.2. Multi Sensor † Multi Sensor Functions „ „ „ „ „ „ Paper Edge Position Detection (Top Edge Detection/Checking Paper Cutting) Paper Width Detection Paper Edge (L/R) Detection Dot Missing Detection Auto Uni-D Adjustment Auto Bi-D Adjustment Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 146 .1 Overview This printer is equipped with a Multi Sensor that provides multiple sensor functions with a single sensor unit. The 2 light sensor elements are identical. PW2 is particularly arranged in a position that will not receive the effects of erratic reflections of light reflected from the paper (especially from glossy media).7. specifying the edge of the paper. 2. The Multi Sensor is a photosensor with 1 light emitter and 2 light receivers and is mounted on the Carriage Unit. Light emitted from the white light LED is projected onto the paper or special pattern printed on the paper.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Light Receivers The light receiver side has the following 2 elements for corresponding uses. „ PW1 (direct reflection light receiver) Detects paper (white) or platen (black). „ PW2 (diffused light receiver) Prints a special pattern and detects differences in concentration for paper (white) and ink (8 colors). and reading of the reflected light by the sensor receivers enables the printer to automatically perform suitable correction processing. with the difference being the light reception angle for reflected light.2. Multi Sensor LED PW2 PW1 Paper Platen Sub Platen Figure 2-49.

Checking Paper Cut Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 147 . After that. The process continues by detecting the top edge of the paper in the same way at the column 80 side. Specifically. If the required light quantity is not obtained during adjustment of PW1 and PW2. For this reason. paper gets fed and the LED light emission quantity should be adjusted to 3V that refers to the difference of the sensor output voltages that have been received between over the paper and over the no paper position (over the platen position). the position detected at the column 1 side is set as the top edge of the paper without performing the detection operation at the column 80 side. The sensor LED emits light. Top Edge Detection † Checking Paper Cut Detects cut condition of paper. the paper is forward fed at 5CPS from the condition at which the sensor is detecting the platen. the Carriage Unit moves to the specified position at the column 1 side and goes to standby over the paper. and the top edge detected at the rear (as seen from the eject direction) is set as the paper top edge in order to prevent printing to platen. the sensor sensitivity level must be set for use as a standard. a printer error occurs. As a detection operation. the top edge of the paper is detected. and if platen surface level output is detected it is determined that the paper has been cut. Feed Direction Paper Detection Position Detection Position Detected as the paper top edge Figure 2-50.7. Next. the paper is reverse fed at 40CPS from the condition being detected for the paper. a paper cut error occurs. If the paper top edge is not within the required range at this time. and this detects the paper top edge. After paper is cut. PAPER TOP EDGE DETECTION † Top Edge Detection When paper is fed. The top edge position detected at column 1 is compared with the top edge position detected at column 80. this detects the approximate top edge of the paper and confirms that it is within the range of required specifications when the paper is fed. When paper is fed. the paper top edge is continuously scanned from the paper right edge to the paper center. after the paper top edge is detected at column 1 side. and then the position at which the platen is detected is set as the approximate top edge of the paper. If paper is detected at any part. a paper feed error occurs.2 Operations/Functions SENSOR SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT Before performing any function/adjustment.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. Feed Direction Paper Detection Position Figure 2-51.2. the entire scanned area is passed over. The same type of detection operation is performed on both the column 1 side and the column 80 side. the paper and platen are continuously scanned and the point at which the obtained reflection light level changes is detected as the top edge of the paper. if paper is detected at the position when the Carriage Unit moves to column 80 side.

the amount forced out is reduced to 1. However. The diagrams below show scan/detection timing. printing can be performed while following skew of the paper when the paper has skewed (within the manufacturer's permitted range for skew). Paper Left/Right Edge Detection During Printing ASF Borderless Print ON ASF Borderless Print OFF Roll Paper Borderless Print ON/OFF Manual Insertion Figure 2-52.1mm 1. and the amount forced out is maintained at a fixed level.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B PAPER WIDTH DETECTION When paper is fed. the paper and platen are scanned and the change points of the detected reflective light levels (paper present level <=> paper absent level) are confirmed as the paper edges. By executing every pass detection.1mm from the paper edge and the quantity of scattered ink is reduced. At paper set At paper feed At printing complete 2nd job 1. the data have been enlarged so that the data would run out of the left/right edges by 3mm in printing. in order to prevent forcing out from absorption materials used for borderless printing. For borderless printing of the conventional printers. the printing is performed by maintaining a fixed quantity for one side. PAPER LEFT/RIGHT EDGE DETECTION DURING PRINTING This is performed during borderless printing. Paper Width Detection Timing Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 148 . This printer detects the paper edges with every pass.1mm Absorption Material 1st job Figure 2-53. and by making immediate adjustments.

the pattern is scanned and acceptable values are calculated from the collected values. Pattern N. If the standard lines and adjustment lines overlap. The pattern is printed by all the nozzles. and then adjustment is automatically executed. The pattern first prints the matte black vertical line row (standard lines) and then prints an overlapping vertical line row in a different color (adjustment lines) that has been shifted by 1/1440 block unit in the main scan direction.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B DOT MISSING DETECTION A pattern for dot missing detection is printed and dot missing is detected by scanning the pattern. The location detected with the most raised A/D values is determined to be the acceptable level of Uni-D alignment. Dot Missing Detection Pattern Figure 2-55. Pattern Scan Position Figure 2-54.G. the printer will execute cleaning automatically. Adjustment lines Standard lines (Matte Black) #1 #10 #19 #28 #37 #46 #55 #64 #73 #82 #91 #2 #11 #20 #29 #38 #47 #56 #65 #74 #83 #92 #3 #12 #21 #30 #39 #48 #57 #66 #75 #84 #93 #4 #13 #22 #31 #40 #49 #58 #67 #76 #85 #94 #5 #14 #23 #32 #41 #50 #59 #68 #77 #86 #95 #6 #15 #24 #33 #42 #51 #60 #69 #78 #87 #96 #7 #16 #25 #34 #43 #52 #61 #70 #79 #88 #97 #8 #17 #26 #35 #44 #53 #62 #71 #80 #89 #98 #9 #18 #27 #36 #45 #54 #63 #72 #81 #90 #99 28 dot / (28/360 inch) #100 #101 #102 #103 #104 #105 #106 #107 #108 #109 #110 #118 #119 #111 #112 #113 #114 #115 #116 #117 #120 #121 #122 #123 #124 #125 #126 #127 #128 #129 #130 #131 #132 #133 #134 #135 #136 #137 #138 #139 #140 #141 #142 #143 #144 #145 #146 #147 #148 #149 #150 #151 #152 #153 #154 #155 #156 #157 #158 #159 #160 #161 #162 #163 #164 #165 #166 #167 #168 #169 #170 #171 #172 #173 #174 #175 #176 #177 #178 #179 #180 18 dot / (18/360 inch) A/D Value Most A/D values are high = Uni-D acceptable O. AUTOMATIC UNI-D ADJUSTMENT A pattern for adjustment is printed. the collected A/D value (light quantity) becomes higher because the width detecting the paper is wide. with 1 nozzle printing 1 block. If dot missing is detected. and a block for a abnormal nozzle will not print.K. Automatic Uni-D Adjustment Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 149 .

matte black. Rough Adjustment Pattern_2 Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 150 . This pattern uses only matte black and is printed in a 51 block adjustment pattern shifted by 1/720 in the main scan direction as a standard for ruled line blocks. Two types of patterns are printed during adjustment: a rough adjustment pattern for detecting the approximate correction position and a fine adjustment pattern for detecting the exact adjustment position. Detection light quantity is also maximized to further increase the paper margin area where sections have the most overlapping standard line blocks and adjustment line blocks. Rough Adjustment Pattern Fine Adjustment Pattern 1 Pass Printing direction Standard Lines Block Pattern 2 Pass Printing direction Figure 2-56.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B AUTOMATIC BI-D ADJUSTMENT A pattern for adjustment is printed. Adjustment Lines Block Pattern Rough Adjustment Pattern Figure 2-57. Bi-D Adjustment Patterns † Rough Adjustment Pattern This is a pattern for calculating the approximate correction position before scanning the fine adjustment pattern to be explained later. NOTE: About the Diagram In the explanation above uses color classifications for standard line blocks and the adjustment line blocks. Rough Adjustment Pattern_1 Matching Overlap: Medium Overlap: Small Standard Lines Block Adjustment Lines Block Figure 2-58. The maximized position for this detection light quantity becomes the set adjustment position for the rough adjustment pattern. and then adjustment is automatically executed. but actuality this is only 1 color. the pattern is scanned and acceptable values are calculated from the collected values.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Fine Adjustment Pattern This is a pattern for calculating the exact correction value. The location detected with the most raised A/D values and the 2 locations detected with the most lowered A/D values are averaged. Correction Value = {(A1+B2+C3/3) + (A2+B2+C2/3) + (A3+B3+C3/3)} / 3 Adjustment Lines Standard Lines Revision B A/D Value Most A/D values are high Most A/D values are low Scanning Position Figure 2-59. with the resulting value set as the correction value. Fine Adjustment Pattern Detection Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 151 . and the averaged values of the 3 patterns are calculated again. It uses all nozzles and 3 Bi-D patterns are printed after being shifted by 1/1440 step for each color.

Dtecting open/closed status of the cover causes the CR Motor and PF Motor circuits to stop/operate the motors. Figure 2-60. Cover Sensor/Panel Unit AC Inlet Power Supply Circuit Board MAIN Circuit Board Figure 2-61. Circuit Board Layout Operating Principles Printer Mechanism Components 152 . and an AC Inlet.2. Detecting installed/uninstalled status of the unit causes the CR Motor and PF Motor circuits to stop/operate the motors.8 Others P-COVER OPEN SENSOR This sensor is mounted at the Printer Cover right side open/close components to detect the open or closed condition of the Printer Cover. Panel Unit CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT A Panel Unit is mounted to the printer front right surface.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 2. Power Supply Circuit Board and MAIN Circuit Board are mounted in a rear surface compartment. Rear Cover Sensor P-Cover Open Sensor REAR COVER SENSOR This sensor is mounted at the printer right rear side to detect the removed/ installed condition of the Paper Guide Unit.

3V.3 Location IC1 Function 3 terminal regulator • Supply voltage (5V) from the Power PCB is stepped down to 3. NOTE: For circuit board details. Sensor control Custom ASIC • IEEE1394-I/F control E05C02BB CY24242PVC SDRAM Flash ROM IC4/6 IC9 Clock driver CY24242PVC (IC607) CR motor driver A3958SLBTR (IC24) CR motor PF motor driver A6615SEDTR (IC25) SH-3 SH-7709S E09A41RA IC10 PF motor IC12/29 Custom ASIC E09A48AA (IC21) ASF/pump motor PG/PO motor driver AA165SED (IC27) ASF/pump motor PG/PO motor RTC9822SA IC14 Real-Time Clock Lithium battery RTC9822SA (IC14) Analog Switch E09A13K (IC23) E09A48AA IC21 Custom ASIC Head FFC E09A41RA (IC12) Custom ASIC E05C02BB (IC31) Custom ASIC E09A41RA (IC29) Custom ASIC TSB43AA82 (IC22) TSB43AA82 IC22 Figure 2-62. Major Elements Model No.3 Outline of Control Circuit Board This section describes the operation of C511 MAIN Board. Major Elements Model No. which controls and drives the Printer Mechanism of Stylus Pro 4000. Print data processing • Rasterizer • Head drive control 2. System memory 32MB (128Mbit x 2) Flash Memory 2MB (16Mbit x 16bit) • For storage of control program (firmware) • Saving of various setting parameters and control information 32bit RISC-CPU • Operational frequency: Internal 100MHz External 50MHz Custom ASIC • Head drive voltage waveform generation control Real-Time Clock • Sets year/month/day by F/W • MAIN PCB reset signal formation Custom ASICC 1.431) at the end of this volume. † Explanation of major elements on C511 MAIN Board Table 2-14. Location IC23 IC24 IC25 IC27 IC603 IC607 Function Analog Switch • USB connector signal determination CR Motor driver • PWM constant current drive control PF Motor driver • PWM constant current drive control • ASF/Pump Motor driver • PG/PO Motor driver Custom ASIC • USB-I/F (2. C511 MAIN Board – Circuit Block Diagram Operating Principles Outline of Control Circuit Board 153 . LM1085ISX-3. refer to "Chapter 7: Appendix (p. Mechanism control (motors and solenoids) 3.0) control • System clock : 50MHz • Servo control clock : 48MHz E09A13K A3958SLBTR A6615SEDTR AA165SED 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 2-14.

• When these terminals are shorted. the drive system power supplies 28 VDC and 42 VDC are active. 2. but power is kept on until the ink system ending sequence is completed. The Power Supply Unit keeps operating for about ten and several seconds to a few minutes and then turns off. AC_OFF (MAIN ← Power Supply) Operating (=H) OFF (=L) POWER_SW (Panel/MAIN → Power Supply) Operating Not operating Operating Principles Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board 154 . When each output from the Power Supply Circuit Board has become inactive because of turning off of the power switch or when the input voltage has dropped below the rated voltage value. "L" signal is sent to the C511 MAIN Board. The secondary power switch system operates as follows: even with the power switch turned off. These terminals are open when the switch is OFF. "H" signal is sent to the C511 MAIN Board. The power switch is turned on and the Power Supply Circuit Board Unit starts operating so that each output becomes active. the Power Supply Circuit Board is operating by a slight power as long as the Power Cable is connected. • When these terminals are open (= L). Connected to the power switch on the Panel Unit. the drive system power supplies 28 VDC and 42 VDC are 0 VDC. The power switch constitutes a secondary power switch system.4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board 100VAC from electric outlet is supplied to Power Supply Circuit Board through a Power Cable and AC Inlet. Table below describes details of the control signals: Table 2-15. Operational Descriptions Signal Name REM_ON (MAIN → Power Supply) Operating Function Turned ON/OFF by C511 MAIN Board. OFF C A U T IO N Even after the power switch is turned off. • The 5 VDC power is not controlled with these terminals.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B There are three control signals between the C511 MAIN Board and the Power Supply Circuit Board. The Power Supply Circuit Board becomes active. the Power Supply Circuit Board does not stop operating immediately. Do not disconnect the Power Cable or do not shut off power by turning off any power switch other than that on the printer. • These terminals are shorted when the switch is ON.

CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING .

turn the printer power switch OFF. follow the flow chart below and narrow down the trouble.2 Narrow Down the Trouble To increase the troubleshooting efficiency. There should be no market soiling of the outside or the inside of the printer. and check the user inherent panel settings.1. and the combinations should be correct. "Corrective Actions for Displayed Warnings (p160)" "Corrective Actions for Error Display (p163)" "Corrective Actions for Service Request Display (p172)" Troubleshooting Outline 156 . and should have the normal shape and configuration.1 Cautions" (p197) for the detailed description when handling a lithium battery that is installed for RTC backup on the MAIN Board.1.1 Outline This section explains procedures for rapid and efficient troubleshooting if trouble occurs in the printer. when performing troubleshooting. 5. 6. initialize the NVRAM on the C511 MAIN Board (return the individual customer settings and panel settings to the factory settings). Be sure to refer to "4. Each of the harnesses should be undamaged. 4. W A R N IN G 3. you can check to see if the cause of the trouble is that the printer (either the printer unit itself or some major unit) is at the end of its service life. press the [Paper Feed (∧ / ∨)] keys to select "STATUS CHECK". „ Only the specified printer tools should be used so as to maintain the printer's quality. From the status sheet.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 9. Press the [Menu] key again one time. If it is extremely soiled. Trouble Occurs "Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages (p157)" "Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout (p192)" 8. and their combinations should be correct. With the printer in "READY" condition. press the [Menu] key two times to print.1 Check Before Troubleshooting First of all. unplug the power cable from the electric outlet and then continue operations. 2. As necessary. (Refer to "Step 9" when in properties panel settings. etc. After confirming that panel display disappears. Each of the units and parts in the printer should not be missing or damaged. 3. and then press the [Paper Feed (∧ / ∨)] keys to select "TEST PRINT". Each type of rubber roller in the printer mechanism should be cleaned and it should be ascertained whether the cause of the trouble is because of dirt or due to some other cause. „ The specified adjustments should definitely be carried out. 3.1. 1. Look in the printer for any foreign matter and make sure there is nothing there to hinder normal operation. and should be correctly connected to the relevant connector (perpendicularly and in the correct direction). Each type of rubber roller in the printer mechanism should not be unevenly worn or excessively worn. C A U T IO N „ When disassembling/assembling.) 3. carry out cleaning. press the [Menu] key one time. the following basic parts should be checked. 7. After these have been selected. Each cam and gear in the printer mechanism should have no uneven wear or be overly worn. „ Only the specified lubricants and adhesives should be used. Carry out initialization by executing "NVRAM" from the "CLEAR COUNTERS" in "Maintenance Mode 2".

Any error detected by self testing is displayed by an LCD message and LED indicators.166 p.164 p.164 p.2 Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages This printer conducts self testing based on output conditions of each sensor.165 p.163 p.163 p.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3.160 p.1 Message Table Messages displayed by the printer and message priorities are shown below.160 p. This section explains corrective actions for errors and error messages.163 p.166 p.166 p.160 p.166 p. 3.165 p.163 p. TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 157 .166 p.166 Priority Low LCD Panel Message MNT TK NEAR FULL INK LOW MNT REQ nnnn REMOVE PAPER NOZZLES STILL CLOGGED CHANGE PAPER TYPE WRONG PAPER SIZE REMOVE PAPER PAPER OUT RELOAD PAPER RELOAD PAPER INSERT DEEPLY NOT STRAIGHT RELOAD PAPER NOT STRAIGHT PAPER NOT CUT COMMAND ERROR LOAD ROLL PAPER LOAD SHEET PAPER IN P. Displayed Error Messages Displayed Error Maintenance tank near Ink low *1 Maintenance request Cleaning unavailable Cleaning failure Multi Sensor gain error Multi Sensor paper recognition error Cut sheet size error Paper eject error *3 Paper end/roll paper end Paper recognition error Manual cut paper set error Cut sheet loading error *4 Paper skew error Paper cut error Command error Wrong roll paper path Wrong ASF paper path Wrong manual paper path Paper Check – – *2 ON Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink ON Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink Blink ON ON ON LED Pause – – – – ON – – ON ON – – ON ON – – Blink ON ON ON Ink Check Blink Blink – – Blink – – – – – – – – – – Blink – – – Reference Page p. NOTE: "Warnings" are shown with blue shading and "Service Requests" are shown with yellow shading .2.165 p. Table 3-1.163 p.

170 p. nnnnnnnnn Displayed Error Paper Check ON – – – – – – – – – – ON ON ON Blink – – Blink Blink Blink LED Pause – – ON – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Blink Blink Blink Ink Check – ON ON ON ON ON ON – – – – – – – – ON – Blink Blink Blink Revision B Reference Page ASF prohibitions *5 Ink out *1 GENUINE error. 8th row) will blink as an error..168 p. "*5": Display by switching at 3-second intervals.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 3-1.167 p.171 Refer to Table3-2 Note "*1": Blink correspond ink indicator. Wrong destination. Wrong 4-color/8-color*1 Ink Cartridge failure *1 No Ink Cartridge*1 Maintenance Tank full Releasing left and right ink lever Releasing left ink lever Releasing right ink lever Printer Cover open Releasing Paper Lever (Except roll paper) Releasing Paper Lever (Roll paper only) Releasing Paper Lever in operation Paper jam No Maintenance Tank Rear Cover open Type-B Option I/F Card Error CR lock unlocked error Service request.168 p.169 p.168 p. Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 158 .168 p.170 p.169 p. 7.167 p. Displayed Error Messages Priority LCD Panel Message FORBIDDEN MEDIA FROM P. CR servo error (fatal error) p. However. "*3": To promote that release is available by [Pause] key.168 p. display the following display by turns at 1 sec. indicator (6.169 p.167 p.168 p. "*2": Paper check LED flashes at 5-second intervals. TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER MANUARY INK OUT INVALID INK CRTG WRONG INK CRTG SET INK CRTG NO INK CRTG MNT TNK FULL LOWER INK LEVERS LOWER L INK LVR LOWER R INK LVR TOP COVER OPEN LOAD PAPER LOAD PAPER SUCTION SET PAPER LEVER PAPER JAM NO MNT TNK REAR COVER OPEN OPTION I/F ERROR UNLOCK PRINT HEAD High SERVICE REQ. intervals. Wrong model number *1 Wrong dye/pigment. "PRESS PAUSE BUTTON" "*4": Received data is initialized without initializing mechanisms (including completion of forced cleaning) even if panel reset has been done.170 p.167 p.167 p.170 p. wrong ink set configuration in Initial Ink Charge and filling up ink when replacing ink condition end up blinking as follows. When Matte Black is installed in 1st row of ink set configuration and Matte Black or Photo Black is installed in 5th row.

187 p.176 p.185 p.190 p.189 p.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 3-2.182 p.186 p.184 p.186 p.187 p.186 p.184 p.185 Error Code 00010031 00010032 00010033 00010034 00010035 00010036 00010037 00010038 00010039 0001003A 0001003B 0001003C 0001003D 00020000 00020002 00020003 00020009 0002000A 0002000B 100000E0 10000100 10000180 100001A0 100001C0 100005C0 10000xxx 0003xxxx 0Dxxxxxx Description ASF phase detection error ASF drive switch error Eject phase detection error Eject movement error Pump phase detection error Type-B board installation error Head thermistor error Transistor thermistor error PG adjustment value incorrect overwrite error PG adjustment value outside range error Cutter installation error 1 Cutter installation error 2 Cutter installation error 3 NVRAM error SDRAM error BOOT program SUM error Flash memory SUM error Program load error Internal memory shortage error CPU address error (load misalignment) CPU address error (storage misalignment) CPU reserve command code exception error CPU slot illegal command exception error AC disruption CPU DMA address error CPU error Debug error code Debug error code Revision B Table 3-2.186 p.189 p.175 p.182 p.186 p.175 p.178 p.190 p.178 p.188 p.179 p.177 p.190 p.184 p.185 p.188 p.187 p.178 p.187 p.188 p.185 p.180 p.191 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 159 .191 p.189 p.183 p.187 p.180 p.184 p. Service request error list(continued) Reference Page p.177 p.172 p.190 p.185 p.186 p.188 p.174 p.182 p.183 p.189 p.181 p.191 p.176 p.181 p.179 p. Service request error list(continued) Error Code 00000101 00010000 00010001 00010002 00010003 00010004 00010005 00010006 00010007 00010008 00010009 0001000A 0001000C 0001000F 00010010 0001001B 0001001D 0001001E 00010020 00010022 00010023 00010025 00010026 00010028 00010029 0001002A 0001002B 0001002D 0001002F 00010030 CR Motor life PF Motor Encoder check error PF Motor out of step PF Motor over current PF Motor in-position time-out CR Motor Encoder check error CR Motor out of step CR Motor over current CR Motor in-position time-out Servo interrupt watchdog time-out System interrupt watchdog time-out CR axis detection error PG axis detection error CR Motor PWM output faulty PF Motor PWM output faulty Head driver (TG) temperature error CR servo parameter error PF servo parameter error CSIC reed/right error Ink type error (setting on printer body side) RTC analysis error CSIC ROM communication error RTC communication error Head error Unidentified NMI CR ASIC ECU error PF ASIC ECU error Cleaning Unit work life error 360 DPI writing time out error Multi Sensor failure Description Reference Page p.184 p.

Table 3-3.2. Date is not set RTC backup battery pressure is temporally low. † Display code Displays bit values assigned in Table 3-3 as "nnnn" in hexadecimal. MAINTENANCE TANK NEAR Item LCD Panel message LED display Explanation Recovery Description MNT TK NEAR FULL Ink check LED: Blink Generated when capacity of the Maintenance Tank has reached less than 10%. but printing may continue because printer operations are not affected.required part expires shortly or an error related to a lithium battery for RTC backup has occurred.2 Corrective Actions for Displayed Warnings Warnings replace the "READY"/"PRINTING" message in the LCD to notify the user of the condition. The number of ASF paper feeding has reached predetermined value.) † LED display Paper check LED: Flashes at 5-second intervals.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3. MAINTENANCE REQUEST † LCD Panel message MNT REQ nnnn ("nnnn" shows the code for the target replacement part. A warning message cannot be cleared until the cause of the warning has been resolved. --RTC backup battery is shut off ----Pump counter has reached predetermined value. Replace the Maintenance Tank with new one. Bit Assignment Bit 0 1 2 Request object No occurrence in this product CR life No occurrence in this product Battery shut off No occurrence in this product No occurrence in this product Cleaning Unit Date not set Battery pressure Paper feed roller life Cause --The number of CR movement cycles has reached predetermined value. Description 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : 10 Reserved † Explanation Generated when the life of maintenance. Replace the Ink Cartridge with new one. The following explains corrective actions for when the warnings are displayed. --- INK LOW Item LCD Panel message LED display Explanation Recovery INK LOW Ink check LED: Blink Generated when remaining ink quantity falls below preset value. Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 160 .

Left † Mount Assy. • Adjustment program: Execute "Reset ASF Counter" and "Reset Paper ejection switching / PG switching counter" of Reset Counters. RTC backup battery shut off Replacement part/unit Refer to "SERVICE REQ. ASP Porous Pad. 0040 † † † † † † Box Assy. 00000101 (p172). • Adjustment program: Execute "Reset When Cleaning Unit Change" of Reset Counters." RTC backup battery Remedy (how to recover errors) Refer to "SERVICE REQ. • Turn on the printer in Maintenance Mode 2. Upper Porous Pad. Lower Date is not set 0080 --- RTC backup battery is not installed. Replace parts/units listed in the left column and execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p79): Execute "ASF".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Recovery nnnn 0002 Revision B Cause The number of CR movement cycles has reached predetermined value. ASF. 0008 Pump counter has reached predetermined amount. execute "RTC&USBID&IEEE1394ID" and enter the date. Flushing Pump Unit Cleaner. B. Head. execute "RTC&USBID&IEEE1394ID" and enter the date. FL. The number of ASF paper feeding has reached predetermined value. • Turn on the printer in Maintenance Mode 2. LD.. Right † Roller Assy. SP 0200 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 161 . Install a battery and execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p79): Execute "RTC" of CLEAR COUNTERS and set the date.. Box. --† Roller Assy." Replace RTC backup battery and execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p79): Execute "RTC" of CLEAR COUNTERS and set the date. • Turn on the printer in Maintenance Mode 2. FL. Box. execute "RTC&USBID&IEEE1394ID" and enter the date. Head. Wait for a while. "PG". LD. 0088 --- 0100 RTC backup battery pressure is temporally low. A. 00000101 (p172). ASP Cleaner. Replace parts/units listed in the left column and execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p79): Execute "CLEANER" of CLEAR COUNTERS. Execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p79): Execute "RTC" of CLEAR COUNTERS and set the date. Motor. and "FEED ROLLER" of CLEAR COUNTERS. Plate.

FL. CLEANER. FLUSHING PUMP CAP ASSY Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 162 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C H E C K P O IN T Replace the following parts when replacing the Cleaning Unit. LOWER BOX ASSY. BOX. HEAD. ASP POROUS PAD. A. BOX. ASP POROUS PAD.. HEAD. B. UPPER CLEANER. FL.

set paper width and print data paper width are different. printing will clip to paper width.) Recovery Release Paper Lever. When resuming printing. CLEANING FAILURE LCD NOZZLES STILL CLOGGED Explanation Dot missing is still detected even after the applicable number of auto cleanings were performed as Multi Sensor had detected the dot missing. Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 163 . reload the paper. CUT SHEET SIZE ERROR LCD WRONG PAPER SIZE Explanation After paper width detection.5V or more or 3V or less.3 Corrective Actions for Error Display Error messages replace the "READY"/"PRINTING" message in the LCD to notify the user of the condition. reload the paper.) MULTI SENSOR SN GAIN ERROR LCD CHANGE PAPER TYP Explanation Required amount of reflection not obtained after automatic adjustment pattern print. and pull down the lever. Recovery Correct by setting to designated paper size with the driver. there is still dot missing.) CLEANING UNAVAILABLE LCD REMOVE PAPER Explanation Paper with thickness greater than 0. Can also be generated when there is no paper or low reflection paper is used. Resume printing by pressing the [Pause] key. The following explains corrective actions for when the errors are displayed. Recovery Release Paper Lever.2. Stop printing by pressing and holding [Pause] key for 3 seconds. and pull down the lever. MULTI SENSOR PAPER RECOGNITION ERROR LCD CHANGE PAPER TYPE Explanation Gain for Multi Sensor not obtained at 0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3. and pull down the lever. (It will be necessary to delete the print job at the PC. remove paper. Recovery Compulsory return to Ready by pressing [Pause] key. (However. (Generated with blurred paper.9mm is set at power ON or execution of cleaning. Recovery Release Paper Lever.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

PAPER EJECT ERROR
LCD REMOVE PAPER Explanation After paper eject, paper is left in paper route and ASF Paper Sensor has turned ON. After paper eject, paper is left in paper route and PE Sensor has turned ON. Or paper eject was done without the Paper Eject Roller (for thick paper, etc.). After paper eject, paper (with thickness 0.4mm or more) is left in paper route and P_THICK Sensor has turned ON. ASF Paper Sensor for turned ON while Transfer Roller was not ON. (Except during ASF printing.) Rear manual Insertion Sensor turned ON while in ASF or front loading condition. The [Paper Cut] key was pressed during thick paper set. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever. Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever. Clear by pressing the [Pause] key. (A message will be displayed in the LCD.) Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever.

PAPER END/ROLL PAPER END
LCD PAPER OUT Explanation No paper is set with panel settings in condition other than ASF. Trailing end of cut sheet or roll paper is detected and printing was terminated midway through job. Paper is fed from ASF but ASF Paper Sensor does not turn ON. Recovery Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever. Press [Paper Source] key to switch to "Cut Sheet". Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever. Reset panel by pressing [Pause] key. Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever. Set paper in ASF cassette and press [∧] / [∨] key. If feed from ASF has failed, press [Paper Source] key to temporarily switch to "Roll Paper" and then return to "Cut Sheet". Reset panel by pressing [Pause] key. One of the following sensors has failed: • ASF Paper Sensor • PE Sensor • Rear Manual Insertion Sensor Check for paper dust or foreign matters on the sensor and clean it. Check the operation of each sensor and perform the rear sensor adjustment. (Refer to "5.3.21 Rear Sensor Adjustment" (p399).) Note:Change the location of the printer if there may be an effect of any strong external light, such as the sunlight.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

164

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

PAPER RECOGNITION ERROR
LCD RELOAD PAPER Explanation When setting paper by front loading or roll paper cutter ON, surpassed back feed critical mass by top edge detection. When paper which the paper width is less than 8inch is set. When detecting paper width, the paper left/right edges are not in position for correct printing. After printing, paper left/right edges have slipped from correct set position. Paper which the length exceeds the maximum length of cut sheet is set and it could not be ejected. After cut sheet paper or roll paper was set for rear manual insertion, the Rear Manual Insertion Sensor turned OFF after front feed. When borderless printing, the paper is not set in the position to allow borderless printing. Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever. Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever.

Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever.

MANUAL CUT PAPER SET ERROR
LCD RELOAD PAPER INSERT DEEPLY Explanation After setting paper by rear manual insertion, PE Sensor did not turn ON even though the front feed limit was exceeded at paper leading edge detection. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever.

CUT SHEET LOADING ERROR
LCD NOT STRAIGHT RELOAD Explanation Generated when skew of 0.43mm or more is detected during cut sheet paper loading. However, error generation occurs after cut sheet paper loading sequence is complete. Because this error can occur frequently when using manual insertion printing, it is possible to resume printing by allowing the Pause LED to turn light and then cancelling the pause when the error occurs. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever. When the [Pause] key is pressed, the error will be forcibly cancelled and printing will start.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

165

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

PAPER SKEW ERROR
LCD PAPER NOT STRAIGHT Explanation Generated when position of left/right edges changes more than 3mm between start and finish of print. When this error is generated, it is necessary to check print results because it is possible that print area was not completely printed due to skew of previous page. Also, ink may have adhered to the platen and could smear onto the backs of succeeding pages. Recovery Release Paper Lever, reload the paper, and pull down the lever. † Reset the paper with correct procedures. † If roll paper has become disordered, reset the paper after properly arranging the edges.

PAPER CUT ERROR
LCD PAPER NOT CUT Explanation It is occurred when top of roll paper cannot be detected by Multi Sensor, after paper cut operation. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever.

COMMAND ERROR
LCD COMMAND ERROR Explanation This error occurs when ink type (dye / pigment / black ink type) designated with IK command is different from Ink Cartridge installed in the printer. Recovery Press [Pause] key after stopping data transmission from the host.

WRONG ROLL PAPER PATH / WRONG ASF PAPER PATH / WRONG MANUAL PAPER PATH
LCD LOAD ROLL PAPER LOAD SHEET PAPER IN P. TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER Explanation Different paper source is selected on panel from the paper source that is selected by Remote command. The path sent by command takes priority, and a message based on the command designated path is displayed in the LCD if the printer path is different. Recovery If the panel setting differs to the actual paper, change the select paper in the panel. If the actually set paper differs, reset paper selected by PP command. Reset the panel by pressing the [Pause] key. In this case, the mechanical parameters will follow the paper type default settings set in the printer.

Note : Remote commands always have priority.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

166

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

ASF PROHIBITIONS
LCD FORBIDDEN MEDIA FROM P. TRAY FEED SHEET PAPER MANUARY Explanation ASF is designated paper tray when command is received for printing of media that is prohibited from being supplied by ASF, such as Water Color Paper. Recovery Reset panel by pressing [Pause] key.

INK END
LCD INK OUT Explanation Ink is over consumed within Ink Cartridge. Recovery The error is cleared by inserting Ink Cartridge (new Ink Cartridge), which the panel LCD displays and pulling down the Ink Lever.

GENUINE ERROR, WRONG MODEL NUMBER
LCD INVALID INK CRTG Explanation Ink Cartridge is stated as wrong model number. Ink Cartridge is stated as GENUINE error. Recovery It is cleared by inserting proper Ink Cartridge, which the panel displays, and pulling down the Ink Lever. However compulsory error release is executed by pressing [Pause] key.

WRONG DYE / PIGMENT, WRONG DESTINATION, WRONG 4-COLOR / 8-COLOR
LCD WRONG INK CRTG Explanation When Ink Cartridge is stated as wrong Ink Cartridge (dye / pigment). When Ink Cartridge is stated as wrong destination. When Ink Cartridge is stated as wrong color (4-color / 8-color). Recovery It is cleared by inserting proper Ink Cartridge, which the panel displays, and pulling down the Ink Lever.

INK CARTRIDGE FAILURE
LCD SET INK CRTG Explanation Ink Cartridge problem or failure of reading/writing to CSIC. Recovery It is cleared by inserting proper Ink Cartridge, which the panel displays, and pulling down the Ink Lever. Check CSIC contact terminals of Ink Cartridge Holder for damage, deformity. If CSIC contact terminals are not normal, replace I/H Left Unit (or I/H Right Unit).

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

167

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

NO INK CARTRIDGE
LCD NO INK CRTG Explanation There is no Ink Cartridge installed. There detected any Ink Cartridge slot without cartridge. Recovery Open I/H Cover and properly install the Ink Cartridge indicated by the LCD panel. Or insert a new Ink Cartridge and pull down the Ink Lever to clear the error.

MAINTENANCE TANK FULL
LCD MNT TNK FULL Explanation This error occurs when Maintenance Tank is full. Recovery Install usable Maintenance Tank.

RELEASING LEFT AND RIGHT (LEFT OR RIGHT) INK LEVER
LCD LOWER INK LEVERS LOWER L INK LVR LOWER R INK LVR Explanation The Ink Lever is raised (released) during one of the movements. Pull down the Ink Lever. Recovery

PRINTER COVER OPEN
LCD TOP COVER OPEN Explanation Generated when Printer Cover is open during one of the movements. Under this error, all of CR motion and ink sequences are halted. Therefore it may give damages to printing head if this situation continues very long time. Recovery Close the Printer Cover. † When cover was open during flushing before paper feed movement, the flushing operation is interrupted, but after closing the cover, the flushing and paper feed movement are completed. † When cover was open during paper eject, "Paper eject error (p.164)" occurs after clearing this error. † When cover was open during paper feed movement, "Paper recognition error (p.165)" occurs after clearing this error. † When cover was open during paper cut movement, "Paper cut error (p.166)" occurs after clearing this error. † When cover was open while power was OFF, power will turn OFF after capping printhead. If error is not cleared after cover is closed, check operation of Self Testing Menu Cover Sensor p.79 and perform steps below if not normal. † Check that the cover is closed properly. † Replace the P Cover Open Sensor.(p.219)

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

168

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

RELEASING PAPER LEVER
LCD LOAD PAPER (Except roll paper) LOAD PAPER SUCTION (Roll paper only) Explanation Paper Lever was released during standby. Pull down the Paper Lever. Recovery

RELEASING PAPER LEVER IN OPERATION
LCD SET PAPER LEVER Explanation Paper Lever was released during one of the movements. Recovery Pull down the Paper Lever. † After lowering the lever, the paper set sequence will begin, and the paper type will be automatically determined by paper detection sensors (PE Sensor, Rear Manual Insertion Sensor, ASF Paper Sensor). In this case, the paper initialization start trigger wait period will execute continuously, so the paper set sequence is resumed by pressing the [Pause] key. (However, when the Paper Lever has been lowered after removing paper without cancelling the job (pressing the [Pause] key) while the Paper Lever was raised, "Paper end/roll paper end (p.164)" occurs after clearing this error. † When only the PE Sensor turns ON with the Paper Lever lowered, front paper supply is determined by the paper set sequence, and because a paper jam can be caused by back feeding, a message is displayed on the printer about removing paper and operation is stopped. In this case, release the Paper Lever again and remove the paper, and then lower the lever to clear the error. † When only the PE Sensor turns ON at paper feed/print/eject movements of ASF or rear manual insertion, "Paper eject error (p.164)" occurs after clearing this error.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

169

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

PAPER JAM
LCD PAPER JAM Explanation The ASF Paper Sensor is ON at ASF paper feed movement but the PE Sensor does not turn ON. Or the ASF Paper Sensor and PE Sensor are both ON, but the paper top edge cannot be detected. The Rear Manual Insertion Sensor turned ON at paper feed movement by ASF. ASF Paper Sensor or PE Sensor does not turn OFF at paper eject movement after printing by ASF feed. Recovery Release Paper Lever, remove paper, and pull down the lever. However, if this was generated during printing, when the paper is removed by the above method and the Paper Lever is lowered, "Paper end/roll paper end (p.164)" occurs after clearing this error. When only the PE Sensor turns ON at paper feed/eject movements of ASF, "Paper eject error (p.164)" occurs after clearing this error.

NO MAINTENANCE TANK
LCD NO MNT TNK Explanation The Maintenance Tank is not set during one of the movements. Recovery Set the Maintenance Tank.

REAR COVER OPEN
LCD REAR COVER OPEN Explanation Generated when Paper Guide Unit is not installed. Under this error, all of CR motion and ink sequences are halted. Therefore it may give damages to printing head if this situation continues very long time. Recovery Properly install Paper Guide Unit.
† If generated during paper feed movement by ASF, when ASF is

initialized (including paper eject movement) after installation of the Paper Guide Unit, "Paper end/roll paper end (p.164)" occurs. † When Paper Guide Unit is removed during paper feeding, "Paper jam (p.170)" occurs. † When Paper Guide Unit is removed during roll paper cutting, "Paper cut error (p.166)" occurs. If error is not cleared after installation of the Paper Guide Unit, check the cover sensor operation p.80 by Self Testing Menu and perform steps below if not normal. 1. Check removal/installation of Paper Guide Unit. 2. Replace the Rear Cover Sensor. (p.220)

TYPE-B OPTION I/F CARD ERROR
LCD OPTION I/F ERROR Explanation A non-supported I/F Card is installed into the printer. Recovery Turn off the printer, remove the Type-B I/F Card, and then turn on again.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

170

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

CR LOCK UNLOCKED ERROR
LCD UNLOCK PRINT HEAD Explanation Print head (Carriage Unit) may be locked. Recovery Turn off the printer, release the lock of print head (Carriage Unit), and turn the printer back on p.202.

FATAL ERROR The printer has failed. Because this cannot be recovered by the user, resolve by following "3.2.4 Corrective Actions for Service Request Display" (p172).
LCD SERVICE REQ. nnnnnnnnn ("nnnnnnnnn" shows type of fatal error.) Explanation Occurrence of any error from which the user can not recover the printer. Life expiration of a long-life part which can cause secondary problems if the part is further used. The printer has been brought into malfunction by unexpected operation or by receiving an unexpected command. Recovery If cleared by turning power OFF and then ON again, continue using printer intermittently in that condition. If the same code for the fatal error is generated again, specify the cause of the problem and replace corresponding failed part causing the problem.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

171

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

3.2.4 Corrective Actions for Service Request Display
Service request errors are displayed in the LCD panel with the intention of notifying the user of the need for a service engineer to check/replace corresponding parts. This section describes service request errors and explains corrective actions for when they occur.
C A U T IO N

Table 3-4. Replacement Parts/Units
Holder, FFC Replacement parts/units Motor Assy., CR Pulley, Driven Shaft, Pulley Harness, Head Harness, Head, Intermit Holder, FFC Holder, FFC; B Assembly/ Assembly/ Replacement parts/units reassembly reassembly p.264 Motor Assy., CR p.264 p.275 p.275 p.324 p.324 p.318 Pulley, Driven Shaft, Pulley p.275 p.275

If service request error other than "CR, PF servo related error", "CR axis detection error", "CPU related error" occurs, return the carriage to the home position.

SERVICE REQ. 00000101

† Error meaning:
CR Motor life (along with Ink Tube life)

† Explanation
Indicates that the number of CR Motor passes has reached the specified value of 2,600,000 passes. The printer will develop the following problems and stop operation if printing is continued in this condition.

„ Ink leakage through cracks in Ink Tube. „ Poor movement of Carriage Unit due to CR Motor internal wear. † Remedy
1. Check "CR Motor Life" at "1.4.4 Panel Setting" (p37). ([Menu] key → "PRINTER STATUS" → "SERVICE LIFE") (1.4.4.31 Consumable Life (p62)) „ When the CR Motor has still an adequate life remaining. • Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) „ When the life of the CR Motor has been expired or almost expired. • Replace parts/units listed in Table3-4. The parts/units that require replacement depend on which holder secures the "Harness, Head". Check each shape of holder at the position shown in Figure3-1 and replace the corresponding parts/ units in Table3-4.
Holder, FFC Holder, FFC; B

Figure 3-1. Checking of Holder Shape

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages

172

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 173 . refer to 6. The product-life cycle is the same as CR Motor-life cycle. „ Check for abnormal noise when carriage unit moves (bearings are worn).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 2. „ Check for accumulation of paper dust or dust to paper feed route. C H E C K P O IN T Revision B „ Refer to Chapter 5 " Adjustment" (p354) and perform specified adjustments (including COUNTER CREARS) after replacing the "Motor Assy.1." „ When the Motor Assy..2 Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations (p427) and carry out a cleaning. so check and maintain all over the printer mechanism. Specially check points are shown below. CR. CR has been replaced. If there is paper dust or dirt. „ Refer to Chapter6 "Maintenance" (p425). „ Check for damage to the CR timing belt and PF timing belt. check the lubrication points. „ Check for bending or damage to the Head FFC. and lubricate them if they are dry. do not initialize "CR TOTAL" (CR Motor life cumulative counter initialization)..

4. paper dust or damage to the Loop Scale Connect the PF Encoder Sensor connector or PF Motor connector. The PF Roller must rotate smoothly. „ Broken wire for the PF Motor Encoder. The PF Encoder Sensor and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. free from undue load. 2. PF (p341) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 174 . 4.9 ± 15% [Ω]). replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. In such a case. 5. 00010000 † Error meaning: PF Motor Encoder check error † Explanation During initial operation at power on or during PF Motor operation.. If the PF Motor is found in short mode. PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p365) Replace the PF Encoder Sensor (p349) Replace the Motor Assy.6. Execute encoder checking by the "1. motor revolutions unusual) 1. 5. „ Inverted wiring for A and B pulses. † Cause of trouble „ Disconnected connector for the PF Encoder Sensor.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". † Remedy 1. „ Inverted wiring for the PF Motor. there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal can not be recognized at specified intervals. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. Check for dirt. Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor (17.4. 3. 6. „ PF Motor short „ PF Motor continuous excitation (voltage applied continuously. 6.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Points to be checked Revision B SERVICE REQ. 2. „ Disconnected connector for the PF Motor. 3.

free from undue load. 2. Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor (17. The PF Roller must rotate smoothly.4. † Explanation During PF Motor operation.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". 00010002 † Error meaning: PF Motor out of step † Error meaning: PF Motor over current † Explanation During PF Motor operation. 3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal within the specified range is not input within a specified period of time or the pulse width is extremely long or short. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. † Points to be checked 1.9 ± 15% [Ω]). 5. 6. 3. The PF Encoder Sensor and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. By visual inspection.. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Remedy 1. there may be a case where an abnormal current out of the specified limits is detected in the PF Motor drive circuit on the C511 MAIN Board or a current exceeding the specified value is required. 4.. paper dust or damage to the Loop Scale.6. Execute encoder checking by the "1. 2. Check for dirt. In such a case. so that this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. If the PF Motor is found in short mode. Replace the Motor Assy. † Points to be checked 1. The PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. PF (p341) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 175 . † Remedy 1. In such a case. If the PF Motor is found in short mode. 5. 4. PF (p341) 3. Check for dirt.9 ± 15% [Ω]). this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. paper dust or damage to the Loop Scale. Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor (17. the PF Motor is judged to be out-of-step. The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. check the harness of the PF Motor for any problem causing a short circuit to the frame. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time 3. 2. 00010001 SERVICE REQ. Perform the PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p365) Replace the PF Encoder Sensor (p349) Replace the Motor Assy. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. 2.

.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2".1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". The PF Encoder Sensor and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. In such a case.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ.6. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. If the PF Motor is found in short mode. „ Disconnected connector for the CR Motor. Perform the PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p365) Replace the PF Encoder Sensor (p349) Replace the Motor Assy. 4. „ Broken wire for the CR Motor Encoder Sensor. Execute encoder checking by the "1. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time.9 ± 15% [Ω]). Check if connection of the CR Encoder Sensor connector or Motor Assy. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. paper dust or damage to the Loop Scale. CR connector. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Explanation At PF stop processing in PF Motor control. 4. 3. 2. 2. 5. 4. Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor. 2. „ Inverted wiring for the CR Motor. Remedy 1. 5.4.6. Execute encoder checking by the "1. 4. 3. The CR Encoder Sensor and the CR Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. Check for dirt. The Carriage Unit must slide smoothly. Check to see if the CR Scale for detection of the encoder pulse is removed. there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal is not input at specified intervals. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. Check for dirt. Cause of trouble „ Disconnected FFC for the CR Encoder Sensor. paper dust or damage to the CR Scale. In such a case.9 ± 10% [Ω]) 7. there may be a case where the paper can not move to the final target position within a specified period of time. PF (p341) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 176 . Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p363) 5. CR Scale is disconnected from CR Encoder Sensor. 5. free from undue load. † † † Remedy 1. 00010003 SERVICE REQ. 3. Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor (17. 00010004 † Error meaning: PF Motor in-position time-out † Error meaning: † CR Motor Encoder check error Explanation During initial operation at power on or during CR Motor operation. The PF Roller must rotate smoothly.. 6.4. (17. Replace the Motor Assy. Replace the CR Encoder Sensor (p273) 6. The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. „ CR Motor short Points to be checked 1. † Points to be checked 1.. 2. 6. free from undue load. CR (p264) 7. 3. „ Inverted wiring for A and B pulses.

5. paper dust or damage to the CR Scale. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time.9 ± 10% [Ω]) If the CR Motor is found in short mode.. 3. the CR Motor is judged to be out-of-step. CR (p264) 7. The CR Encoder and the CR scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. 6. † Remedy 1. The CR Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. 2.6. Execute encoder checking by the "1. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p363) Replace the CR_HP Sensor (p269) Replace the Motor Assy. Check for dirt. (17. „ CR Motor driver damage (42V system short) † Points to be checked 1.4. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. 3. paper dust or damage to the CR Scale.9 ± 10% [Ω]) 8. Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor.6.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". free from undue load. 4. 3. (17. Check to see if the CR Scale for detection of the encoder pulse is removed 2. CR Scale is disconnected from CR Encoder Sensor. 3.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". CR (p264) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Remedy 1. 2. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 177 . 4. † Points to be checked 1. Replace the CR_HP Sensor (p269) 6. In such a case. 00010006 † Error meaning: CR Motor out of step † Error meaning: CR Motor over current † Explanation During CR Motor operation.6. so that this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. 5. 7. The Carriage Unit must slide smoothly. Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p363) 4. Check for dirt. † Cause of trouble „ Defective CR Motor.. 2. † Explanation During CR Motor operation. In such a case. 00010005 SERVICE REQ.4.4. Execute the CR_HP Sensor checking by the "1. 4. check the harness of the CR Motor for any problem causing a short circuit to the frame. there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal within the specified range is not input within a specified period of time or the pulse width is extremely long or short. there may be a case where an abnormal current out of the specified limits is detected in the CR Motor drive circuit on the C511 MAIN Board or a current exceeding the specified value is required. Replace the CR Encoder Sensor (p273) 5. Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor. Execute the CR_HP Sensor checking by the "1. Replace the Motor Assy. By visual inspection.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension.

The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. Check to see if the CR Scale for detection of the encoder pulse is removed. replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221). there may be a case where runaway or defective cash occurs on CPU or ASIC. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. there may be a case where watch dog time-out is detected in the DC motor control circuit or on the ASIC. there may be a case where the Carriage Unit can not move to the final target position within a specified period of time (as per pulse detection). 6. CR (p264) 7.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ.6. In such a case.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". 00010008 † Error meaning: CR Motor in-position time-out † Error meaning: Servo interrupt watchdog time-out † Explanation At Carriage Unit stop processing in CR Motor control. The Carriage Unit must slide smoothly. paper dust or damage to the CR Scale. Replace the Motor Assy. Execute encoder checking by the "1.9 ± 10% [Ω]) 7. free from undue load. SERVICE REQ. Replace the CR_HP Sensor (p269) 6. † Remedy Since the cause is deemed to be a defective CPU or ASIC. † Points to be checked 1. 3. 2. † Remedy 1. The CR Encoder Sensor and the CR Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. In such a case. 00010007 SERVICE REQ. Check for dirt. 00010009 † Error meaning: System interrupt watchdog time-out † Explanation In the data processing stage on the C511 MAIN Board.4. Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. † Cause of trouble There are pulses smaller than out-of-step pulse remaining without completing paper feed. the CPU or ASIC is deemed defective. so replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221). 5. CR Scale is not removed from CR Encoder Sensor.. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. † Explanation During the CR Motor or PF Motor operation. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p363) 4. 3. 2. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 178 . † Remedy If not cleared by turning the power OFF and back ON. In such a case. (17. 4. Replace the CR Encoder Sensor (p273) 5.

„ Damage to wheel linkage of PG drive gears † Points to be checked 1. In such a case. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. Measure the resistance value of the PG Motor. There should be no damage to wheel linkage such as between PG Motor pinion gear and PG drive gears. 2. Check that the PG Phase Sensor and the PG drive gears are free from obstruction by adhesion of foreign matters or soiling. paper dust or damage to the CR_HP Sensor. 2. 0001000A SERVICE REQ. 3. † Remedy 1. 2. † Remedy 1. † Points to be checked 1. there may be a case where the PG home position can not be detected. If the above steps do not result in recovery. Replace the CR_HP Sensor (p269) 3. 4. Execute CR_HP Sensor checking by the "1.6. Check if the CR_HP Sensor is free from adhesion of any foreign matters. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) C A U T IO N † Cause of trouble „ Disconnected connector for the PG Phase Sensor. Replace the Motor Assy. this message will be displayed due to malfunctioning CR system (CR Encoder Sensor/CR Motor. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. 0001000C † Error meaning: CR home position sensor error † Error meaning: PG phase sensor error † Explanation During initial operation at power on or during printing operation. PG (p267) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 179 . Check for dirt. Replace the PG Phase Sensor (p271) 3. „ Broken wire for the PG Motor.. etc.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. there may be a case where the home position can not be detected at the home position detection timing or within a specified period of time. „ Disconnected connector for the PG Motor. „ Defective PG Motor. Connect PG Phase Sensor or PG Motor connector correctly.0 ± 10% [Ω]) If the PG Motor is found in short mode. † Explanation During initial operation at power on or during platen gap fluctuation (change) operation after paper setting. In such a case. „ Defective PG Phase Sensor.). so check by widening the range of investigation.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. 2.4. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. (7.

replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. this message appears to prevent the CR Motor from being overheated. In such a case. PF (p341) 3. • Running load of CR Motor (check by manual operation) • Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor. Thus. Replace the Motor Assy.9 ± 10% [Ω]) • Damage to or wear in the CR Driven Pulley • Damaged or worn bearing of the Carriage Unit • Flaws in the CR Rail caused by roller running • Tension of the CR timing belt 2. Check the load on the CR Motor. † Explanation There may be a case where a current exceeding the specified value flows during PF Motor operation.9 ± 15% [Ω]) If the PF Motor is found in short mode. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. † Remedy / Points to be checked 1. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. so that the current is increased to raise the running speed of the motor. Replace the Motor Assy. This error can be displayed in the following case: an abnormal load which does not reach the level causing an out-of-step phenomenon "00010001" in the paper feed drive system has occurred and the running speed of the motor has been detected to be too low (by the encoder). Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 180 . In such a case. CR (p264) If the CR Motor is found in short mode.. This error can be displayed in the following case: an abnormal load which does not reach the level causing an out-of-step phenomenon "00010005" in the carriage drive system has occurred and the running speed of the motor has been detected to be too low (by the encoder). Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Remedy / Points to be checked 1. Thus. so that the current is increased to raise the running speed of the motor. 00010010 † Error meaning: CR Motor PWM output faulty † Error meaning: PF Motor PWM output faulty † Explanation There may be a case where a current exceeding the specified value flows during CR Motor operation. Check the load on the PF Motor. (17. • Running load of PF Motor (check by manual operation) • Rotation load of PF Roller 2. 3. • Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor.. 0001000F SERVICE REQ. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. this message appears to prevent the PF Motor from being overheated. (17.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ.

0001001B SERVICE REQ. 4. † Remedy 1.4. 4. The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension.6. „ Print Head broken down. The CR Encoder Sensor and the CR Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. broken Head FFC or disconnected Head FFC. In such a case. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. The Carriage Unit must slide smoothly. † Cause of trouble „ Print Heat increase due to empty jetting of ink „ Faulty contact of Head FFC.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". 2. paper dust or damage to the CR Scale Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment (p363) Replace the CR Encoder Sensor (p273) Replace the Motor Assy. 5. 3. † Points to be checked 1. free from undue load. 0001001D † Error meaning: Head driver (TG) temperature error † Error meaning: CR servo parameter error † Explanation During printing operation (empty jetting of ink). † Explanation There may be a case where a voltage exceeding the specified value is about to be applied to the CR Motor. 5. Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor. 2. If the same error occurs immediately. CR (p264) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 181 . this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. In such a case. replace the Printhead (p278) † Remedy 1. Turn off the power to the printer once and turn it on again and check for recovery. Execute encoder checking by the "1. Check for dirt. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. there may be a case where the temperature inside the Print Head has risen above the specified value and the thermistor in the Print Head detects it as abnormal temperature. 3. 2. 6. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time..9 ± 10% [Ω]) If the CR Motor is found in short mode. (17.

1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80) in "Maintenance Mode 2". † Remedy 1. 3. NOTE: If setting is performed with the Ink Lever in the set position.. 00010020 † Error meaning: PF servo parameter error † Error meaning: CSIC reed/write error † Explanation There may be a case where a voltage exceeding the specified value is about to be applied to the PF Motor. Execute encoder checking by the "1. The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension. (p. Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor (17.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. 0001001E SERVICE REQ. Perform the CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment. 3.304) Replace the PF Encoder Sensor. The PF Roller must rotate smoothly. 2.) 3. † Explanation This message is displayed and the printer is stopped when information from the Ink Cartridge CSIC cannot be obtained or the latest ink information for the CSIC cannot be written when turning the power ON/ OFF. All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire. Replace the C511_SUB-B Board (p231). (p. Faulty contact with the CSIC Replace the "I/H Left Unit" or "I/H Right Unit". In such a case. or I/H Right Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Right) (p298)) 4. replace the C511 MAIN Board at the same time. opening/closing the I/C Cover or at completion of printing 1 page. 2. If the PF Motor is found in short mode. 00010022 † Error meaning: Ink type error (setting on printer body side) † Explanation "Ink type: neutral" is set even though an ink type other than dye/pigment or "CSIC detection: OFF" has been set.6. Replace the C511_SUB-C Board (p233) 5. 4. 6. 5. Install the correct Ink Cartridge. Raise the Ink Lever and set the Ink type (NPD) by SERVICE CONFIG of Maintenance Mode 2 (p79). Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Remedy 1. free from undue load. (Refer to I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left) (p289).290) Replace the Motor Assy.4.9 ± 10% [Ω]). Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 182 . initialization will start and the service request error will occur again. 4. 2. † Remedy 1. 5. The PF Encoder Sensor and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters. Check for dirt. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. PF (p341) Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. Defective CSIC Board (Replace the Ink Cartridge. Connect CR_FFC 2. paper dust or damage to the Loop Scale. † Points to be checked 1.

† Remedy „ Execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p284): † Cause of trouble „ Faulty contact of Ink Cartridge † Remedy 1. Faulty contact with the CSIC Replace the "I/H Left Unit" or "I/H Right Unit". be sure to execute RTC setting in one of the methods above. execute "RTC&USBID&IEEE1394ID" and enter the date. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. In such a case. 00010023 SERVICE REQ. Defective CSIC Board (Replace the Ink Cartridge. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. (Refer to I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left) (p289). 2. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Execute "RTC" of CLEAR COUNTERS and set the date. 00010025 † Error meaning: RTC analysis error † Error meaning: CSIC ROM communication error † Explanation There may be a case where the absolute time data stored on NVRAM indicates an impossible date or hour. (After replacement. Install the correct Ink Cartridge. Replace the C511_SUB-B Board (p231) and the C511_SUB-C Board (p233) 5. In such a case. „ Remove the lithium battery once and install it again. † Explanation There may be a case where an error occurs in communication with the CSIC and C511 Main Board.) 3. or I/H Right Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Right) (p298)) 4. • Adjustment program Turn on the printer in Maintenance Mode 2.) „ Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 183 . „ Replace the lithium battery with a new one.

Repeat Step1 above until this error does not occur at power-on.) † Remedy 1. † Remedy If this error is not cleared even when the power is turned off once and on again. execute "RTC&USBID&IEEE1394ID" and enter date of "RTC.) † Remedy 1.) „ Damaged drive circuit board (break in pattern. „ Execute one of the followings: • Maintenance Mode 2 (p284): Execute "RTC" of CLEAR COUNTERS and set date. replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. 2. † Remedy Replace the Printhead (p278) † Cause of trouble „ Faulty firmware (irregular overwriting of register. † Explanation CPU has detected undefined NMI. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 184 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. install the battery again and turn the power on." † Error meaning: CR ASIC ECU error † Cause of trouble „ Faulty firmware (irregular overwriting of register. Remove the battery once with the power turned off and after waiting for a while. 00010026 SERVICE REQ. 0001002A † Remedy 1.) „ Damaged drive circuit board (break in pattern. 00010028 † Error meaning: Head error SERVICE REQ. 0001002B † Error meaning: PF ASIC ECU error † Explanation Print Head has been damaged or undefined NMI was detected at CPU. In such a case. • Adjustment program Turn on the printer in Maintenance Mode 2. 00010029 † Error meaning: RTC communication error † Error meaning: Unidentified NMI † Explanation There may be a case where the RTC circuit on the Main Board operates incorrectly (is operated as test mode). etc. etc. etc. etc. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ.

† Cause of trouble „ ASF home position cannot be detected even though Pump Motor turns at designated amount. † Explanation At ASIC reset. 00010030 † Error meaning: Multi Sensor Failure † Cause of trouble Multi Sensor is damaged † Remedy 1. † Remedy 1. Replace the Multi Sensor (p270) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 185 . 0001002D SERVICE REQ. 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. cannot restore position held before reset or carriage interference. SERVICE REQ. Check if the connection between the Multi Sensor and C511MAIN Board. 00010032 C H E C K P O IN T † Error meaning: 360 DPI writing time out error This error is for clarification only and does not actually occur. SERVICE REQ. (Reset When Cleaning Unit Change (p423). and correct it if abnormal. Check if the ASF phase detection wheel rotates smoothly. 2. † Remedy Recover by turning power OFF and back ON. etc.160)" about the Cleaning Unit components.000P) has reached its regulated value. † Remedy Replace the Cleaning Unit and reset the Cleaning Unit work life counter. Replace the ASF Phase Sensor (p257) SERVICE REQ.) NOTE: Refer to Table 3-4 "Corrective Actions for Displayed Warnings (p. and correct it if abnormal. 0001002F „ ASF Phase Sensor is damaged. 00010031 † Error meaning: Cleaning Unit work life error † Error meaning: ASF phase detection error † Cause of trouble Pump counter (8P x 1000 = 8.

00010035 † Error meaning: Pump phase detection error † Cause of trouble „ The transistor thermistor is failing. 2. „ Thermistor temperature is at -20°C or less or at 100°C or more. or Paper eject phase sensor is damaged. Replace the Printhead (p278) SERVICE REQ. „ Thermistor temperature is at -20°C or less or at 100°C or more. 00010037 † Remedy 1. Check if the "Harness. replace the Pump Phase Sensor (p316) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 186 . Head" is connected correctly. † Remedy Recover by turning power OFF and back ON after removing paper or foreign object.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. 00010034 † Error meaning: Paper eject movement error † Cause of trouble „ The head thermistor is failing. † Remedy Check whether or not recovery can be done by turning power OFF and back ON. 00010036 † Error meaning: Paper eject phase detection error † Error meaning: Type-B Board installation error † Cause of trouble Home position for paper eject switching cannot be detected even though PG Motor turns at designated amount. † Error meaning: Transistor thermistor error SERVICE REQ. 00010033 SERVICE REQ. † Remedy Remove installed Type-B Board. If error recurs. 2. † Remedy Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble Pump position cannot be detected even though Pump Motor turns at designated amount. „ The Head FFC is disconnected or has poor contact. SERVICE REQ. Check if the Paper Eject Unit rotates correctly and correct it if abnormal. † Cause of trouble Type-B Board lower than Level 2 is installed. 00010038 † Cause of trouble Floating of paper eject roller (Paper Eject Unit) due to paper jam or foreign object. and correct it if abnormal. † Remedy 1. Replace the Paper Eject Phase Sensor (p348) † Error meaning: Head thermistor error SERVICE REQ. or Pump Phase Sensor is damaged.

† Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ An unsuitable F/W is installed † Remedy 1. The cutter or cutter pusher is not properly set. 2. 0001003D † Explanation A value outside the correction range was written to the PG adjustment value area of NVRAM.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ.6 after cutter replacement. Turn off the printer power. Turn off the printer power. Check the cutter installation condition and correct it if abnormal. SERVICE REQ. The cutter or cutter pusher is not properly set. † Cause of trouble CR lock cannot be released by PG2. or an improper value was read. 00010039 SERVICE REQ. † Remedy 1. Turn off the printer power. The cutter or cutter pusher is not properly set. Check the cutter installation condition and correct it if abnormal. † Remedy 1.2 the next time the power is turned on if power was turned off during cutter replacement. 0001003B † Error meaning: PG adjustment value incorrect overwrite error † Error meaning: Cutter installation error 1 † Explanation Writing to the PG adjustment value area of NVRAM was done improperly. 2. Check the cutter installation condition and correct it if abnormal. † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. or an improper value was read. 2. Replace theC511 MAIN Board (p221) † Error meaning: Cutter installation error 3 † Cause of trouble CR lock cannot be released by PG1. SERVICE REQ. 0001003A † Error meaning: PG adjustment value outside range error † Remedy 1. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Remedy 1. SERVICE REQ.2 even after 3 attempts with the cutter replacement problem detection movement. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. 0001003C † Error meaning: Cutter installation error 2 † Cause of trouble CR lock cannot be released by PG1. Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 187 .

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. In such a case. 00020000 SERVICE REQ. 00020002 † Error meaning: SDRAM error SERVICE REQ. In such a case. † Explanation There may be a case where the boot program of firmware is broken. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. In such a case. there may be a case where a bit error is detected. 00020009 † Error meaning: Flash memory SUM error † Explanation In memory check of SDRAM executed at power on. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. † Cause of trouble „ Firmware has not been installed in flash memory. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. „ Flash memory is faulty. 00020003 † Error meaning: NVRAM error † Error meaning: BOOT program SUM error † Explanation There may be a case where the parameter data in NVRAM is broken. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. † Remedy 1. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble SDRAM Read/Write error † Remedy Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 188 . (Only at power on) † Cause of trouble „ NVRAM erase error „ Write error (Check in 2 bytes) † Remedy Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble „ Faulty installation „ Defective flash memory † Remedy 1.

Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. There may be a case where the assigned work area varies with the I/F mode and I/F mode setting does not agree or decoding of a command is impossible. Installing Firmware (p424) 3. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. 0002000A SERVICE REQ. † Error meaning: CPU address error (storage misalignment) † Cause of trouble „ Program problem † Remedy 1. † Cause of trouble „ Program problem „ SDRAM failure † Remedy 1. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1. Installing Firmware (p424) 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. Then the work area is consumed up. 0002000B † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1. In such a case. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 189 . Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Error meaning: Internal memory shortage error SERVICE REQ. thus memory runs short. 100000E0 † Error meaning: Program load error † Error meaning: CPU address error (load misalignment) † Explanation SUM check error for program area on RAM. 10000100 † Explanation This error appears when the cash area is insufficient. 2. Check I/F mode. this message is displayed and the printer stops operating. Installing Firmware (p424) 2.

Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 190 . Installing Firmware (p424) 2. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble „ Power outage „ Unplugged from electric outlet „ Power Supply Board failure „ MAIN Board failure. Turn power OFF and back ON or re-insert cord into electric outlet. 2. 100001A0 † Error meaning: CPU slot illegal command exception error SERVICE REQ. Replace the Power Supply Board (p228) 3. 100001C0 † Error meaning: CPU reserve command code exception error † Error meaning: AC disruption † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1. 10000180 SERVICE REQ. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. 100005C0 † Error meaning: CPU DMA address error † Cause of trouble „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. † Remedy 1. Installing Firmware (p424) 2.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SERVICE REQ. „ Faulty CPU soldering. „ Program trouble „ Generation error. 0003XXXX SERVICE REQ. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) SERVICE REQ. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. „ Defective Flash memory. „ Defective SDRAM. Installing Firmware (p424) 2. † Remedy 1. 10000XXX † Error meaning: CPU error † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board „ Faulty CPU soldering „ Program trouble „ Generation error † Remedy 1. Replace the C511 MAIN Board (p221) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Panel Messages 191 . 0DXXXXXX † Error meaning: Error code for debug † Cause of trouble „ Defective circuit board. „ Faulty ASIC soldering.

194 p. „ If trouble occurs in all the ink colors. (If deemed necessary.) „ Check the amount of ink remaining before starting Initial Ink Charge. etc.) • If the Pump Unit has failed. Cleaning Cleaning Execution Method Maintenance Mode 1: SSCL Maintenance Mode 2/SELF TESTING: KK2 Adjustment Program: CL3 Power cleaning Panel Setting menu/Maintenance Menu: Power Cleaning Adjustment Program: CL4 Maintenance Mode 2/SELF TESTING: Init. Print Head. (Fastening nuts loose. Check the following particulars. Therefore. ("Panel Setting" → "TEST PRINT" → "NOZZLE CHECK") Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout 192 . • • • • DOT MISSING Auto cleaning is performed by dot missing inspection of the Multi Sensor. If the life of the Cleaning Unit has expired. † If the power cleaning does not recover the printer. Damper.194 p.193 p.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3.193 p.195 C H E C K P O IN T „ In Initial Ink Charge. a large amount of ink will be discharged into the Maintenance Tank. If the Cap Unit has failed. • If the fuse on the Main Board has blew. 1. Diagnosing trouble based on printout Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description Dot missing Uneven printing/poor resolution Smudged or marred printout on front side Smudged or marred print out on reverse side White/black banding Banding Reference Page p. replace the following parts and check again. Ink Holder. Are the Print Head and Cap Unit sealed during Ink Charge? If the Cap Unit / Pump Tubes have come off. could occur. etc.192 p. replace the ink cartridge with a new one and then start the procedure. or the O-ring deformed or damaged. Tube. Table 3-5. Execute head cleaning or initial ink charge by one of the following methods. • Abnormal connections between the Ink Cartridge. • Printhead (p278) • C511 MAIN Board (p221) Initial ink charge 2.) • If the Printhead has failed. check the counter indication (remaining value) beforehand.) • Print Head failure • Execute power cleaning again. • Head Cleaner is dirty. (The tubes are crushed. † Execute head cleaning or initial ink charge. If the remaining ink is less than 50%. „ If the trouble occurs with a specific ink color. but dot missing can be generated by increased congealing of ink on Print Head nozzle surfaces or in nozzles due to drying when dot missing inspection is OFF or printer has not been used for a long period. etc. prepare another Maintenance Tank as a spare. (The cap rubber is damaged. check the following points. • Head FFC contact failure. Nozzle Check Pattern Printing (p54) Execute Nozzle Check Pattern Printing in the Panel Setting menu. causing ink to leak.Fill Adjustment Program: Initial Ink Charge † If the trouble still occur even after checking the items listed above.3 Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout This section describes conceivable print quality problems that may occur with this printer and the troubleshooting points for those errors.

418) above adjustment. 1.) 2. If the trouble occurs only when the user is using a specific type of paper (thick paper). (Default: 0 second. 5.) (If high duty printing was done close to the front end and rear end (margin = 3mm). the paper will contain a large amount of ink and deformation of the paper will be accelerated. If the trouble cannot be resolved by the above methods. and depending on the case. (By setting the information concerning the thickness of the paper the user is using and correcting the print position (correction of changes in the position where ink hits the paper surface due to differences in paper thickness). 4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B UNEVEN PRINTING/POOR RESOLUTION If the print quality is abnormal (uneven printing. 1. the following items should be checked. If there is rubbing and smudging due to slow drying in printing of user paper. 3.) 3. check the following. etc.387) Check Platen Gap (p. 2. diffused image. Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment (p.396) SMUDGED OR MARRED PRINTOUT (FRONT SIDE) If smudging or marring occurs due to rubbing by the head. NOTE: Be careful to decreasing image quality. In the item "DRYING TIME" in the "CUSTOM PAPER". Execute Nozzle Check (p. (p.381) Auto Bi-d Adjustment (p. Extend platen gap. 2. avoid influencing the print position. carry out "User Paper Setting" using the panel setting procedure.395) 4. the paper will touch the head.417) and Alignment Check (p. 3. replace the following parts. If print quality is still abnormal. go to next step. on the paper's printed surface. If smudging is occurring at the front end of the roll paper or at the rear end. foreign matters or paper is adhering to the side surface of the head. Perform the adjustment below with Adjustment Program. check the following items. widen the margins at the front end and rear end. etc.). „ Printhead (p278) „ Printer Mechanism (SP) (p236) Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout 193 . (Set the "PAPER MARGIN" front end and rear end on "15mm". If this problem occurs after replacing the C511 Main Board with a new one: „ Transfer the parameters on the old Main Board to the new board. Select "-4" for "SUCTION" in the "CUSTOM PAPER". Maximum: 10 seconds) 4. If paper with weak edges which cannot move smoothly along the paper path is being used. if the platen gap is extended. 1. If the printer's condition is not improved by the above items (adjustments). „ Pump Unit failure „ Check to see if dust containing ink. in "Panel Setting" set the drying time (the time until auto paper cutting is carried out after printing is finished.413) Auto Uni-d Adjustment (p. which is in the "Panel Setting".

„ 1000mm Feed Adjustment (p393) „ Adjustment Image (for 8-color model) (p400) (Adjustment Image (for 4color model) (p409)) 3. WHITE OR BLACK BANDING IN THE CARRIAGE RUNNING DIRECTION If white or black banding (uneven density) in parallel with the Carriage Unit running direction appears on your printout. 1. If dot missing is found. then printing will be done onto platen surface. Check if the paper is bent or curled. and replace the paper with new one if abnormal. 2. execute "Power Cleaning" (p69) or "Initial Ink Charge" (p398). Adjustment If dot missing is not found. check the following points: 1. Check if ink absorbing sponge for borderless printing. it should be wiped off. „ Check Alignment (p418) If it has trouble. perform the head cleaning or initial ink charge by following method „ „ „ „ C A U T IO N PF Roller surface Front Eject Paper Guide surface Rear Paper Guide surface (including switching ribs) Paper Eject Roller surface If the user's paper size setting is not correct when "PPR SIZE CHK" / "PPR ALIGN CHK" of panel setting menu has been set to OFF. „ "Cleaning" (p398) of adjustment program. Check to see if there isn't ink adhering to the paper feed path. „ "Initial Ink Charge" (p398) of adjustment program.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B SMUDGED OR MARRED PRINTOUT (REVERSE SIDE) If smudging or marring of the paper back surface with ink occurs. If there is ink adhering. Nozzle Check Pattern Printing (p54) Execute Nozzle Check Pattern printing in the panel setting menu. „ Deformation „ Embossment (installation failure) „ Accumulation of ink Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout 194 . „ "Power Cleaning" (p69) in Panel Setting Mode. 2. and correct if it is abnormal. perform the following adjustment and check for improvement. the following items should be checked.

perform the following adjustment: † Bi-D adjustment The Bi-D adjustment can be executed by any of the following methods. you may improve it by adjusting the "THICKNESS NUM" setting value (± 0.2mm) in "CUSTOM PAPER" of the panel setting menu. „ "HEAD ALIGNMENT" in the Panel setting menu „ Printer Driver „ Adjustment Program If the adjustment above does not work to improve the print quality. Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout 195 . rough image) in parallel with the paper feed direction is found on the print.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B BANDING IN THE PAPER FEED DIRECTION If banding (uneven density.1 ~ 0.

CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY .

When no special instructions are given. By doing so could result in explosion. Unless otherwise stated. • Do not dismantle. rince it with clean water and see a doctor immediately. † WARNING Dangers that could cause injury or death are described after the "WARNING" symbol. solder or heat the battery. • Do not heat the battery or put it into fire.442) when disassembly of units or components not described in this manual is required. † CHECK POINT Hints regarding disassembly steps are described after the "CHECK POINT" symbol. read and follow these precautions. • The power switch is installed on the secondary side of the power circuit. Be sure to observe the following precautions when handling the battery. † ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Adjustments required following disassembly/reassembly are described after the "ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED" symbol. do not disable this switch. † CAUTION Items that need prior attention during disassembly/reassembly steps are described after the "CAUTION" symbol.1 Cautions The precautions in the two lists below. WARNING and CAUTION. Before starting the disassembly work on this product. must always be followed during disassembly and assembly.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. be sure to unplug the power cord from the AC outlet to prevent electric shock and circuit damage during servicing. • Dispose of used batteries according to manufacture’s instructions and in compliance with all applicable laws. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacture. Disassembly & Assembly Introductory Information 197 .1 Introductory Information This chapter describes disassembly/reassembly steps for the Stylus Pro 4000. † REASSEMBLY Reassembly steps that differ from reverse procedures for disassembly steps are described after the "REASSEMBLY" symbol. • If the electrolyte leaked from the battery gets into contact with skin or eyes. 4. reassembly is done by reversing the order for disassembly steps. • Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. so power is always supplied unless the power cord has been unplugged. For safety reasons. Printer" or "Paper Guide. as well as if any leakage of electrolyte is observed. • Do not use the battery if it is discolored or damaged. leakage or generating heat. • Do not recharge the battery. Contact your local government agency for information about battery disposal and recycling. Refer to "Chapter 5: Adjustments" and be sure to perform the specified adjustments. W A R N IN G „ „ CR and PF motors are stopped by the cover sensor when the "Cover. Inner Unit" is open (removed). • Be sure to securely cover the (+) end of each battery with tape to prevent combustion or explosion when disposing. This printer is equipped with a lithium battery. Refer to the appendix Exploded Diagrams (p.1.

be careful not to get hands or clothing caught in moving parts.) Use only recommended tools for disassembly. such as wearing a grounding strap. Prevent damage by following the cautions below when handling the MAIN board. always secure the units or parts with those tapes when reassembling. • A lithium battery is installed on the MAIN Board. When allowing the printer to operate with covers removed. so use care in properly connecting connectors to prevent misalignment or other connection problems that can damage PCB elements by short circuits.1. „ „ „ „ Ensure adequate work space for performing service/ maintenance. wash with soap and water. The cutter uses a very hard blade that is unusually brittle. When loosening screws on the outside of the printer that have blue locking seal applied to them. Use only specified lubricants and adhesives when applying lubrication or adhesive.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B W A R N IN G • Wear gloves while performing disassembly/ reassembly to prevent accidental cuts. Perform ink discharge before removing/replacing parts of the ink routing system. • If ink contacts the skin. Use care to avoid injury when handling the cutter blade because it is very sharp. rinse eyes with clean water and consult a physician. The printer should be placed on a stable surface. Consult a physician if the skin becomes inflamed. Disassembly & Assembly Introductory Information 198 . since it is unusually heavy (approx. •When the battery is removed. • If ink contacts the eyes. carefully note installed conditions before starting disassembly. C A U T IO N „ „ „ C A U T IO N „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ To prevent static electric damage when handling a circuit board. If handling with bare hands is unavoidable. •Avoid putting the MAIN board on conductive surface while the battery is installed. perform work by using required measures. When removing units or parts that are secured with acetate (black) or two-sided tape. Refer to "5. (Routing cables by other locations may push the cables against sharp edges or reduce noise resistance margins. 40kg). do not touch elements on board with bare hands. so do not allow it to be damaged by bumping into objects such as metal printer parts. Carefully install/connect ink routing system parts when reassembling after disassembly.5 Adjustment Item (p358)". be sure not to mistake the polarity when reinstalling it. Route cables of electric components along specified locations when reassembling after disassembly. Place a protective sheet on the floor before removing ink routing parts because there is the possibility that leaking ink could get onto the product or floor where the product is set up. Use care in handling the printer. This printer uses several FFC (flexible flat cable). When it is necessary to disassemble units or parts that do not have written procedures because they are controlled as service parts. (To prevent ink leaks due to faulty installation/connection. Carefully confirm the connection ends/directions of electric part connectors when reassembling after disassembly. apply new locking seal to the screws when reassembling. reassembly and adjustment.

75 Left Hex wrench Ink cartridge Front Maintenance Tank HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL CUTTER CAP Bottom CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL Figure 4-1. – – – For coupling screws For roll paper feeder – – Used in Print Head replacement Used in Print Head replacement Used in Carriage Unit and Print Head replacement Used in ASF Unit replacement (+) Phillips screwdriver #2 Flathead screwdriver Needle nose pliers Tweezers Torque wrench 1.2 Tools Tools needed for disassembly/reassembly of the Stylus Pro 4000 are shown below. Disassembly & Assembly Introductory Information 199 . Directional View of the Printer ASF EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL 1401458 Note "*": "xx" letters differ for each cartridge. Rear (back side) Table 4-1.1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Top 4. Required Tools Name (+) Phillips screwdriver #1 Right Part Code Commercial Tool Commercial Tool Commercial Tool Commercial Tool Commercial Tool 1277142 Commercial Tool ICxx24* PXMT1 1294672 1401456 1400023 Note – Shaft length of 250mm or more is preferred.25/1.

P.1. 2x10 C. (O) 3x6 C.B. 3x12 Coupling Screw.B.P.S. 3x12 Installation Plate. 3x4 C.S. CR C. 3x8 C.B.6x8 C.C.C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.B.B. 3x10 C. Table 4-2.B. Installation.3 Screws Screws used on the Stylus Pro 4000 are shown below.S.P.B.P. 3x6 C. 4x10 C. 2. 2.B. (O) 3x6 Shaft.P.P.S.B.S.B.B.P. (P2) C.S. (P1) 3x4 C.B. 3x6 C. 3x6 C.6x6 Color White Silver Gold Gold Gold Silver Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold White Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Special screw (+) Bind S-tight (+) Bind S-tight (+) Cup P-tight (+) Bind P-tight (+) Bind S-tight with outside toothed lock washers (+) Bind S-tight with outside toothed lock washers Special screw (+) Bind S-tight (+) Bind S-tight (+) Bind P-tight (+) Bind (+) Bind P-tight with plane washers 2 (+) Crosshead Pan P-tight (+) Bind P-tight Special screw (+) Bind S-tight with plane washers 2 (+) Bind with plane washers 1 (+) Bind S-tight Special screw C.S.P.B. (P2) 3x8 C.P. (P2) 3x6 C. 3x6 C.S. CR C.B. screw (+) Bind (+) Bind B-tight (+) Bind with plane washers 2 (+) Crosshead Pan P-tight Type Disassembly & Assembly Introductory Information 200 .C.B. Screws Name Decorative Screw C. Shaft.B.B.B. M7 C. 3x8 C. 3x8 C.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2 Disassembly Procedures C A U T IO N „ „ Because this printer is assembled with precise measurements in 1/100mm units. Disassembly/reassembly is limited to parts whose part numbers are shown in the "Parts List" of Chapter 7. (Disassembly of parts other than those listed could result in problems that cannot be repaired except at the factory. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 201 .) Disassembly/reassembly operations for parts/units not listed in this "Disassembly/Reassembly" section cannot be performed on-site. disassembly of the frame and defined components is prohibited.

Printer". Print Head Lock Release Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 202 .2. Grasp and pull the "Transport Retaining Lever" (green) located on the left side of the "Carriage Unit" to release the locked condition of the "Carriage Unit". Printer".) 3. Open "Cover. Open Cover. (Refer to Figure 4-2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.1 Basic Operations 4. Close "Cover. Printer Cover. Be sure to engage the "Transport Retaining Lever" to lock the "Carriage Unit" and install protective equipment the next time the printer is transported.1 Release of the Transport Retaining Lever 1.1.2. Figure 4-2. (Refer to Figure 4-3. Printer Locked Position Released Position Transport Retaining Lever Figure 4-3.) 2.

2. Carriage Unit Lock Set Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 203 . Push in "Holder. Printer". (Refer to Figure 4-4. Solenoid Figure 4-4. 2. Open "Cover.2 Carriage Unit Lock Release/Lock Set Method CARRIAGE UNIT LOCK RELEASE 1. Move "Carriage Unit" to the right until you hear a clicking sound to lock the "Carriage Unit". (Refer to Figure 4-5.1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Carriage Unit Lock Release CARRIAGE UNIT LOCK SET 1. Solenoid" to release carriage lock.) Figure 4-5.) Holder.

(Refer to Figure 4-6. Doing so could disrupt normal operation/printing. Cover. Knob.2.1 Ink Cartridges 1. Lock Lever. I/H. Lift "IC. Remove the eight "Ink Cartridges" from the eight "Cartridge Slots".) 3. Left (Right)" to release "Ink Cartridge" lock.2 Consumable Parts/ASF Cassette Removal 4.2.) 2. Ink Cartridge Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 204 . Ink Cartridge Lock Release IC Chip Ink Filler Ink Cartridge Figure 4-7. Knob. (Refer to Figure 4-7. Left Figure 4-6.) C A U T IO N IC.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Left „ „ Do not touch ink cartridge PCB (IC chip). Lock Lever. Do not touch ink filler because ink could leak from the ink filler of the ink cartridge. Left (Right)". I/H. (Refer to Figure 4-6. Open "Cover.2.

Ink Eject) C A U T IO N Do not touch the IC chip while performing the following steps. With attention not to tilt the "Maintenance Tank" in any direction.2.2 Maintenance Tank (Porous Pad Assy.. Doing so could disrupt normal operation/printing. remove the "Maintenance Tank" while supporting with your left hand. Maintenance Tank Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 205 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Insert the fingers of your right hand into the hole of the "Maintenance Tank" and pull while pressing against the lower part of the ink cartridge storage box with your right thumb. 1. 2.2. Maintenance Tank IC Chip Figure 4-8.

2. 4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Open "Cover. C A U T IO N Holder. Printer". Solenoid When pressing the "Cutter Assembly" tab in the following steps. (Refer to Figure 4-9. press it lightly because the cutter blade could scratch the interior of the printer if it is pushed inward. Solenoid" in the clockwise direction. 2.) Tab Figure 4-9. Enter cutter replacement mode using the panel setting with printer power on. Cutter Assembly Removal_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 206 . (Refer to Figure 4-10.3 Cutter Assembly 1. The carriage unit moves and stops at the cutter replacement position. Press down on the "Cutter Assembly" tab and turn the "Holder. Remove the "Cutter Assembly" from the "Carriage Unit". 3.2.) 5. Cutter Assembly Removal_1 Cutter Assembly Figure 4-10.

Remove the "ASF Cassette" from the printer.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2. ASF Cassette Figure 4-11.4 ASF Cassette 1. ASF Cassette Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 207 . C H E C K P O IN T The disassembly steps described on the following pages require prior removal of the "ASF Cassette".

5 Spindle SPINDLE REMOVAL 1.2. Right (gray) Figure 4-13. 2. 2 Spindle 1 Cover. Remove "Spindle" (p208).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Open "Cover. Spindle Removal SPINDLE DISASSEMBLY 1. Left" (black) along with "Adapter" from the "Spindle". 8 total) securing each "Adapter" outward and remove the corresponding "Adapter" from "Flange. Roll Paper Figure 4-12. marks of the flanges with the marks of the Step 3-2 Step 3-2 Step 3-1 Step 3-1 Step 2 Adapters Flange. Right" (gray).2. Spindle Disassembly Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 208 . Release hooks (4 each. Roll Paper". 3. Remove "Flange. 2. Left" and "Flange. Remove "Spindle". Align the adapters. Left (black) Flange.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. 2. Holder. Roller. Roller. Roller.) „ Decorative screw : 4 pcs. Unit 1. Screws Securing Holder. Unit" to the main unit. Unit Figure 4-15. Roller. Remove the four decorative screws securing the "Holder. Roller.3 Panel Unit/Housing Removal This section describes steps for removing housing parts.3. Roller. (Refer to Figure 4-14.2. Remove "Spindle" (p208). 4. 3.1 Holder. Unit Figure 4-14. Slide the "Holder. Unit" upward from the printer rear surface and remove it outward.) Screws Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-15.2. Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 209 .

.. Paper Guice Assy. SP Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 210 . SP". SP" inward.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. M. SP Securing Lever Figure 4-16.2. and then pull out the "Paper Guide Assy. M.. SP 1. M.2 Paper Guide Assy.3. Paper Guide Assy. M... Pull the left and right levers that secures the "Paper Guide Assy. M.

„ „ „ C.. Side. Left 1 2 C.P. 4x10 : 2 pcs. 3x6 5.C.B.3. SP" (p210).S. Printer".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. C H E C K P O IN T Slightly lifting the upper part of "Cover. Left 1. remove the "Cover. Open "Cover.P. 4. Left Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 211 . 3x8 C. Side. Left".B.C. Remove the four screws securing "Cover.S. Side. : 1 pc. Left". C. M.B. : 1 pc.2. Remove "Holder. 2. Left" toward left side of the main unit. 3. Side. Side.S. Remove "Paper Guide Assy. While slightly lifting the upper part of "Cover. Cover. Side. Side. Left" allows the cover to be removed without interfering with the upper part of the printer. 3x8 C. 3x6 C.B. Unit" (p209). Cover. 4x10 Figure 4-17.S.3 Cover. Roller.

C. M..B. Ink Eject)" (p205). 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Remove the two screws securing "Paper Lever" and then remove "Paper Lever". Remove "Holder. Remove "Paper Guide Assy. Roller. Unit" (p209). „ C. Move "Paper Lever" until two screws can be seen and hold the lever in the place. 3.B.3.4 Cover. SP" (p210).2. 4. 3x8 : 2 pcs. 3x8 Paper Lever Figure 4-18. Remove "Maintenance Tank (Porous Pad Assy..P. Side.P. Paper Lever Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 212 . 5. Right 1.

7. Side. ink may leak or splatter. Side.C.C. 3x6 C. While slightly lifting the upper part of "Cover.P.S. Side. 4x10 C. 4x10 : 2 pcs. Side. Remove the four screws securing "Cover.P.S. remove the "Cover. Side. 4x10 Figure 4-19. Right 2 C. 3x6 Revision B 8. Side. C. Right". C A U T IO N When removing the “Cover. Install the "Maintenance Tank" beforhand when leaving the "Cover. Printer". Right Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 213 . 1 Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6.B. : 2 pcs. Side. Side.B. C H E C K P O IN T Slightly lifting the upper part of "Cover. Right" being removed for a long time. So have cleaning rags ready and prevent ink from getting on the work area.C. Right".P. Open "Cover. Right" allows the cover to be removed without interfering with the upper part of the printer. Right" toward right side of the main unit. Cover. Right”. „ „ C.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.5 Panel. Side. Front" to printer by tightening screws in the order shown by number in Figure 4-21. Harness. :1 pc. Release "Panel.S. Panel.S.S.B.) 6. Panel" from "Panel Unit".S. Left" (p211). (Refer to Figure 4-21.) „ „ „ C. Remove "Cover. (Refer to Figure 4-20.S. (Refer to Figure 4-20. Remove "Cover.B.S. Remove following screws securing "Panel.B. (O) 3x8 :1 pc. Right" (p212). Connection Status „ „ Align "Panel. Front C. Front/Panel Unit 1. Figure 4-20.) Install "Panel.2. Front Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 214 .B. 3x6 C. (O) 3x6 10 9 Figure 4-21.B. :8 pcs.B. Panel. 3. 4. (O) 3x6 1 C. Front" toward you. 2. Front" dowel with positioning hole in frame. Panel Panel Unit Step 3 5. Remove "Harness. (O) 3x6 C. Panel. Side. 3x6 2 C. Dowel and Positioning hole Harness.B.3. Remove "Panel. Front". (O) 3x8 8 7 5 4 3 6 C. Front" dowel from positioning hole in frame.S.

B. (O) 3x6 Figure 4-22. Remove the three screws securing the "Panel Unit". Panel Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 215 . Front".) „ C.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7.B.S. (Refer to Figure 4-22. and remove the "Panel Unit" from "Panel. (O) 3x6 : 3 pcs. Revision B Panel Unit C.

P Cover. Rear" and main frame. P Cover. Printer" shaft (left). Printer 1. P Cover. Align "Plate. C. Remove the two screws securing "Plate.B.S 3x6 Cover Printer Follow the steps below when installing "Plate. Rear Dowel Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 216 .6 Cover. „ C. Side.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Shaft of Cover. 3x6 : 2 pcs.B. 3x6 : 2 pcs. Insert "Plate. P Cover. Plate.3. 3. Remove "Cover. Secure with the two screws. P Cover. Then remove "Plate.S. P Cover. Left" by sliding it to the left side while supporting "Cover Printer" with your hand. Insert shaft socket hole of "Plate.2.S. • C. Left Figure 4-23. 2. Left". Left Removal Cover. Left". 4. Left" dowel with main frame positioning hole.B. 2. Left" to "Cover. Printer Shaft Socket Hole Positioning Hole Plate. P Cover. Left" into gap between "Cover. Left" (p211). P Cover. 1.

Printer" into the shaft hole on "Plate. Remove "Cover. Right". Printer 1 Figure 4-24. Cover. P Cover. Printer Shaft Hole Shaft of Cover. Printer Removal Plate. Right Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 217 . P Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3. 2 Revision B Cover. Printer" upward by sliding to left side. Insert the right shaft of "Cover.

2. Cover. Printer" (p216).S. 2. Rear" with the two positioning holes on the"Release Unit". Remove "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Rear Align the two ribs of the "Cover.3. 3. Rear" upward. 3x6 Cover. Rear" and remove "Cover. Remove the three screws securing "Cover.7 Cover. Rear Removal Ribs and Positioning Holes Release Unit Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 218 . 3x6 :2 pcs. Shaft. Side.B. CR C. :1 pc. Remove "Cover. Figure 4-25. „ „ Shaft. Installation. Right" (p212). Rear 1. CR C. Installation.B.S.

2. Tabs Connector P Cover Open Sensor Figure 4-26. 3. P Cover Open Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 219 . Remove "Panel.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2. Disconnect the connector from the "P Cover Open Sensor".3.8 P Cover Open Sensor 1. Release the two tabs securing "P Cover Open Sensor" and then release the "P Cover Open Sensor". Front/Panel Unit" (p214).

Release the two tabs securing the "Rear Cover Sensor” to the holder and then remove the “Rear Cover Sensor“. M.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Remove the screw securing "Rear Cover Sensor Unit" to the printer frame.B. Disconnect the connector from the “Rear Cover Sensor”.B. Remove "Paper Guide Assy.3. (Refer to Figure 4-27.. Tabs Securing Rear Cover Sensor Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 220 .) „ C.) Rear Cover Sensor Connector Figure 4-28. (Refer to Figure 4-27. 2x10 : 1 pc. (Refer to Figure 4-28.B. Removing the Rear Cover Sensor Unit Figure 4-29.9 Rear Cover Sensor 1. (Refer to Figure 4-29. SP" (p210). Connector Connecting Status C. Release the tab securing the “Rear Cover Sensor Unit” to the printer frame and remove "Rear Cover Sensor Unit".2.B.) 4. 3.) 5. 2x10 Rear Cover Sensor Unit Tabs Tabs Figure 4-27. 2.

) „ C.2.S.) Cover. Notch Figure 4-31. 3x8 4. M. Screws Securing the Cover. Harness Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 221 . (Refer to Figure 4-30. 3x8 : 2 pcs. Harness". Figure 4-30.S. C. and each “C511_SUB Board“. Harness 5.4 Circuit Board Removal This section describes steps for removing “C511 MAIN Board“.2. Slide "Cover. Remove "Paper Guide Assy. 3. Remove "Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-31. (Refer to Figure 4-30.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. 4. Cover.) Insert "Cover.1 C511 MAIN Board C A U T IO N Be sure to insert and unplug FFCs vertically. (Inserting/ Unplugging at an angle can damage shorten or disrupt the terminals inside the connector and cause damage to circuit board components.) Do not allow any harness to jut out from under the "Cover. Harness". SP" (p210).B.. Remove the two screws securing "Cover. Roller.4. Harness" notch and remove the "Cover. Harness" into the two ribs of "Paper Guide. Harness". Harness" outward. Harness Ribs 1. 2. “Power Supply Board”. Release all harnesses through the "Cover.B. Lower". Unit" (p209).

Pulling Out the PCB Unit Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 222 .B.S.S. Rib and Position Locator Rib and Position Locator C.B. „ C. Remove the four screws securing the "PCB Unit" and pull the "PCB Unit" toward you. PCB Unit Align the left and right ribs of the "PBC Unit" with the position locators of the frame. 3x6 Figure 4-32. 6.B.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N Be careful not to pull the "PCB Unit" too hard and stretch the harness when performing the following steps. 3x6 C. 3x6 : 4 pcs.

CN9 CN48 have connector lock mechanisms that must be released to disconnect FFC. 4: When connecting connectors/harnesses to the C511 MAIN Board. "C511MAIN Board" Connector Positions Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 223 . Refer to “Check Point“ on P. Table 4-3. Disconnect all connectors/harnesses from "C511 MAIN Board". 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 CN48 CN51 CN54 CN9 CN7 CN8 CN53 CN52 CN18 CN16 CN19 CN20 CN56 CN15 CN14 CN1 CN50 Red White Black Yellow Blue White Black White White Number of Pins 17 30 30 30 30 30 28 15 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 14 2 Connection Socket C511_SUB-B Board (CN102) C511_SUB-B Board (CN101) C511_SUB-B Board (CN100) C511_SUB Board (CN1) Print Head Board (CN2) Print Head Board (CN1) C511_SUB-C Board (CN201) C511_SUB-C Board (CN200) PG/PO Motor (Relay connector route) ASF/Pump Motor (Relay connector route) Suction Fan (Right.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. connect them in the order shown in Table 4-3. relay connector route) Rear Cover Sensor CR Motor PF Motor Power Supply Board (CN2) Heat Dissipation Plate Cooling Fan CN50 CN19 CN20 CN56 CN15 CN14 CN54 CN18 CN16 CN53 CN52 CN48 CN51 CN9 Revision B C H E C K P O IN T Release the harness lock as shown in the figure below. Figure 4-33. 2: CN7. CN7 CN8 CN1 Note 1: CN3. Connectors/Harnesses Connected to C511 MAIN Board Connection Connector Color Order No. 3: Refer to Figure 4-33 for connector positions. CN23. CN47 CN55 have only the pattern set and are not mounted connectors. relay connector route) Suction Fan (Left.223. C21. Be sure to lock it when reassembling. CN8.

When connecting the FFCs. they may be broken or cut off when installing the Type B Board.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B „ The connector number is marked on each connector on the board. Connector Numbers „ The wires should be bundled with acetate tapes in three places as shown in the figure below to prevent them from getting onto the guide rail for the Type-B Board. If the wires are not bundled. match the connector numbers with the ones on the board with the number printed side of the FFCs facing toward the printer rear. Acetate Tapes Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 224 .

Upper. Upper. Upper. 9.B. I/F" and "Grounding Board. 3X10 Step 8 C. Remove the two screws securing "Cover.) „ C. B Revision B Step 9 C. 10. B" and then remove "Cover. I/F" and then remove "Cover. 3x10 : 2 pcs. Cover.S.S. (Refer to Figure 4-34.P.S.B. B Removal Cover.P. I/F Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 225 . 3x6 Figure 4-35. Remove the two screws securing "Cover. I/F and Grounding Board. I/F".B. 3X6 USB Connector Figure 4-34. Connector. 3x6 : 1 pc. I/F C. Cover. B". I/F Grounding Board. Connector. Connector.) „ C. (Refer to Figure 4-34. (Refer to Figure 4-35. I/F" and "Grounding Board.) „ C. Connector. 3x6 : 1 pc. Remove the screw securing USB connector.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 8.S.B. Upper. Cover.

S 3x8 Figure 4-37. Guide Rail Removal Installation Holes 12.) „ C.B.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 11. Release the four hooks securing the "Guide Rail" and remove the "Guide Rail". 3x8 : 2 pcs.S.B.) Secure the two "Guide Rail" hooks to the two "C511 MAIN Board" installation holes. Bracket Removal Positioning Holes Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 226 . Dowels C. Hooks Revision B Guide Rail 3 2 1 Figure 4-36.(Refer to Figure 4-37. Remove the two screws securing the "Bracket" and remove the "Bracket". Bracket Install while aligning the two "Bracket" dowels with the two "C511 MAIN Board" positioning holes. (Refer to Figure 4-36.

3x8 A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. 3x8 Figure 4-38.B. Circuit boards supplied as service parts have been equipped with lithium battery. C A U T IO N Revision B IEEE1394 Connector „ „ Do not place the circuit board (solder side) directly on a conductive surface. C. Do not place the circuit board (solder side) directly on a conductive surface or let conductive material come in contact with the circuit. 14. Slide "C511 MAIN Board" forward and remove the "C511 MAIN Board" as keeping IEEE1394 connector clear of the plate. Remove the seven screws securing "C511 MAIN Board". „ C. C. To do so may cause short out.S.B. C511 MAIN Board Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 227 .354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "C511 MAIN Board".B.S.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 13. 3x8 : 8 pcs.

Table 4-4.4. Do not place the "Power Supply Board" (solder side) directly on a conductive surface. never touch the primary smoothing capacitor (C6).B. Remove the five screws securing the "Power Supply Board" and remove the "Power Supply Board". Figure 4-39.2. CN1 CN2 Color White White Number of Pins 2 14 AC Inlet C511 MAIN Board (CN1) Connection Socket 3. Power Supply Board Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 228 .B.S. Disconnect the following connectors/harnesses from the "Power Supply Board".(Refer to "4.) 2.S. wait 5 minutes after unplugging the AC power cord before starting work to allow discharge of residual charge in the electrolytic capacitors.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Remove the "PCB Unit".B.4. For your safety. 3x8 1. C.2 Power Supply Board W A R N IN G When removing the "Power Supply Board". 3x8 Connectors C. „ C.S. 3x8 : 3 pcs.1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221). Connectors Connected to Power Supply Board Connector No.2.

P.) „ C.P. Remove the three screws securing the "Carriage Cover" and remove the "Carriage Cover" upward. Printer". Carriage Unit Figure 4-40. Release the carriage lock and move the "Carriage Unit" to the position shown in Figure 4-40. (Refer to "4. Slot C A U T IO N When performing the following steps.B.2. (Refer to Figure 4-41. 3x8 Figure 4-41.1.2 Carriage Unit Lock Release/Lock Set Method" (p203).) 3. 3x8 : 1 pc.P.B.2. Open "Cover. remove protective equipment if it is installed and make sure to release the Carridge Unit lock with the "Transport Retaining Lever".B. Refer to "4.3 C511_SUB Board 1. Moving the Carriage Unit Carriage Cover C.1. Carriage Cover Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 229 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.1 Release of the Transport Retaining Lever" (p202). 3x8 C.2. 2.4.

(Refer to Figure 4-42.P. Remove the screw securing "C511_SUB Board" and then remove "C511_SUB Board". 3x8 : 1 pc.) Table 4-5.B. Refer to “Check Point“on P.S.) „ C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. 3x8 Figure 4-42.223 Grounding Plate 5. C511_SUB Board Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 230 . Disconnect all connectors/harnesses on the "C511_SUB Board".B. Connectors/Harnesses Connected to C511_SUB Board Connector No. CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 Color White White Number of Pins 30 2 5 5 Connection Socket C511 MAIN Board (CN9) Cutter Solenoid Multi Sensor CR Encoder Board Revision B Be sure to fasten both the grounding plate and the "C511_SUB Board" together with screws. Note : CN1 has a connector lock mechanism that must be released to disconnect FFC. (Refer to Figure 4-42. Harnesses C511_SUB Board Connectors C.

2: Refer to Figure 4-43 for connector positions. C511_SUB-B Board Connector Positions Each "Harness. 2. CN101 have connector lock mechanisms that must be released to disconnect FFC. 3: When connecting harnesses to the C511_SUB-B Board. Side.4.2. Note 1: CN100. Ink Eject CSIC_R1 Board (Photo Black) CSIC_R2 Board (Light Cyan) CSIC_R3 Board (Light Magenta) CSIC_R4 Board (Gray) P-Cover Open Sensor I/H Lever Sensor (Right) Paper Eject Release Sensor ASF Paper Sensor Rear Hand Insertion Sensor PE Sensor HP Sensor P_THICK Sensor (0.8) Pump Phase Sensor C511 MAIN Board (CN48) C511 MAIN Board (CN54) C511 MAIN Board (CN51) Ink Names CN26 CN36 CN34 CN31 CN29 CN33 CN27 CN45 CN43 CN46 CN101 CN25 CN100 Figure 4-43. Disconnect all connectors/harnesses on the "C511_SUB-B Board". connect them in the order shown in Table 4-6. Refer to “Check Point“ on P. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 231 .. CN103 CN46 CN39 CN42 CN43 CN45 CN22 CN36 CN26 CN25 CN27 CN29 CN31 CN33 CN34 CN55 CN102 CN100 CN101 Color/ Mark PK LC LM LK Blue White Black Red Yellow Yellow White Black Blue Number of Pins 17 7 7 7 7 7 2 2 2 2 2 4 3 3 3 3 17 30 30 Connection Socket Panel Unit (CN1) Porous Pad Assy. Table 4-6. CN42. CN45) is marked with its corresponding ink name. Remove "Cover. CSIC" (CN39.3) P_THICK Sensor (0. Refer to Table 4-6 and connect the harnesses properly. Right" (p212). CN43. Connectors/Harnesses Connected to C511_SUB-B Board Connection Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Connector No.4 C511_SUB-B Board CN22 CN55 CN39 CN42 CN103 CN102 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.223.

„ C. 3x6 : 4 pcs.P. C511_SUB-B Board Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 232 . Remove the four screws securing "C511_SUB-B Board" and remove "C511_SUB-B Board".B.B. Revision B C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3.P. 3x6 Figure 4-44.

Release the FFC from the three clamps. Side. Table 4-7. CN41.4. Releasing FFC Note 1: Refer to Figure 4-46 for connector positions. Each "Harness. Connectors/Harnesses Connected to C511_SUB-C Board Connection Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Connector No.2. CN40. 2. CN38 CN40 CN41 CN44 CN201 CN200 CN24 CN37 CN30 CN28 CN32 Color/ Mark MB C M Y White Black Yellow White Red Number of Pins 7 7 7 7 28 15 4 2 3 2 3 Connection Socket CSIC_L1 Board (Matte Black) CSIC_L2 Board (Cyan) CSIC_L3 Board (Magenta) CSIC_L4 Board (Yellow) C511 MAIN Board (CN53) C511 MAIN Board (CN52) PF Linear Encoder Sensor I/H Lever Sensor (Left) ASF Phase Sensor Paper Eject Phase Sensor PG Phase Sensor CN32 CN30 CN200 CN201 CN44 Ink Names CN41 CN40 CN38 CN28 CN37 CN24 FFC Clamps Figure 4-45. CN44) is marked with its corresponding ink name. 2: When connecting harnesses to the C511_SUB-C Board. Figure 4-46. Left" (p211). Remove "Cover. Refer to Table 4-7 and connect the harnesses properly.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. connect them in the order shown in Table 4-7.5 C511_SUB-C Board 1. CSIC" (CN38. 3. Disconnect all connectors/harnesses on the "C511_SUB-C Board". C511_SUB-C Board Connector Locations Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 233 .

3x6 : 3 pcs. „ C. SUB-C Board Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 234 . Revision B C. Remove the three screws securing "C511_SUB-C Board" and remove "C511_SUB-C Board".S.B.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4.B. 3x6 Figure 4-47.

) 1. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 235 . (If this is not followed. Repair support is required on-site. 2. it could result in problems that cannot be repaired except at the factory. C A U T IO N For the following reasons. Therefore removal or replacement of parts that cannot be supplied as components defined in this manual or parts supplied as "Service Parts" is prohibited. Components have been assembled in factory processes using highly precise adjustments.2. replaceable parts are limited to defined components.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.5 Printer Mechanism Disassembly This section describes disassembly steps for main components of the printer mechanism.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. and select the parameter file stored in the CDROM to open the parameter file.) 4. Remove the following parts from the old printer. and click the “Execute“ button to start the “NVRAM Buckup Utility“. Printer Mechanism (SP) Replacement Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 236 .4. † Printer Mechanism (SP) „ C511MAIN Board „ ASF Cassette „ Holder. Unit" (p209).2. (The CD-ROM comes with “Printer Mechanism (SP)”.) ASF Cassette (Refer to "4. Take out the CD-ROM that contains the mechanism parameter and insert it to the PC. Roller. and start “NVRAM Buckup Utility“ (nvram. Unit (Refer to "4. M-AB60-101 2086346 † Old Printer This section describes replacement of “Printer Mechanism (SP)”. Click the “Open“ button. (or start adjustment programs in sequential mode. Roller.1 Printer Mechanism (SP) „ „ Parts Name: Code: PRINTER MECHANISM (SP). maintenance tank) C511MAIN Board (Refer to "4. Unit C H E C K P O IN T 2.2. Connect the printer to the PC with USB or IEEE1394 cable.) 3.2. 1)Parameter Writing 2)Destination Setting 3)"Clean Counter" Execution 4)"Update Param. select “AS Mechanism Unit Replacement“.) If “Printer Mechanism (SP)” is replaced because of the trouble arisen from the "C511MAIN".exe).3.1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221).1 Holder. Follow the explanation of reference place about each parts removal/installation procedure and remedy after replacement. and attach the removed parts except consurmables to “Printer Mechanism (SP)“. 1.2.) Holder.2. replace the "C511MAIN" for a new one at this time. Roller.5." Execution Figure 4-48.4 ASF Cassette" (p207). „ „ „ „ Consumables (ink cartridge.

Select the "Clean Counter" from the "Adjustment" in the self-diagnosis menu (SELF TESTING) in Maintenance Mode 2. (Refer to "1.) Execute "Destinaton Setting" using adjustment programs.6. and the parameter writing begins. 8. Make sure the "Reset Counter?" is displayed on the panel. If the ink level is less than 50%.4. and press the "Menu (<)" bottun. and press the "Menu (<)" button.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80).6.) 11. Turn off the printer. (Refer to "5.4.4.4. 12. Install consumables to the printer.) 10.) „ 9. Select the "Ink Parameter" from the "Update" in the parameter menu (Parrameter) in Maintenance Mode 2.?" is displayed on the panel before pressing "Menu (<)" button again. Make sure the "Set" is displayed on the panel. Turn on the printer.6. Enter Maintenance Mode 2 (panel display: "SELF TESTING") Power OFF → Press "Paper Select (<)" + "Paper Feed (∆)" + "Paper Feed (∇)" → Power ON C A U T IO N Revision B C A U T IO N Do not enter the menu under maintenance mode 2. Check the ink level before starting work. Set a destinaton using one of the following methods. Because the printer performs initial Ink charge when it is turned on after the replacement. 13. 6. Make sure the "Update Param.3 Destination Setting" (p416). replace the ink cartridge with a new one. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 237 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5.1 Self Testing Menu (SELF TESTING)" (p80). and then press the "Menu (<)" button.2 Adjustment Setting Menu (SERVICE CONFIG)" (p89). Click the “Write” button. (Refer to "1. End the "NVRAM Backup Utility" when the writing is completed. 7. (Refer to "1. and then press the "Menu (<)" button. „ Select the "Stylus Pro 4000" from the "CHG DEVICE-ID" in the adjustment/set menu (SERVICE CONFIG) in Maintenance Mode 2.

5. Blower 1.B.S. Release relay harness connected to "Fan.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Stacker"s. Unit Relay Connectors Installation Plate. Eject.B. Eject. Eject. Eject. CR Paper Guide. Eject.) „ „ Installation Plate. Paper Guide. C.) 3. Stacker" into the three positioning holes on the "Frame. Disconnect the two rellay connectors as shown in Figure 4-50. Blower" (right) from acetate tapes and clamp. Remove the four screws securing the two "Paper Guide. Releasing Relay Harness Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 238 . Unit". Fan. C. Stacker"s and then remove the two "Paper Guide.2 Fan. (Refer to Figure 4-50. (Refer to Figure 4-49. Fan. Positioning Holes Frame. (Refer to Figure 4-50.2.) Insert the three tabs of the "Paper Guide. Stacker Removal Tabs Clamp Acetate Tapes (x3) Figure 4-50. 3x8 2. Stacker Figure 4-49. 3x8 : 2 pcs.S. CR : 2 pcs. Shaft. Shaft.

Frame.B.) Dowel and Positioning Hole Dowel and Positioning Hole C. Unit Acetate Tape Revision B Align the two main frame dowels with the two positioning holes on the "Frame.S.B. Fan. Fan. Frame. Unit" and remove "Frame. „ C. Peel off the acetate tape attached to the gap between the "Frame. Fan.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 239 . Unit" and the main unit. Fan. 3X6 C. Unit". 3X6 Figure 4-51. Remove the two screws securing "Frame. (Refer to Figure 4-51.B. Fan. 3x6 : 2 pcs. Unit" by pulling it toward you.S. Fan. 5.

Right" (p212). Always prepare the tool before performing work because performing work without the specified tool may cause damage to the printer or result in injury. 3. PF" and disconnect the connector from the "ASF phase sensor".2. Side. Right Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 240 . Remove "Cover. Remove "Cover. (Refer to "4.1 ASF Unit C A U T IO N This section explains the working procedure using the "ASF EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL". Remove "Cover.6. Left" (p211).2. 4.4 ASF Phase Sensor" (p257).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 1. Side.) 4. Stand (x2) Joint Plate Base.2. 2. Motor.6.6 ASF This section discribes the "ASF Unit" removal and the assembly and disassembly of the main components comprising the ASF. Left Base.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. "Joint Plate" Attachment Figure 4-53. Insert the tab of the "Joint Plate" to the slit of the "Base. Insert the "Base. 5. Left". Revision B Figure 4-52. Left" Setting Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 241 . Left" with the "Joint Plate" set in the Step 4 under the left bottom of the main unit until the notches hit the rubber feet of the printer. "Base.

Left". Figure 4-54. Right". Right" under the right bottom of the main unit until the noches hit the rubber feet of the printer. and the "Joint Plate" are set up.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. "Base. Insert the "Base. "Base. C H E C K P O IN T Revision B After the "Base. Right" Setting Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 242 .

Figure 4-55.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When lifting the printer in the steps given below. and insert the right tab of the "Joint Plate" into the slit of the "Base. lift the printer upward. Right". „ This printer is heavy (approximately 40 kg). Hold the front panel section at the front of the printer. pay attention to the followings: „ Hold the front panel section of the printer. Holding other section could cause the malfunction of the printer. Dropping the printer may cause injury or malfunction of the printer. Hold the front panel section at the front of the printer securely and make sure that the grip is solid before lifting the printer. 7. „ Take care not to get your hand sandwiched when you lower the printer. "Joint Plate" Attachment Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 243 .

Left". Tilt the printer upward a little (the same amount of the spring stroke of the left stand ) as holding the front panel section of the printer.) Revision B Step 8-1/Step 9 9. lift the printer upward and keep it there. Fit the lower end of the "Stand" into the protrusion of the "Base. (Be sure that the concave portion of the "Stand" matches the convex portion of the "Base. 8-1. Right". and set the "Stand" in both the rubber foot on the right bottom of the printer and the tab of the "Base. 8-2. Fit the rubber foot of the printer into the foot receiver at the upper end of the "Stand". Hold the front panel section of the printer. Left". following the steps below. Step 8-2/Step 9 Figure 4-56. "Stand" Setting Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 244 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 8. Left". using the same steps in Step 8. and then set the "Stand" in both the rubber foot on the bottom of the printer and the "Base.

C. „ C. Remove the two screws that secure the "ASF Unit" on the right side of the printer and the two screws that secure "Duct. Assy" too far from the printer because harnesses are connected between them. 3x6 Figure 4-57.B.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 10.S. Assy". „ C. Air.B. Assy" separated. 3x6 : 4 pcs. do not keep the "Duct. C.B. Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following work. Screws Securing "ASF Unit" Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 245 . Air. Remove the two screws that secure the "ASF Unit" while keeping the "Duct. Air.S.S. 3x6 : 2 pcs.B. 11. 3x6 Step 11 C. C.S. Step 10 C.

„ C. Revision B C. Screws Securing "ASF Unit" Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 246 .S. 3x6 Figure 4-58.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 12.B.B. While holding the "ASF Unit".S. remove the three screws that secure the "ASF Unit" on the left side of the printer. 3x6 : 3 pcs.

When installing the "ASF Unit" to the printer. Figure 4-59.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "ASF Unit". "ASF Unit" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 247 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 13. Revision B ASF Phase Sensor ASF Unit A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Remove the "ASF Unit" downward from the printer. do not let the connector of the "ASF Phase Sensor" located at the left side of the "ASF Unit" contact with the cutout of the frame of the main unit.

6. "Gear. Remove the "E-ring. Hopper. LD". Hopper. Release When installing the "Gear. LD. Release" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 248 . Right 1.74" and the "Lever.. LD. 44. Hopper. Roller. 2. 6 Figure 4-60. LD". LD".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.47 Lever..2 Roller Assy. 44. 44.74" and "Lever. and pull out the "Gear. Release" to the "Shaft.74" and "Lever. Roller.2. Hopper. 44. Remove "ASF Unit" (p240). and match the respective ribs of the shaft holes with the grooves of the "Shaft. Gear. Hopper. E-ring. Left / Roller Assy.47" and "Lever. Roller. face the surfaces with the longer ribs of both the "Gear. Release" toward the "ASF Unit" side. 6". Release" from the "Shaft. 44.

Detector" using a precision driver or a similar tool. ASF. and then remove the "Wheel. 3x8 Figure 4-61. Right" from the bottom of the "ASF Unit". Right" Figure 4-63.B. LD. Lower". Revision B Freme. Roller. Right Hopper When installing the "Frame. ASF. make sure that both the grooves of the "Cover. Right" are engaged with the rail of the "Frame.P. Screws Securing "Frame. Right" Removal 4. 3x8 : 3 pcs.B.) Wheel. Detector".(Refer to Figure 4-63. ASF. Figure 4-62. Detector C. ASF. Remove the three screws that secure the "Frame.P. ASF. Detector" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 249 . "Frame. Right" from the hole shown in Figure 4-62 as holding the "Hopper" „ C. ASF. Right".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3. "Wheel. LD. Push down and release the tab that secures the "Wheel. Left" and the "Cover. and remove the "Frame. ASF. Roller.

4" from the "Shaft. insert the both ends of the "Ground Spring. 11. 11. 11. Revision B Rib Hole Bushing.) When installing the "Ground Spring. install the "Bushing. Lock. ASF". Lock. Lock. ASF" will be released at the same time. (The "Ground Spring.4". 11. Lock. Lock. Lock.4 Ground Spring. and then hitch the other side of the "Ground Spring. Lock. LD". 11.4" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 250 . and then remove the "Bushing. Lock. 11.4" to the tab located on the bottom of the "Bushing. 11.4 Tab Bushing. 11. Roller. 11. release the boss at the lower part from the frame.4" to the direction shown in Figure 4-64 to match the rib with the frame hole.4" first.4". "Bushing. ASF" into the right and left holes on the bottom of the "Bushing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. ASF 1 3 2 Figure 4-64. Rotate the "Bushing.

LD. Left". Left" to the right. Detach the resin plate that is attached on the "Holder. Edge Guide.. Left".. (Refer to Figure 4-66. Edge Guide. LD. Edge Guide. (Refer to Figure 4-65. release the tab that secures "Holder.) Revision B Holder. Left Removal Tab Figure 4-66. LD. Roller. LD. Edge Guide. Left" to the "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. Left" to the "Cover. Left Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 251 . Roller Assy.. Release the tab that secures the "Roller Assy. Holder. Left" sliding it rightward.) 7. Edge Guide. and then remove the "Holder. then remove the "Roller Assy. Left". Roller. LD. Left Tabs Resin Plate Figure 4-65.

LD. LD. All the parts shown in Figure 4-67 are released when drawing the "Shaft. Roller. Install the parts to the "Shaft. Right Compression Spring. Roller Assy. Roller. Right" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 252 . Roller. Roller. LD Roller.4 Shaft. Right". Sub. Roller.. Left" and "Roller Assy. Left Revision B Compression Spring. Sub. 0. LD. LD. LD" to the direction shown in Figure 4-67 to remove both the "Roller Assy. refering the Figure 4-67.. LD. LD" in the correct order and direction. Middle Compression Spring. 6" from the "Shaft.4 Drawing Direction of Shaft E-ring Figure 4-67.407 Holder. Left Roller Assy. "Roller Assy. LD. LD.... 0. Middle Roller.. Remove the "E-ring. 0. Draw out the "Shaft. 9. Edge Guide.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 8. LD. LD". Left" and the "Roller Assy. LD".

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.6.3 Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP
1. Remove "Box Assy., Flushing / Pump Unit" (p309). 2. Disconnect relay connector. (Refer to Figure 4-68.) 3. Detach E-ring and then remove "Spur Gear, 16".(Refer to Figure 4-69.)
Relay Connector

ASF/Pump Motor Harness

Figure 4-68. Releasing the Harness

E-ring

Spur Gear, 16

Screwdriver insertion hole

Figure 4-69. Spur Gear, 16 Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

253

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
4. Insert screwdriver through hole at lower right of "Spur Gear, 16" removed in Step 3 and remove the screw securing "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP". „ C.B. 3x8 : 1 pc. 5. Remove the two screws securing "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP" and then remove "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP". „ C.B.S. 3x6 : 1 pc.

Revision B

Step 5 C.B.S. 3x6

Step 4 C.B. 3x8

Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP

Step 5 C.B.S. 3x6

Figure 4-70. Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

254

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

Install "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP" following the steps below. 1. "Combination Gear 12, 22.4" may fall from the "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP" when removing it. If this happens, properly install the gear as shown below.
Combination Gear 12, 22.4

3. Insert shaft of frame while aligning it with installation hole of "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP".

Shaft

Installation Hole

2. Install "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP" in a way that avoids interference between "Combination Gear 12, 22.4" and "Spur Gear, 18".

4. Confirm that "Spur Gear, 19.2" and "Combination Gear 13.6, 28.8" are engaged.
Spur Gear, 19.2

Spur Gear, 18

Gear Engagement Location

Location of Interference Combination Gear 13.6, 28.8

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

255

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

5. Tighten screws so that there are no gaps at the locations listed below. • Between frame and "Heat Dissipation Plate, Motor, ASF". • Between frame and "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP".
Confirm close fit of components

Heat Dissipation Plate, Motor, ASF

C.B.S. 3x6

A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D

Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP".

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

256

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.6.4 ASF Phase Sensor
1. Remove "Cover, Side, Left" (p211). 2. Remove the four screws securing "Cover, Motor, PF" and then remove "Cover, Motor, PF" in the upward direction while avoiding the "Roller, PF". (Refer to Figure 4-71.) „ C.B.S. 3x6 : 4 pcs. 3. Rotate "Lever, Hopper, Release" with hand and align the "Wheel, Detector" notch with the "ASF Phase Sensor" detection section. (Refer to Figure 4-72.)
C.B.S. 3x6 C.B.S. 3x6 Roller, PF Cover, Motor, PF

2

1

Figure 4-71. Cover, Motor, PF Removal

ASF Phase Sensor

Lever, Hopper, Release Notch and Detection Section Wheel, Detector

Figure 4-72. Wheel, Detector Removal Position

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

257

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
4. Use a tool such as a precision screwdriver to press down on and release the hook securing the "Wheel, Detector", and remove the "Wheel, Detector". (Refer to Figure 4-73.) 5. Disconnect the connector from the "ASF Phase Sensor". (Refer to Figure 4-74.) 6. Release the two tabs securing the "ASF Phase Sensor" and remove the "ASF Phase Sensor". (Refer to Figure 4-74.)
2

Revision B

1

Hook

Figure 4-73. Wheel, Detector Removal

1

Tabs 2 1 Connector

Figure 4-74. ASF Phase Sensor Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

258

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.6.5 ASF Paper Sensor
1. Remove PCB Unit. (Refer to "4.2.4.1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221).) 2. Release "ASF Paper Sensor" harness from clamp. 3. Release the two tabs securing "ASF Paper Sensor" and then release "ASF Paper Sensor". 4. Disconnect connector from "ASF Paper Sensor".
Clamp ASF Paper Sensor

Connector

Harness

Figure 4-75. ASF Paper Sensor Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

259

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.7 Carriage Mechanism
4.2.7.1 Carriage Unit
C H E C K P O IN T

Ink Tube Unit

This section explains the working procedure using the "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL" shown in the figure below. The "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL" is a tool that holds and fixes the SUS plate which is on the CR guide shaft to prevent it being deformed or damaged by the bearing installed in the "Carriage Unit" when installing/removing the "Carriage Unit" to/from the CR shaft. Use the CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL in any way possible.
CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL C.B.P. 3x12

Figure 4-76. Screws Securing Ink Tube Unit

2

1. Remove "Scale, CR" (p274). 2. Remove "C511_SUB Board" (p229). 3. Remove the two screws that secure the "Ink Tube Unit". (Refer to Figure 4-76.) „ C.B.P. 3x12 : 2 pcs. 4. Tilt the "Ink Tube Unit" backward to release the three tabs securing its bottom ( ), and then lift and remove the "Ink Tube Unit"( ). (Refer to Figure 4-77.)

1

Figure 4-77. Releasing Tabs on the Bottom of Ink Tube Unit

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

260

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

When installing the "Ink Tube Unit", be sure to check the followings. „ Release the "Belt, CR" tension (Refer to "4.2.7.2 Motor Assy., CR" (p264).), and sandwich the "Belt, CR" with the "Carriage Unit" and the "Ink Tube" at between the two red lines marked on the reverse side of the belt. If the belt is sandwiched at the right position, a bending will appear between the two red lines.

„ „

Securely hitch the three tabs of the "Ink Tube Unit" to the installation holes of the "Carriage Unit". Match the two positioning holes and the two dowels of the "Ink Tube Unit" and "Carriage Unit".

Red lines

„

The "Ink Tube Unit" should be installed with its mounting plate facing forward.

„

Do not get harnesses sandwiched between the "Ink Tube Unit" and the "Carriage Unit".

Ground Plate

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

261

B. Inclination". Inclination". 3x8 +washer 3.B.P. 3.81 C.5x8 Lever. Inclination" to the "Carriage Unit to remove the "Lever.P. 3x8 (+washer 3. (Refer to Figure 4-80.81" from the hooks of both the "Head Unit" and the "Lever. Removal of Screw Securing Head Unit Extension Spring. Lift the "Head Unit" together with the "Ink Tube Unit" to remove from the"CarriageUnit". Inclination".0x0. 8.P. 3.) 6. 9. Remove the "Tension Spring. 1. "Lever. Inclination Figure 4-78.5x8) : 1 pc.) „ „ C. Head Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 262 . C. 3. Inclination" Removal Figure 4-80.P. (P2) 3x12 A B C Head Unit C.81". (P2) 3x12 : 1 pc.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. Tighten the Screw A. (Refer to Figure 4-78.P. 2. and move the "Carriage Unit" toward you. (P2) 3x12 : 2 pcs. Tighten the Screw C first and then the Screw B. Attach the "Extension Spring.) „ C. Remove the screw securing the "Head Unit" to the "Carriage Unit". Revision B When installing the "Lever.B.B. (Refer to Figure 4-78. C. Remove the three screws and the washer that secure the "Lever.B.P. (P2) 3x12 Tab 7. Release the harness from the tab shown in Figure 4-79.B.) Figure 4-79. 3. follow the steps below. (Refer to Figure 4-79.0x0.

Front A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL Figure 4-81. Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Front" and the right end of its rear hook set on the "Shaft. Shaft. Shaft. Place the "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL" with the left end of its front tab set on the "Shaft. Lift the rear of the "Carriage Unit" upward to release it from the "Shaft. Rear". Pull the "Carriage Unit" toward you and compress it to the "Shaft. C A U T IO N Revision B Carriage Unit 2 Be sure to install the "CR SUS plate" as shown in Figure 4-81 or its tab may get bent.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 10. Front" ( ). Set the "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL" on the both sides of the "Carriage Unit" as shown in Figure 4-81. and then install them in a twisting motion as shown in Figure 4-81. 11-1. and then remove the "Carriage Unit".354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or removing the "Carriage Unit". Rear". Rear 1 11. Remove the "Carriage Unit" by following steps below. Carriage Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 263 . 11-2. Front". Front" ( ) to make the bearings that are attached on the rear of the "Carrigage Unit" apart from the "Shaft. lift the front of the "Carriage Unit" so that it is released from the "Shaft.

Lever Unit".) 5. Side.2...1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221). (Refer to Figure 4-83. CR 1. Releasing the Harness_1 Acetate Tape Tying Band Figure 4-83. Disconnect "Motor Assy.. Left" (p211).2. Remove "Cover.) 6. CR" harness. (Refer to Figure 4-83. 3. 3 pin) from "C5111 MAIN Board". (Refer to "4. Lower Figure 4-82. Right" (p212). CR" harness from "Paper Guide.) 2..) Channels Harness Tab Paper Guide. (Refer to "4. Side. Remove "Cover.2. and then pull it out through the hole of the frame. CR" harness.) 7.7. 4. Release "Motor Assy. Peel two pieces of acetate tape and release "Motor Assy.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Cut the tying band and release the "Motor Assy. Releasing the Harness_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 264 . CR" harness (CN15: white. (Refer to Figure 4-82.4.2 Motor Assy.9.1 Release Unit" (p335). Remove "Release. Lower" tab and the two channels..

) Clamps Acetate Tape Tab Motor Assy. Slide carriage to the center of the printer. confirm that the tube is fastened to the "Motor Assy. Revision B Acetate Tape (x3) 9. four pieces of acetate tape and the tab on the frame. (Refer to "4.2.4. Releasing the Harness_3 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 265 ..) When routing the harnesses.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 8. Release the "Motor Assy. CR" end surface.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229).. CR Fasten tube to motor end surface Figure 4-84. CR" harness from the four cramps.. (Refer to Figure 4-84.

CR Lever..C.. Releasing Tension of Belt. CR". Lock.) „ C. CR". 3x6 : 2 pcs. PG Screw Figure 4-85. Belt. Release "Belt. Pulley". note the position set on the scale of "Holder. PG". CR" from the pinion gear of "Motor Assy. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 266 . Belt. 3x6 12. Figure 4-86.. CR". CR C.354) and perform specified adjustments after installing or replacing the "Motor Assy.. loosen the CR Tension Installation screw and release the tension of "Belt.. C A U T IO N When performing the following step. Returning to this same position when installing the "Belt. CR Removal A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5“Adjustment” (p. CR 10. Remove the two screws securing the "Motor Assy. CR" will reduce the time needed for belt adjustment.. be careful not to scratch the "Motor Assy. Lock. CR". CR" pinion gear. 11. Motor Assy.C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C H E C K P O IN T When performing the following steps. CR" and remove the "Motor Assy. (Refer to Figure 4-86. While pushing up "Lever.

C" hook. Stopper. Disconnect relay connector. Right Figure 4-87. CSIC Duct. (Refer to Figure 4-88. Side. (Refer to Figure 4-88.) 6. Stopper. Ink. Plate.7. (Refer to Figure 4-87.. Side.) 5.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. 2.2. Right" (p212). Ink. Ink. Right". Peel off the acetate tape and release the tab at the lower part of the "Sheet.. ASF. Releasing the Harness Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 267 . C" from the U-shaped cutout of the "Frame. CSIC" and "Motor Assy.) 4. Air. PG Harness Step 3 Harness. (Refer to Figure 4-88. C Frame. Base. Side. Sheet.. PG" harness and "Mount Assy.. PG 1..) Sheet.) 3. C Release Step 6 Step 5 Step 4 Motor Assy. Stopper.3 Motor Assy. (Refer to Figure 4-88. C Figure 4-88. Motor. Release "Motor Assy. Remove "Cover. and release "Harness. Side. SP" harness from the U-shaped cutout of the "Frame. PG" harness from "Duct. Air. Peel acetate tape and release "PG Motor" harness. Remove the acetate tape securing the harness. Base. Base. Right".

PG". (Refer to Figure 4-89.) „ C. slide the "Motor Assy. PG Removal Circuit Board A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Seen from the right side of the printer.) Install "PG Motor" with the circuit board facing downward...354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "Motor Assy. Remove the two screws securing "Motor Assy. be careful not to scratch the frame with "Motor Assy. 3x6 : 2 pcs.C. (Refer to Figure 4-89.. PG" through the upper right relief hole and then remove the "Motor Assy. 3x6 8.. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 268 . 1 Pinion Gear Revision B Relief Hole PG Motor C A U T IO N When performing the following steps. Motor Assy.. PG" pinion gear. PG". 2 C. Figure 4-89.C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. PG" inward while passing the pinion gear through the relief hole..

4. 1 Connectoror 1 Clamp Wrap around After installing the "CR_HP Sensor". wrap the harness around the outside as shown in Figure 4-90.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.) 3.4 CR_HP Sensor 1.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229).2.4. CR_HP Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 269 . (Refer to "4. 5. CR_HP Sensor 2 Tabs Figure 4-90. Unfasten the two upper hooks securing "CR_HP Sensor".2. Right" (p212). 2.7. release the lower tab and then release "CR_HP Sensor". Move "Carriage Unit" to center of printer. Disconnect the connector from "CR_HP Sensor". Side. Remove "Cover. Release "CR_HP Sensor" harness from clamp.

Move "Carriage Unit" to center of printer.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229).2.) „ C. Connecting Status of Multi Sensor Connector Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 270 . While holding the "Multi Sensor" so as not to drop. and move the "Carriage Unit" to the left end of the printer keeping clear of the platen. Remove "Cover.) 3.4. Remove the two screws securing "Multi Sensor" to the "Carriage Unit". (P2) 3x6 : 2 pcs. Screws Securing Multi Sensor Figure 4-93.) 6. (Refer to Figure 4-93. Left" (p211).354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or installing a "Multi Sensor".B. 4.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.) A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. 5. Multi Sensor Removal C. 2. (Refer to Figure 4-92. Side. (Refer to Figure 4-91.7. Disconnect the connector connected to the "Multi Sensor" and remove the "Multi Sensor".5 Multi Sensor 1. (P2) 3x6 Connector Figure 4-91. Remove the "Multi Sensor" from the "Carriage Unit" in the downward direction. Figure 4-92. (Refer to "4.B.

Side. Rotate the PG Cam manually so that the PG Lock Lever enter the groove at the extream end of the PG Cam as shown in Figure 4-94.7. 2. the shield plate can be rotated by rotating the PG Cam. Rear) and PG Detection Shield Plate operate simultaneously. Shaft.2. C H E C K P O IN T As the PG Cam (Bush. Side. Right" (p212). (Refer to Figure 4-94. Remove "Cover.) PG Cam Detection Section Shield Plate Figure 4-94.6 PG Phase Sensor 1. PG Lock Lever 3. Remove "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Rotating the Shield Plate Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 271 . Left" (p211). Doing so releases the shield plate from the "PG Phase Sensor".

Disconnect the connector from the "PG Phase Sensor". Remove "Extension Spring. PG Phase Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 272 . 2.58 Removal Connector Hooks Figure 4-96.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. (Refer to Figure 4-95. Extension Spring.) 6. (Refer to Figure 4-96.58 Installation Plate. Detector.) 5. HP". 2.) Revision B Tabs Extension Spring. Detector. HP Figure 4-95. Release the tabs securing the "PG Phase Sensor" and remove the "PG Phase Sensor".58" from the frame and the two tabs of the "Installation Plate. 2. (Refer to Figure 4-96.

CR CR Encoder Sensor FFC Shield Plate C A U T IO N Do not touch "Scale.7.4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. CR" when removing "CR Encoder Sensor". Positioning holes Figure 4-97.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229). 2.7 CR Encoder Sensor 1. Move "Carriage Unit" to center of printer and remove the "Carriage Cover".P.6x6 Align the two dowels on the "CR Encorder Sensor" with the two positioning holes on the "Ink Tube Unit".2. CR Encoder Sensor Removal Dowels A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Scale.) 3. Rear" (p218). 2.P. 2. „ C. Remove the screw securing "CR Encoder Sensor" to the "Carriage Unit" and remove "CR Encoder Sensor". Remove "Cover.6x6 : 1 pc.2.P. (Refer to "4. 4. C. Disconnect the FFC from "CR Encoder Sensor". Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 273 .354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or installing the "CR Encoder Sensor".P.

Right" (p212). Move the "Carriage Unit" to the center of the printer. At the right side of the printer. Remove "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. CR 1.4. CR Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 274 . remove the "Scale.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229). Take care not to touch the surface of the "Scale. CR" with bare hands or contaminate it with ink or contact it to the frame. At the left side of the printer.7. 2. Right side of the printer Scale. CR". Side. CR" from the tab on the printer frame. (Refer to "4.86" hitched to the tab on the printer frame and the "Scale. remove the "Tension Spring.86 A damage to the detection pattern on the surface of the "Scale. 3.2. CR" may cause malfunction of the CR encorder. Remove "Cover.) 4. C A U T IO N Left side of the printer Scale. CR Extension Spring. Left" (p211). Scale.8 Scale.2. 5. Side. when handling the "Scale. CR Tab Figure 4-98. CR". 3. 3.

and then remove the plain washer.2. 2. PG". PG Attachment Screw Figure 4-100. (Refer to Figure 4-100. CR Lever. Remove the E-ring that secures the "Shaft. Remove "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.) 3. Rock.7. While pressing the "Lever.9 Pulley. Side. Driven/Shaft. loosen the CR tension attachment screw until its tip gets behind the "Pulley. (Refer to Figure 4-99. E-ring and Plain Washer Removal Pulley. CR".) E-ring Plain washer Figure 4-99. Loosening CR Tension Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 275 . Pulley" on the left back of the printer. Left" (p211). Pulley 1. Tension. Tension. Rock.

Pulley" from the "Pulley. (Refer to Figure 4-101. Pulley. Driven". Pulley Figure 4-102. Remove the ball bearings from the "Pulley. Pulley Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 276 . and then remove the "Shaft. Pulley" with the grooved end of the "Shaft. Pull the "Holder. Driven". "Shaft. Pulley" together with the "Belt. Pulley" Removal Polyslider Ball bearing Pulley. CR" from the "Pulley. Draw out the "Shaft. Driven Ball bearing Polyslider Shaft. Driven Shaft. Driven and Shaft. Pulley" facing the rear of the printer. CR" and the "Pulley. Driven" and "Shaft.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4.) 5. CR Groove 2 Pulley. Remove the "Belt.) Install the "Pulley. Pulley 1 Holder. Pulley" upward from the front and rear grooves on the "Holder. Pulley" toward you. Pulley Figure 4-101. 6.) 7. (Refer to Figure 4-102. Driven" to remove the two polysliders. Driven". (Refer to Figure 4-102. Revision B Assemble Belt.

Attach the "CUTTER CAP" to the cutter section of the "Carriage Unit". prevents injury during the work. which covers the cutter blade projecting upward from the bottom of the Carriage.B.(P2) 3x8 (+ plain washer 4. Route the harnesses of the "Solenoid.8x8): 1 pc. CR" from the tabs of the "Carriage Unit".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.P. (Refer to Figure 4-103. Remove the screw and the plain washer that secure the "Solenoid.7. "Solenoid.) 4. C.) C H E C K P O IN T Tabs The "Cutter Cover".3x0. CR 1. 2.8.(P2) 3x8 +washer 4. CR". and then remove the "Solenoid. 3.B.P.3x0. Release the harnesses of the "Solenoid.2. Remove "Carriage Unit" (p260). (Refer to Figure 4-108.10 Solenoid. CR". CR A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. CR" from the "Carriage Unit". „ C. CR" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 277 .354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "Solenoid. CUTTER CAP Solenoid.8 Tab Figure 4-103. CR" on the "Carriage Unit" properly as shown in Figure 4-103.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2.8.8 Ink System 4.1 Printhead C H E C K P O IN T C H E C K P O IN T „ Be sure to install the "Adjust Plate" to the rear of the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL" before removing the "Printhead". CUTTER CAP HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL (Adjust Plate) CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 278 . „ Figures below shows the required tools in replacing the "Printhead".2.

"Belt. (Refer to Figure 4-104. 4. CR" from the pinion gear of the "Motor Assy. (Refer to "4.) 3. CR" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 279 .) Revision B CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL Figure 4-104. CR" (p274).) (Refer to Figure 4-105.) For the setting of the "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL".1 Carriage Unit (p260)". CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL Set Position Pinion Gear Belt. CR".2. CR" to remove the "Belt. (Refer to Figure 4-104. CR" (p264).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 1.. 2.7.2 Motor Assy. Move the "Carriage Unit" to match the sensor section on the rear of the "Carridge Unit" with the cutout of the "Cover.7..2. refer to Figure 4-81 in "4. Release the tension of the "Belt. Remove "Scale. Place the "CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL" on both sides of the "Carriage Unit" as shown in Figure 4-81. CR Figure 4-105. Rear".

Lift the rear of the "Carriage Unit" upward to release it from the "Shaft. Figure 4-106. Revision B Cover. (Refer to Figure 4-107. Set the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL" with its front holes macthing with the screw positions of the printer. (Refer to Figure 4-107. Front" ( ). 1 6. (Refer to Figure 4-106. Temporarily place the "Carriage Unit" that is removed in Step 5 on both the "Shaft. Carriage Unit Removal 7.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. Pull the "Carriage Unit" toward you and press it against the "Shaft. and then remove the "Carriage Unit". HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL Setting Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 280 . Rear". lift the front of the "Carriage Unit" so that it is released from the "Shaft. Set the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL" on the printer at the position as shown in Figure 4-107. Rear 2 5-2. Front" and the "Shaft.) Be careful not to make contact C A U T IO N Be careful not to drop the "Carriage Unit" because it is hold in a temporarily unstable state. Remove the "Carriage Unit" following the order below. Front" ( ) to make the bearings that are attached on the rear of the "Carrigage Unit" apart from the "Shaft.) Carriage Unit HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL Match the holes of the tool with the screw positions of the printer Figure 4-107. Front".) 5-1. Rear".

6x8 10. C" from the bottom of the "Carriage Unit". Carriage Unit Setting / Screws Securing Carriage. Make sure the "Carriage Unit" is installed to the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL" securely.P. take care not to bend the "Tube. Attach the "CUTTER CAP" to the cutter section of the "Carriage Unit".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 8.(Refer to Figure 4-108. Set the "Carriage Unit" on the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL". 2. C Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 281 .6 x 8 : 3 pcs. prevents injury during the work. replace with a new one. Check Point CUTTER CAP HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL Carriage. C.) C H E C K P O IN T Revision B „ „ When setting the "Carriage Unit" on the "HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL". Make sure that the "Carriage Unit" is completely set into the position with its bottom is parallel to the tool as seen from the side of the "Carriage Unit".) C H E C K P O IN T The "CUTTER CAP".C.P. (Refer to Figure 4-108. Figure 4-108. Remove the three screws that secure the "Carriage. If it get bend. (Refer to Figure 4-108. 2. Ink". C 9. Supply. which covers the cutter blade projecting upward from the bottom of the Carriage.P.) „ C.

Figure 4-109. C" too far because harnesses are connected to the "Carriage. Carriage. B". C".) Make sure that the mounting plate of the "Carriage Unit" is in contact with the one of the "Carriage. do not keep the "Carriage. C" Removal Carriage. C 11. Separation from Carriage. Slowly draw the "Carriage. C" after installing the "Carriage. C Headrank ID Label Printhead Figure 4-110. C". B Carriage.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following work. B Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 282 . (Refer to Figure 4-110. C" to the directions shown in Figure 4-109 to separate it from the "Carriage. "Carriage.

6x8 Figure 4-111. Printhead Removal Print Head Harness. and then remove the "Printhead" from the "Carriage. (Refer to Figure 4-110. C" as shown in the figure bilow.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 12.) „ C. (Refer to Figure 4-111. be sure to write down the Head Rank ID of the new one (21 characters in all) which is discribed on the ID Label. Harness. 2. CR C. 2. Head Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 283 . Harness Carriage. CR" to the "Carriage. and then remove the "Printhead". When replacing the "Printhead" with a new one. Head 13. CR" comes off when removing the "Printhead" form the "Carriage. Head" should be connected with its circle-marked surface facing downward (the nozzle surface). (Refer to Figure 4-112.P. Upper side: 2 circles Lower side: 1 circle Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Absorber. reattach the "Absorber.) "Harness. Revision B Caution: Head.P.6x8 : 3 pcs.P.) A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Circle Mark Figure 4-112. C". Disconnect the two "harness.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or removing the "Printhead". C If the "Absorber. Head"s from the "Printhead". Remove the three screws that secure the "Printhead".P. C".

Head A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D When performing the following work. Supply. Ink 1. Ink" from the "Head Unit".2. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 284 . remove ink out of the ink route before removing the "Valve Assy. Loosen the eight "Coupling Screw. Ink" or damage it with frame edges. „ Do not bend the "Tube. M7 C A U T IO N When performing the following steps. „ Do not allow dust or foreign matters to get into the "Tube.2. Supply. Tube. Head". Remove the "Carriage Cover".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Supply. Supply.354) to know how to remove ink. (Refer to "4. Tube. Supply.4..) Coupling Screw. Ink". pay attention to the followings: „ Prepare pieces of cloth in case the ink leaks or spatters around the printer. Refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Ink" to remove the "Tube.2 Valve Assy. M7"s that secure the "Tube. Ink Removal 2. Head Unit Figure 4-113. Supply.8.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229)..

Supply.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B „ Make sure that the "O-ring.25/1. Supply.75 (1277142) • Tightning torque: 1. O-ring. M7" with prescribed torgue and the tool sperified below. Coupling M7" is attached approximately 2mm away from the end point of the "Tube. coupling M7 „ To prevent from both ink leak and damage on the joint screw. Ink" all the way seated. Ink". • Tool: Torque Wrench 1.25) kgf • cm Approximately 2mm „ „ The ink color marked on the "Tube. then tighten the "Coupling Screw. Make sure that the marked color corresponds to the color of the socket before attaching the "Tube. LK (Y) → LM (M) → LC (C) → PK (MK) → MK → C → M → Y LK (Y) LM (M) LC (C) PK (MK) MK C M Y „ Insert the "Tube. Supply. M7." Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 285 . Attach the "Tube. Supply.25 ( ± 0. Ink" indicates its own color. referring to the figure below. supply. Ink". Ink" from the left in the order below and route it. be sure to tighten the "Coupling Screw.

which connects "Tube.. Ink".) 4.7. Damper" Drawing 6. Head" by following the steps below.) C A U T IO N Revision B Plate. Damper" with a plier or a similar tool. Remove the "Valve Assy. Head" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 286 . Head" in the direction of an allow. Head". (Refer to "4.) 6-1. B".2. pay attention to the followings: „ Do not hold the film area of the "Valve Assy. "Plate. Head Tab Film Area (both sides) 1 2 Figure 4-115. Draw out the "Plate. Figure 4-114. (Refer to "4. (Refer to Figure 4-115.. Ink". Release the tab and remove the "Valve Assy. 1 A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Remove the "Head Unit" from the "Carriage Unit". „ Do not damage or deform the joint section on the "Valve Assy.. Head" which connects the "Tube.) 5. Supply. Separate the "Carriage. to remove the joint section. Joint Section Valve Assy... Slide the joint section on the "Valve Assy.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3.1 Carriage Unit" (p260)..1 Printhead" (p278). "Valve Assy. Damper When performing the following work. C" from the "Carriage. Head". Supply... 6-2.2. (Refer to Figure 4-114.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or removing the "Valve Assy.8. Head".

(P2) 3x6 : 2 pcs.) 5. : 1 pc. (P2) 3x6 : 2 pcs.S. Waste Ink Step 3 Step 5 Step 4 Closely Fitted Location Figure 4-117. 2. Air.) „ „ Insert the shaft of the "Duct.B. Ink" to position the "Duct. Air. Step 2 4. prepare pieces of cloth in case the waste ink leaks or splatter inside the printer. (Refer to Figure 4-117.3 Gutter. Waste Ink" is closely fitted to the printer frame. Air. (Refer to Figure 4-116. Remove the screw securing "Gutter. Duct. Air. A and Gutter.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. (P2) 3x6 C. D 3.S. Remove the two screws securing "Duct. 1. A" and remove "Duct. (Refer to Figure 4-117. Duct. Remove the two screws securing "Duct.8. Slide the "Gutter. Ink". Air. Make sure that the ink is not ejected from the ink ejection route during the work. (Refer to Figure 4-117. move it downward and then remove it to the left side. Air. Air. Duct. D".S. Air. D" and remove "Duct. Blower" (p238). Remove "Fan.B.B. Figure 4-116. Air. D" into the bearing hole of "Gutter. Secure with screws after confirming that "Gutter. A Gutter. Waste Ink" to the left. D Removal Duct. Waste Ink Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 287 .) „ C.) „ „ C. D".2. A". Ink C A U T IO N When removing the "Gutter. Waste Ink". Air.

Gutter" is attached to "Gutter. C.) Slide "Gutter.) „ 7-1. Gutter Revision B C. Make sure that "Push Spring. Ink" left lower side toward you.B. Ink". Ink" right side downward.B. (Refer to Figure 4-119. Ink Assembly Catch Assembly Catch 1 3 2 Figure 4-119. Gutter. Ink" by following the steps below. Move "Gutter. Absorbent Pad. install it as shown in the figure below. Push Spring. Ink Figure 4-118. Pull out "Gutter. 7. (Refer to Figure 4-118. (P1) 3x4 Gutter. Ink" to left side. 7-2. 7-3. Remove "Gutter. Absorbent Pad. If it has removed.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. Remove the screw securing "Gutter. (P1) 3x4 : 1 pc. Screw Securing Gutter. Ink Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 288 . Ink".

Left" and disengage each side from the hinge sockets. Left". remove ink out of the the ink path before removing the "IH Left Unit". Knob. Lock Lever. Left" has upward and downward directions. Knob.B. Open "Cover. 3. Front/Panel Unit" (p214).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. I/H. Lock Lever. Knob. Left Release Mark: Top C. Left Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 289 . Left".P.P. 3x6 : 1 pc. Lock Lever. Left Removal The "I/C. Knob. Knob. Refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. I/C.8. Figure 4-120. Cover. Hinge Sockets 1. Install it in the correct direction.4 I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left) C A U T IO N When performing the following work. 3x6 Set Mark: Bottom Figure 4-121. (Refer to Figure 4-120. Remove the screw securing the "I/C.B. Lock Lever. Lock Lever.) 4.354) to know how to remove ink. I/H.2. Left" and then remove the "I/C. 2. (Refer to Figure 4-121.) „ C. Hold both ends of "Cover. I/C. I/H. Remove "Panel.

B. 3x6 : 1pc.B. I/H Guide. 3x6 Figure 4-122.S. Remove the four screws securing "Guide. Left" by pulling forward. Left C. 3x6 Guide. I/H Guide.) „ C. 3x6 : 4 pcs.B. I/ H.S. Installation Plate.) „ C. I/H. Left" and remove "Guide. Remove the screw securing "Installation Plate. A" and remove "Installation Plate. I/H.S. Revision B C.B. Left Removal C. 6. A Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 290 .S. (Refer to Figure 4-122. A Dowels and Positioning Holes Figure 4-123.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. (Refer to Figure 4-123. I/H Guide. 3x6 Installation Plate. I/H Guide. A". I/H. Guide.B.

I/H Guide. C". I/H Guide. 3x6 Dowels and Positioning Holes Installation Plate.B. Revision B The shapes of "Installation Plate. C C. so be careful when installing them. I/H Guide. C" and remove "Installation Plate. A" and "Installation Plate.S. C „ Figure 4-124. Installation Plate. A Installation Plate. I/H Guide. I/H Guide. I/H Guide.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. C Removal Align "Installation Plate.S.B. 3x6 „ : 1 pc. C" dowels (2 each) with frame positioning holes (2 each). A" and "Installation Plate. (Refer to Figure 4-123 and 4-124. I/H Guide. „ C. I/H Guide.) Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 291 . Remove the screw securing "Installation Plate. Installation Plate. I/H Guide. C" differ. I/H Guide.

Supply. Supply. Supply. be careful not to bend the "Tube. bind it with Omega Locks from both side of the frame and secure with acetate tape. Supply. Peel acetate tape and release the four "Tube.S. (Refer to Figure 4-126. Ink" should be slackened to the direction (center of the printer) as shown in Figure 4-125. (Refer to Figure 4-125. Be sure to release each tube in order.B.) C A U T IO N The width of the frame notch allows passage of one tube at a time. Figure 4-125. Ink" from the notch of the frame. Slack Direction „ When installing "Tube. Ink 8. 3x6 9. Acetate Tape Notch Tube. 3x6 : 2 pcs. I/H Left Unit Front Side_1 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 292 . Supply. Remove the two screws securing the front side of "I/H Left Unit".) „ C. Ink Omega Locks I/H Left Unit „ The "Tube. Releasing the Tube.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following step.B. C. Supply. Ink" to the frame. Figure 4-126. Ink" or scratch it with the edge of the frame.

4 ASF Phase Sensor" (p257). 3x8 : 6 pcs.B.B. (Refer to Figure 4-128.S. Motor. Remove the four screws securing rear side of "I/H Left Unit". 14.S.B.6. I/H Left Unit Front Side_2 Cover. Peel off the acetate tape that attaches the FFC to the Printer Frame.S. (The FFC is attached to the printer frame with double-sided tape. Peel off the acetete tape that fixes the front side of the "I/H Left Unit".S.) „ C.) 13. „ C. 3x6 Figure 4-128. Remove the six screws securing the "I/H Left Unit" to the pinter.B.2. Step 13 Acetate Tape Step 12 Double-sided Tape Revision B 11. PF C. Screws Securing Rear Side of I/H Left Unit Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 293 . Step 11 Acetate Tape Harnesses are routed through the area of screws as shown by the arrows in Figure 4-128. Refer to "4. Remove the FFC from the printer frame.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 10. PF". 3x6 : 4 pcs. install it without pinching harnesses by the screw after removing the "Cover. C. 3x8 Figure 4-127. Motor. 12. When installing the unit.

Pull the "I/H Left Unit" forward from the printer while pulling the four "Harness. Peel two pieces of acetate tape and release the four "Harness. CSIC"s (4 connectors: CN38.4. Disconnect "Harness. 2 pin) from "C511_SUB-C Board". (Refer to "4.5 C511_SUB-C Board" (p233). CN41. I/H Lever Sensor (Left) Harness Revision B Harness. CN44) and "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)"s harness (CN37: black.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 15.) 16. CSIC" and "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" harness from the hole of the frame. CSIC"s and "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)"s harness. CN40.) 17.2. (Refer to Figure 4-129. I/H Left Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 294 . CSIC Acetate Tapes Figure 4-129. Releasing the Harnesses Pull harness through this hole 1 2 Figure 4-130.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B „ Make the rear side screw stop tabs stay under the "Cover. Cover. Motor. PF Screw Stop Tabs „ The four grounding springs on the top of the "I/H Left Unit" make contact with the printer frame. Grounding Springs Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 295 . Motor. so install the "I/H Left Unit" while lightly holding down the grounding springs so as not to deform them. PF".

B.) „ C. confirm that the two holes of "Fan Gear. Pick up and release the two tabs securing the "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" and remove the "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)".) 20. IC.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 18. 3x6 Figure 4-132.) C. Holder. Left" and remove "Cover. Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-131. Fan Gear.B.) 19. IC. IC Dowels and Positioning Holes „ Align the two dowels on holder side with the two positioning holes on the "Cover. IC. Holder. 3x6: 2pcs.S. Holder. Holder. I/H Lever Sensor (Left) Removal Holes Ink Lever Parallel Alignment Cover. Holder. IC. 34" form a line parallel to the bottom of "Frame. Remove the two screws securing "Cover. Left Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 296 . Left Frame. IC". Disconnect connector from "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" (Refer to Figure 4-131. „ When the "Ink Lever" is installed against the angle set location as shown in the illustration. Holder. Left".S. IC". Cover. (Refer to Figure 4-132. (Refer to Figure 4-132. 34 I/H Lever Sensor (Left) Revision B Tabs Connector Angle Set Location Figure 4-131.

Coupling M7 Locations where ink tubes are routed „ „ „ „ The "Tube.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following steps. Loosen the four "Coupling Screw. Use the following order to install the "Tube. Coupling M7" has been installed. M7" with the prescribed torque and the tool specified below. Firmly insert "Tube. M →C → MK → Y Refer to Figure 4-133 and properly route "Tube. Supply. be sure to tighten the "Coupring Screw. Install while confirming that the mark matches the receptacle. Ink" has been marked with its color. Ink" while routing it to the installation location. Ink Figure 4-133. Supply. Ink"s and then disconnect "Tube. be careful of the points below. Ink" from "I/H Left Unit". Supply. „ To prevent from both ink leak and damage on the joint screw. M7" securing the four "Tube. Ink".25/1. „ As ink may leak or splatter.75 (1277142) • Tightning torque: 1.25 ( ± 0. Ink" into receptacles and tighten "Coupling Screw. Supply. I/H Left Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 297 . Supply. Supply. Ink". Supply. Supply. have cleaning rags ready and prevent ink from getting on the surrounding work area. M7". • Tool: Torque Wrench 1.25) kgf • cm 21. „ Prevent dust and dirt from getting inside the "Tube. O-Ring. Coupling Screw. „ Confirm that "O-Ring. M7 Tube.

(Refer to Figure 4-135.B. Knob. Knob. I/C. Front/Panel Unit" (p214). Right" and remove the "I/C. Right Set Mark: Bottom C. I/H. I/H.) 4. 3. Remove "Panel. Figure 4-134. Right" has upward and downward directions. Knob.P. Lock Lever. Lock Lever. Hold both ends of "Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Release Mark: Top I/C. Knob. (Refer to Figure 4-134.2. Knob. Cover. Right". I/H.354) to know how to remove ink.B. Lock Lever. 3x6 Figure 4-135. Remove the screw securing the "I/C.) „ C.8. remove ink out of the ink path before removing the "IH Right Unit". 3x6 : 1 pc. Right Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 298 . Right" and disengage each side from the hinge sockets. Refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. 2. Lock Lever. Right Removal The "I/C. Hinge Sockets 1.5 I/H Right Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Right) C A U T IO N When performing the following work. Lock Lever. Right".P. Install it in the correct direction. Open "Cover.

(Refer to Figure 4-137. I/H Guide. B Dowels and Positioning Holes Figure 4-137.S.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. Remove the four screws securing "Guide. Guide. 3x6 : 2 pcs. Screws Securing Guide. B Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 299 . 3x6 C.) „ C. I/ H. Right Revision B C.B. Right" and remove "Guide.B.S. 3x6 Installation Plate. I/H Guide. 3x6 Figure 4-136. B" and then remove "Installation Plate.) „ C.B.S.B. Installation Plate. I/H. I/H.S. Remove the screw securing "Installation Plate. 3x6 : 4 pcs. (Refer to Figure 4-136. Right C. I/H Guide. I/H.S.B. I/H Guide. B". 6. Right" by pulling forward.

C". I/H Guide. C Installation Plate. „ C. (Refer to Figure 4-137 and 4-138.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. I/H Guide. C" dowels (2 each) with frame positioning holes (2 each). C" differ. I/H Guide. Remove the screw securing "Installation Plate. C Removal Installation Plate. I/H Guide. B" and "Installation Plate. C. C" and remove "Installation Plate.) Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 300 . Installation Plate. 3x6 Revision B The shapes of "Installation Plate. I/H Guide. I/H Guide. Installation Plate. I/H Guide. B" and "Installation Plate. C Dowels and Positioning Holes Figure 4-138. I/H Guide. 3x6 „ :1 pc.B.S.S. I/H Guide. B „ Align "Installation Plate.B. so be careful when installing them. I/H Guide.

Ink" from the notch of the frame. bind it with Omega Locks from both sides of the frame and secure with acetate tape. Supply. Releasing the Tube. (Refer to Figure 4-139. Acetate Tape 8. Supply.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following step. Supply. Ink „ When installing "Tube. Ink" should be slackened to the direction (center of the printer) as shown in Figure 4-139. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 301 . be careful not to bend the "Tube. Supply. Ink" or scratch it with the edge of the frame. Supply. Ink „ The "Tube. Be sure to release each tube in order. Ink" to the frame. Supply.) C A U T IO N Notch The width of the frame notch allows passage of 1 tube at a time. Peel acetate tape and release the four "Tube. Tube. Slack Direction Omega Locks Figure 4-139.

(Refer to "4. Releasing Harnesses_1 Step 10 Acetate Tape Figure 4-141. Releasing Harnesses_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 302 .4. 2 pin) from "C511_SUB-B Board". CN45. Peel off five pieces of acetate tape shown in Figure 4-140 and 4-141.4 C511_SUB-B Board" (p231).2. Acetate Tape Revision B Step 10 Acetate Tape Step 10 Acetate Tape Figure 4-140. Bind the harnesses connected to CN22 and CN36 on the "C511_SUB-B Board" with acetate tape. CN461) and "I/H Lever Sensor (Right)" harness (CN36: white. CN42. Disconnect "Harness. CSIC"s (5 connectors: CN39. CN43.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 9.) 10.

12. Remove the four clamps securing the harnesses. (Refer to Figure 4-143. D Secured together with Sheet Ink Stopper.) Sheet Ink Stopper.) Revision B Clamps "Sheet Ink Stopper.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 11. D" should be attached to the printer frame with the three tabs of the clamps inside the printer as shown in Figure 4-142. (The "Sheet Ink Stopper" will be released at the same time. Releasing Harnesses_4 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 303 . Releasing Harnesses_3 Tabs Figure 4-143. Release both the FFC and the harnesses from the tabs of the printer. D Figure 4-142.

Releasing Harnesses_6 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 304 .) Revision B Step 13 Acetate Tape Figure 4-144. CSIC"s and the "I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" harness from the two clamps and the acetate tape.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 13. Release the four "Harness.) 14. Peel off the acetate tape binding the FFC to release the FFC. (Refer to Figure 4-144. Releasing Harnesses_5 Clamps Step 14 Acetate Tape Figure 4-145. (Refer to Figure 4-145.

B.S.) „ C.2.B.) 16. 3x6 : 2 pcs.S. 3x12 Figure 4-147. 3x6 Figure 4-146.4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 15." (Refer to Figure 4-147. (Refer to Figure 4-146. Remove the two screws securing rear side of "I/H Right Unit". 3x12 : 2pcs. Screws Securing Front Side of I/H Right Unit Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 305 .B. Screws Securing Rear Side of I/H Right Unit I/H Right Unit C.B. Remove the two screws securing the front side of "I/H Right Unit. I/H Right Unit Revision B 17.) „ C. (Refer to "4.S.S. Move "Carriage Unit" to center of printer.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229). C.

) Hooks Connector Figure 4-149. I/H Lever Sensor (Right) Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 306 . pull the "I/H Right Unit" forward from the printer. Pull the "I/H Right Unit" forward from the printer following the order below while pulling the "Harness. CSIC" and "I/H Lever Sensor (Right)" harness from the hole in the frame. 18-2. To avoid interference of the printer frame hole and "I/H Right Unit" shaft. (Refer to Figure 4-148. I/H Right Unit Removal I/H Lever Sensor (Right) Grounding Springs 19. 1 Revision B 2 Paper Eject Unit Pull harness through this hole The four grounding springs on the top of the "I/H Right Unit" make contact with the printer frame. (Refer to Figure 4-149. so install the "I/H Right Unit" while lightly holding down the grounding springs so as not to deform them.) 18-1.) 20. Pick up and release the two hooks securing the "I/H Lever Sensor (Right)" and then remove the "I/H Lever Sensor (Right)".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 18. 3 Step 18-1 Shaft and Frame interference Figure 4-148. shift the "I/H Right Unit" to the left. (Refer to Figure 4-149. With the right side of the "Paper Eject Unit" lifted up. Disconnect connector from "I/H Lever Sensor (Right)".

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
21. Remove the two screws securing "Cover, Holder, IC, Right" and remove "Cover, Holder, IC, Right". (Refer to Figure 4-150.) „ C.B.S. 3x6 „ : 2 pcs.

Revision B

Cover, Holder, IC, Right

When the "Ink Lever" is installed against the angle set location as shown in the illustration, confirm that the two holes of "Fan Gear, 34" form a line parallel to the bottom of "Frame, Holder, IC".
Angle Set Location Fan Gear, 34 Holes Dowels and Positioning Holes

Parallel Alignment Ink Lever C.B.S. 3x6 Frame, Holder, IC

Figure 4-150. Cover, Holder, IC, Right Removal

„

Align the two dowels on holder side with the two positioning holes on the "Cover, Holder, IC, Right". (Refer to Figure 4-150.)

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

307

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

C A U T IO N

When performing the following steps, be careful of the points below. „ Ink may leak or splatter, so have cleaning rags ready and prevent ink from getting on the surrounding work area. „ Prevent dust and dirt from getting inside the "Tube, Supply, Ink".

22. Loosen the four "Coupling Screw, M7" securing the four "Tube, Supply, Ink"s and then disconnect "Tube, Supply, Ink" from "I/H Right Unit". „ Confirm that "O-Ring, Coupling M7" has been installed.

Locations where ink tubes are routed O-Ring, Coupling M7

„

„

„ „ „

The "Tube, Supply, Ink" has been marked with its color. Install while confirming that the mark matches the receptacle. Use the following order to install the "Tube, Supply, Ink" while routing it to the installation location. LM (M)→ LC(C) →PK (MK) → LK (Y) Refer to Figure 4-151 and properly route "Tube, Supply, Ink". Firmly insert "Tube, Supply, Ink" into receptacles and tighten "Coupling Screw, M7". To prevent ink leakage and damage on the Coupling screw, be sure to tighten the "Coupling Screw, M7" with the prescribed torque and the tool specified below. • Tool: Torque Wrench 1.25/1.75 (1277142) • Tightning torque: 1.25 ( ± 0.25) kgf • cm

Coupling Screw, M7

Tube, Supply, Ink

Figure 4-151. I/H Right Unit Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

308

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.8.6 Box Assy., Flushing / Pump Unit
C A U T IO N

When removing the "Box Assy., Flushing" and "Pump Unit", ink may leak from the "Box Assy., Flushing" ink discharge port or the "Pump Unit" waste ink tube. Have cleaning rags ready and prevent ink from getting on the surrounding work area.

Location of interference Box Assy., Flushing

1. Remove "Cover, Side, Right" (p212). 2. Remove "Motor Assy., PG" (p267). 3. Move the "Carriage Unit" to center of printer. (Refer to "4.2.4.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229).) 4. Remove the screw securing the "Box Assy., Flushing". (Refer to Figure 4-152.) „ C.B.S. 3x8 : 1 pcs.
Rib 1 3 C.B.S. 3x8

Waste Ink Pipe

5. Slide the "Box Assy., Flushing" to the right and release the rib as shown in Figure 4-152 ( ), lift the wast ink pipe upward to pull it out ( ), then remove the "Box Assy., Flushing" while tilting it forward to avoid interference with the printer frame ( ). „ „ Pass the "Box Assy., Flushing" waste ink pipe through the hole in the bottom of the frame. Make sure the "Box Assy., Flushing" rib is fitted into the "Induction Duct" positioning hole.

Induction Duct

2

Figure 4-152. Box Assy., Flushing Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

309

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
6. Remove the two screws securing the "Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit" and then remove the "Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit" by pulling it out of the hole in the frame. (Refer to Figure 4-153.) „ C.B.S. 3x6 : 2 pcs.
C.B.S. 3x6

Revision B

Harness

C A U T IO N

Be careful not to scratch the "Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit" gear by bumping it against the frame.

„ „

Align "Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit" positioning hole with dowel on frame. (Refer to Figure 4-153.) Make sure that the "Pump Phase Sensor" harness is routed over the "Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit" shaft. (Refer to Figure 4-153.)

Dowel and Positioning Hole

Figure 4-153. Shaft, Transmission, PG Unit Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

310

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

C A U T IO N

When performing the following steps, be careful of the points below. „ Do not lose "Extension Spring, 0.262". „ Use care not to pull "Extension Spring, 0.262" too much, or it may loose the spring force. „ Do not touch the "Cleaner, Head" or allow it to contact other parts. (This could lower print quality due to not wiping ink normally.)
Tads Cleaner, Head

Extension Spring, 0.262 Lever, Lock, DE

Sheet

Figure 4-154. Extension Spring, 0.262 Removal

7. While keeping the sheet turned aside, remove "Extension Spring, 0.262" from the tabs of "Mount Assy., Plate, Motor, ASF, SP" and "Lever, Lock, DE". (Refer to Figure 4-154.) 8. Pull the "Lever, Lock, Planetary" toward the outside of the printer, release the hook on top and then pull out of the "Lever, Lock, DE". (Refer to Figure 4-155.) After installing the "Lever, Lock, Planetary", confirm that "Lever, Lock, DE" moves smoothly by the tension of "Extension Spring, 0.262". (Check three times.)

Lever, Lock, Planetary

Figure 4-155. Lever, Lock, Planetary Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

311

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
9. Remove the "Lever, Lock, DE" by following the steps below. (Refer to Figure 4-156.) 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. Slide it to the right. Bend it toward the center. Remove the left end from the installation hole. Remove "Lever, Lock, DE" while extracting the flag at the right end from the hole in the frame.
Installation Hole Step 9-1

Revision B

Step 9-3

Step 9-2

Flag

Step 9-4

Figure 4-156. Lever, Lock, DE Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

312

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000
10. Disconnect the connector from the "Pump Phase Sensor" from behind the printer. (Refer to Figure 4-157.) 11. Free all the harnesses from the U-shaped notch of the "Frame, Base, Side, Right". (Refer to Figure 4-157.) 12. Remove the four screws securing the "Pump Unit". (Refer to Figure 4-158.) „ „ C.B.S. 3x6 C.B.S. 3x8 : 3 pcs. : 1 pc.
C.B.S. 3x6

Revision B

Pump Unit

C.B.S. 3x8

13. Shift the "Pump Unit" to the right side and disconnect the linkage with "Combination Gear, 13.6, 28.8". (Refer to Figure 4-159.) 14. Remove "Pump Unit" toward rear. (Refer to Figure 4-159.)

Connector

Figure 4-158. Screws Securing Pump Unit

Releasing Harnesses

Linkage Location

Combination Gear, 13.6, 28.8

Figure 4-157. Disconnecting the Pump Phase Sensor Connector

Figure 4-159. Pump Unit Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

313

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

The "Pump Unit" must be reassembled properly. An incorrect assembly may cause malfunction of the printer and lower the print quality due to poor pumping. „ Align the five ribs and front side dowel of the "Pump Unit" with the six frame positioning holes. „ Slip the "Pump Unit" frame under the "Guide, Waste Ink". „ The sheet should be on the rear side of the printer frame.
Pump Unit Frame Position

A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D

Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "Box Assy., Flushing" and the "Pump Unit".

Sheet Position

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

314

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000

Revision B

4.2.8.7 Guide, Waste Ink
1. Remove "Pump Unit". (Refer to "4.2.8.6 Box Assy., Flushing / Pump Unit" (p309).) 2. Remove the "Guide, Waste Ink" by following the steps below. 2-1. 2-2. Push up the "Guide, Waste Ink" from the printer bottom surface to free the dowel from the frame. Release the two tabs by pulling toward the rear of printer and then remove the "Guide, Waste Ink".
Forward Guide, Waste Ink Rearward

Step 2-2

Step 2-1

Tabs

Dowel

Figure 4-160. Guide, Waste Ink Removal

Disassembly & Assembly

Disassembly Procedures

315

B. Pump Cover Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 316 . 3x8 Figure 4-161.8 Pump Phase Sensor 1. (Refer to "4..) Pump Cover C.P. (Refer to Figure 4-161. 3x8 : 2 pcs.) 2.B.2.) „ C. Screws Securing the Pump Cover 2 1 Figure 4-162. Flushing / Pump Unit" (p309).8.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Remove the "Pump Cover" in the direction of the arrows. Remove "Pump Unit". (Refer to Figure 4-162.6 Box Assy. Remove the two screws securing the "Pump Cover".2.P. 3.8.

Peel off acetate tape. If it comes off. Pump Phase Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 317 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. install it as shown in the illustration below. The "Shield Plate" inside the "Pump Cover" may come off when removing the "Pump Cover". Release tabs securing "Pump Phase Sensor" and then remove "Pump Phase Sensor". Revision B Acetate Tape Tab Shield Plate Tabs Pump Phase Sensor Figure 4-163. 5.

Pinch the upper and lower end of the two "Harness. FFC Tabs Figure 4-165. FFC". Head"s and "Harness. Head. Intermit" little by little. Head"s and "Harness. Head. FFC 1. Intermit" from being bent. C A U T IO N A To prevent the "Harness. FFC" to be removed A~B C~E "Carriage Unit" position Home position Left end E D C B 2. and release them from the upper and lower tabs of the "Holder. Head. FFC Holder. Intermit" with your fingers to make their central parts bowed.9 Holder. Holder. Figure 4-164.2. "Holder.8. FFC Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 318 . Move the "Carriadge Unit" depending on which "Holder.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Head"s and the "Harness. Holder. FFC" is removed with reference to both Figure 4-164 and the table below. bow the "Harness.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3. Tube". Holder. FFC". FFC" from the "Guide Plate. FFC" backward. FFC" Removal Figure 4-166. FFC Tabs Release Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 319 . "Holder. Release the top tab of the "Holder. 1 2 Figure 4-167. and remove the "Holder. Release the top and bottom tabs of the "Holder. and open the "Holder. FFC". Revision B 4.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the followings after installing the "Holder. SUS Guide Plate. Supply. FFC". FFC". Head (x2) Harness. Ink Sheet. B" from side to side to make sure it moves smoothly. FFC". Tube „ „ Move the "Carriage Unit" with hand to make sure that the "Harness. Head" does not come off. Tube Sheet. „ Each part should be properly installed in its prescribed space of the "Holder. Move the "Holder. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 320 . Head" moves together with the "Holder. A reinstallation is needed if the "Harness. FFC. Intermit Tube. Y M C MK PK (MK) LC (C) LM (LM) LK (Y) Harness. Head.

Intermit" with your fingers to make their central parts bowed. FFC. B Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 321 . FFC. Intermit" slowly and carefully so as not to fold them down. Head"s and the "Harness. and release them from the upper and lower tabs of the "Holder.10 Holder. Head. Holder. "Holder. FFC. C A U T IO N A Bend the "Harness. Holder.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2. B" is removed with reference to both Figure 4-168 and the table below. B". Head"s and "Harness. B" to be removed A~B C~E "Carriage Unit" position Home position Left end E D C B 2. B Holder. FFC.8. FFC. B Tabs Figure 4-169. FFC. B 1. Pinch the upper and lower end of the two "Harness. Figure 4-168. FFC. Move the "Carriadge Unit" depending on which "Holder. Head.

FFC. Release the top tab of the "Holder. Holder. B" to open the "Holder. Revision B 4. B". FFC. 1 2 Figure 4-170. FFC. and remove the "Holder. B" from the "Guide Plate. FFC.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3. Tube". Release the top tab of the "Holder. FFC. FFC. B Tab Release Figure 4-171. B" Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 322 . "Holder. B" backward.

B" from side to side to make sure it moves smoothly. „ Each part should be properly installed in its prescribed space of the "Holder. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 323 . SUS Guide Plate. B". Supply. Head" does not come off. B". Tube „ „ Move the "Carriage Unit" with hand to make sure that the "Harness. B". FFC.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the followings after installing the "Holder. Head (x2) Harness. Y M C MK PK (MK) LC (C) LM (LM) LK (Y) Harness. FFC. Move the "Holder. A reinstallation is needed if the "Harness. Tube Sheet. Head. Ink Sheet. FFC. FFC. Intermit Tube. Head" moves together with the "Holder.

Head"s from the following connectors on the "C511MAIN Board".5 Panel. Head CN8: Harness.) „ „ „ CN7: Harness.4. and then release the FFC along the back and right side of the printer.) Step 5-1 Tow-sided Tape Step 4 Acetate Tape Figure 4-173. (Refer to "4. Front/Panel Unit" (p214).8. Front".2. (The FFC is attached with two-sided tape. Intermit / Harness. Peel off the acetate tape that attaches the FFC to the pinter frame at the front of the printer.2. Intermit Ferrite Core 3. (Refer to "4. Take the FFC off the printer frame and draw it out from the hole on the left frame. FFC Release_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 324 . remove the Ferrite Core. Head. Head CN9: Harness. FFC Release_1 Step 5-2 4. (Refer to Figure 4-173.2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.3. The Ferrite Core should be attached between the first and second clamps from the cutout in the figure below which is on the backside of the printer.11 Harness. Remove the ten clamps shown in Figure 4-172. Cutout Clamps Clamps Figure 4-172.) 2.1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221). Head 1.) 5.) (Refer to Figure 4-173. Head. Remove the "Panel. Head. Disconnect the "Harness. Intermit" and the two "Harness.

While releasing the upper and lower tabs of the "Holder. Release the FFC from the tabs of the "Cover. (Refer to p318 and . (Refer to "4. (Refer to Figure 4-176. A Holder. Tube Figure 4-175. Holder. Tube_2 Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-175. FFC.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. FFC" ("Holder. Release from Cover. CR Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 325 .) 8.) Revision B Cover. Remove the "Carriage Cover". FFC. Tube" and draw out the FFC from the hole on the front frame of the printer. Remove the five "Holder.) 9. Tube".2. p321.3 C511_SUB Board" (p229). Release from Cover. CR 1 2 1 Figure 4-174. Release the FFC from the tabs of the "Cover. slide the "Holder.4. FFC. Tube. CR" frontward to remove it ( ). Tube. (Refer to Figure 4-174.) 10. FFC. B"). A" ( ).) 7. Tube_1 Figure 4-176.

Draw out the "Harness.) 13.2.) 12. Head. Release the FFC from the tab of the "Holder.8. (Refer to Figure 4-179.) Revision B Acetate Tapes C511_SUB Board Holder. Harness. Head. (Refer to Figure 4-178. A Figure 4-178. Intermit". Peel off the three pieces of acetate tape that bundle the FFCs. Head. Tube. FFC Release_3 Carriage Unit Tabs Figure 4-179. Head"s from the "Carriage Unit". (Refer to Figure 4-177. Intermit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 326 . Intermit" from the slot on the "C511_SUB Board". Head" from the "Printhead". Tube. (Refer to "4. Harness Head Removal Figure 4-177.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 11. Release the "Harness.1 Printhead" (p278).) 14. A" and then disconnect the "Harness. then remove the "Harness.

Ink (Y/M/C/MK) on the Left Side of the Main Unit C A U T IO N „ The "O-ring.4 I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" (p289). Supply. Loosen the "Coupling Screw. (Refer to Figure 4-180.) Coupling Screws. Supply. "Tube. M7 Tube Holder Sections O-ring. Supply. Remove the "I/H Left Unit". • Tool: Torque Wrench 1. Ink". remove ink out of ink path before removing the "Tube. be sure to tighten the "Coupling Screw. (Refer to "4. and remove the "Cover.2. Some amount of ink remains inside the "Tube. Remove the "O-ring. M7" with the prescribed torque and the tool specified below.2.8.75 (1277142) • Tightning torque: 1. Left" on the backside of the "I/H Left Unit". Supply. M7 Removal Figure 4-181. Ink" from both the tabs and tube holder sections of the "I/H Left Unit".354) to know how to remove ink. Ink". coupling M7" and the "Coupling Screw. Ink".25) kgf •cm 4. Ink" Release Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 327 .12 Tube. Supply. Release the "Tube. (Refer to Figure 4-180. Ink" with its head coverd with a plastic bag during the work. In addition to this.) To prevent ink leakage and damage on the Coupling screw.) 2. keep the removed "Tube. Ink" even after the ink removal. Coupling M7 Tabs Figure 4-180. Refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Supply. Holder. Coupling M7" should be attatched 2mm away from the end point of the "Tube.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Supply.25 ( ± 0. Supply. Prepare pieces of cloth in advance and put a sheet of paper on the work area in case the ink spatters inside and around the printer. M7" from the "Tube. Approximately 2mm „ 1. Ink" to remove the "Tube. Coupling Screw. IC.25/1. Supply. M7" that is on the side of the"Tube. Supply.) 3. (Refer to Figure 4-181.8. Ink". When performing the following work.

Ink" s. Coupling M7"s and "Coupling Screw. FFC"s ("Holder. Supply. 10.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. Loosen the "Coupling Screw.. (Refer to "4.1 Carriage Unit" (p260). (Refer to Figure 4-183. Remove the two omega locks to release the "Tube. Remove the "O-ring. M7"s from the "Tube. (Refer to "4.8.) 7. Remove the "Ink Tube Unit" from the "Carriage Unit".289). Supply. Coupling Screw.) For the attachment positions of the omega locks.7.) 9. Remove the five "Holder. Supply. (Refer to p318 and . Omega Locks Revision B 6. (Refer to Figure 4-182. M7 Figure 4-183. Omega Lock Removal MK C M Y Coupling Screws. M7"s. M7"s that secure the "Tube. p321.) 8. Ink"s. Remove "C511_SUB Board" (p229). refer to “I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left)” (p. FFC. Ink"s to the "Head Unit" to draw out the "Coupling Screw.2.2.2 Valve Assy. M7 Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 328 .) Figure 4-182. B"). Head" (p284).

B Hitch the two tabs on the "Holder. Holder. Tube. Tube. A Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 329 . Ink Release Holder. Release the "Tube. Remove the screw that secures both the "Holder. „ C. Tube. A C. Tube. Tube.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 11.P. B" to the "Holder. B". Tube. B Tabs Figure 4-185.B. A" from the "Holder. A". Tube. A from Holder. Tube.B. Tube. Tube. Supply. Holder.P. Ink" from the tabs of the "Holder. B Revision B 12. Tube. 3x8 Figure 4-184. Tube. A" and "Holder. Tube. A" before tightening the screw. B". Separation Holder. Supply. Tabs : 1 pc. and separate the "Holder. 3x8 Holder. Tube.

3x8 „ „ : 3 pcs. Tube. Tube" to the printer frame. Tube. Tube" to the "Guide.B. Ink Removal Cover. Tube 2 1 3 C. Tube". Draw out the "Tube. Hitch the three tabs on the "Cover. Revision B 14. Supply.B. Tube. Ink Tabs Figure 4-187.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 13. Cover. Tube Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 330 . Ink" to remove it from the front side of the printer. Supply. Tighten the screws in the order shown in Figure 4-186. and then remove the "Cover. Remove the three screws that secures the "Cover. lift it upward. release the three upper tabs. Supply. „ C. CR" before tightening the screws.P.P. 3x8 Figure 4-186.

) Coupling Screws.2. Ink". Ink"s to remove the "Tube. Remove the "I/H Right Unit". Ink" Release Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 331 . Some amount of ink remains inside the "Tube. (Refer to Figure 4-188. keep the removed "Tube. Right" on the backside of the "I/H Right Unit". "Tube. C A U T IO N When performing the following work. M7 To prevent ink leakage and damage on the Coupling screw. Ink".) 2.8. Coupling M7" should be attatched 2mm away from the head of the "Tube.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Supply. Supply. Ink" even afetr the ink removal.75 (1277142) • Tightning torque: 1.25/1. Ink"s. Ink (LK(Y)/LM(M)/LC(C)/PK(MK)) on the Right side of the Main Unit 7 „ The "O-ring. Loosen the "Coupling Screw. be sure to tighten the "Coupling Screw. Supply. • Tool: Torque Wrench 1. Ink" from both the tabs and tube holder sections of the "I/H Right Unit". Release the "Tube. Ink" with its head coverd with a plastic bag during the work. Approximately 2mm „ 1. and remove the "Cover. Supply. Supply.) 3.25 ( ± 0. IC. (Refer to "4.8. Supply. (Refer to Figure 4-188. M7"s that secure the "Tube.13 Tube. Holder. Refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. (Refer to Figure 4-189. Supply. M7"s from the "Tube. Supply. M7 Removal Figure 4-189. Supply. M7" with the prescribed torque and the tool specified below.5 I/H Right Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Right)" (p298). Remove the "O-ring. Coupling M7 Tabs Figure 4-188.354) to know how to remove ink. Prepare a cloth in advance and put a sheet of paper on the work area in case the ink spatters inside and around the printer. Supply. Coupling Screw. Coupling M7"s and the "Coupling Screw. In addition to this.2. Ink"s.) Tube Holder Sections O-ring. remove ink out of the ink path befoe removing the "Tube.25) kgf • cm 4.

2.) Figure 4-190. M7 Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 332 .289).1 Carriage Unit" (p260).2. Omega Locks Revision B 6. Remove the "Ink Tube Unit" from the "Carriage Unit". Omega Lock Removal LK (Y) LM (M) LC (C) PK (MK) Coupling Screws. Remove the "O-ring. Supply. Head" (p284).2 Valve Assy. Remove the two omega locks to release the "Tube. Supply. Ink"s. (Refer to "4.. M7"s from the "Tube. M7"s.) For the attachment positions of the omega locks.) 7. FFC"s ("Holder. FFC.8.7. p321. Ink"s to the "Head Unit" to draw out the "Coupling Screw. Coupling M7"s and "Coupling Screw.) 9. (Refer to Figure 4-190. (Refer to Figure 4-191. M7 Figure 4-191. (Refer to "4. Remove the five "Holder.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5.) 8. Coupling Screw. 10. (Refer to p318 and . Remove "C511_SUB Board" (p229). M7"s that secure the "Tube. Ink"s. Supply. refer to “I/ H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left)” (p. Loosen the "Coupling Screw. B").

Supply. : 1 pc. „ C. Tube. Tube. Tube. B Tabs Revision B 12. Holder. A C. Ink Release Holder. B". Supply. A and Holder. B Separation Hitch the two tabs on the "Holder. Holder. Tube. Tube. A" and "Holder. A" from the "Holder. B" to the "Holder. and separate the "Holder. 3x8 Figure 4-192. A Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 333 . Tube. Tube. Tube. Tube. Tube.P. A". A" before tightening the screw. Release the "Tube. Tube. 3x8 Holder.B. Holder. Tube.P.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 11. Ink" from the tabs of the "Holder. B". Remove the screw that secures both the "Holder. Tube.B. Tube. B Tabs Figure 4-193.

Tube Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 334 . Ink Removal Cover. Tube.P. Remove the three screws that secures the "Cover. 3x8 Figure 4-194. Tube". „ C. Tube" to the "Guide. Supply. CR" before tightening with the screws. Ink" to remove it form the front side of the printer. Tube 2 1 3 C. Ink Figure 4-195. Supply. Revision B 14. Supply. lift it upward. Tighten the screws in the order shown in Figure 4-194. and then remove the "Cover. 3x8 „ „ : 3 pcs. release the three upper tabs. Cover.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 13.P. Draw out the "Tube. Tabs Tube.B.B. Tube" to the printer frame. Hitch the three tabs on the "Cover. Tube.

Figure 4-196. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 335 . Slide "Cover. 2. Cover. P Cover. Plate.S. Release Removal C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. P Cover. Inner. (Refer to Figure 4-196.B.9. free the two ribs and remove it upward. 3x8 : 1 pc.2. Inner. Inner. 3x6 Dowel Positioning Hole Figure 4-197. Remove the screw securing "Cover.B.) „ C.) „ C. Inner.S. Right C. Right" and remove "Plate. P Cover.S. 3x8 Ribs Cover.B.B. Release". (Refer to Figure 4-196. Rear" (p218). 3x6 : 2 pcs. Plate.2. Remove the two screws securing "Plate.S. Right". (Refer to Figure 4-197. P Cover. Right Removal . Remove "Cover. Release" to right side.1 Release Unit 1. Right" dowel with main frame positioning hole. Release Align "Plate.9 Paper Feed Mechanism 4. P Cover. 3.) 4.

18" positioning rib with the "Lever.S. 3x6 Spur Gear. 6. (Refer to Figure 4-198. Roller. Roller. Release. 3x6 : 2 pcs. Lever Unit and Spur Gear. Lever Unit" to align the "Spur Gear. Lever. Align "Spur Gear. Lever Unit".S. (Refer to Figure 4-198.) Revision B Install the "Release. Lever Unit" and "Spur Gear. 18" into "Release. Lever Unit" rearward together with the "Spur Gear.) „ C.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5.) Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 336 . Lever Unit". 18" by following the steps below. Driven Tab Rib Release. 18 Removal Position Locator and Positioning Rib Intermittent Gear.B. 40 3.B. 1. Lever Unit" and "Spur Gear. and then remove the "Release. 18". Remove the two screws securing "Release. 18 2. Lift the "Release. Lever Unit C. Figure 4-198. Driven" arrow and then install "Spur Gear. Lever Unit" upward to release the tab. 18" rib edge with "Intermittent Gear. Seen through the cut-out hole in the "Release. (Refer to Figure 4-198. Release. Lever Unit" by tab and rib. 18" onto the printer body. 40" positioning rib and then install "Release. Secure with screw after aligning "Release. Release.

Intermittent Gear.) C H E C K P O IN T Intermittent Gear. Release. Planetary Unit Figure 4-199. Figure 4-200. 40" and "Release. (Refer to Figure 4-199. 40". Roller Driven". 40" onto "Shaft.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. Roller Driven" phase position. Be careful not to scratch "Intermittent Gear. 40" from printer body. Rotate "Intermittent Gear. 40 Revision B If "Intermittent Gear. 40 Removal_1 Tab and Cutout Step 8 Rib Phase Step 9 „ After installing "Intermittent Gear. 40 Removal_2 Tab Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 337 . 40" is difficult to remove. If they are engaged. release engagement by moving "Release. Intermittent Gear. (Refer to Figure 4-200. Planetary Unit" are not engaged. Shaft.) 8. Planetary Unit". use tweezers or a similar tool to push and remove "Intermittent Gear. Confirm that gears of "Intermittent Gear.) 9. (Refer to Figure 4-200. 40" with its positioning rib matched with the "Shaft. 40" by way of the hole on the opposite side of the frame. turn it clockwise so the tab faces downward. Remove "Intermittent Gear. 40" in clockwise direction and look from the opposite side of the frame to align the hook and cut-out. „ Install the "Intermittent Gear. Roller Driven Release engaged gears Release. Release. Release.

Remove the four screws securing the "PT Sensor Unit" and remove the "PT Sensor Unit".) „ C. (Refer to Figure 4-201. C. 3x6 C.B. Detector. Roll Paper" too much because a harness is connected. 3x6 : 4 pcs.B. (Refer to Figure 4-202. Guide. 11. Remove the two screws securing the "Guide. Roll Paper and Installation Plate.) PT Sensor Unit Screwdriver Insertion Holes Figure 4-201.S. be careful not to pull the "PT Sensor Unit" too much because a harness is connected. Rear Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 338 . (Refer to Figure 4-202. Detector.S.B. 3x6 C.S. Roll Paper" and remove the "Guide.) C. Roll Paper" along with "Installation Plate.B. be careful not to pull the "Guide.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N When performing the following step. Installation Plate. Roll Paper Align the four ribs of the "Guide.S. 3x6 Rib and Positioning Hole Rib and Positioning Hole Figure 4-202. Dowels and Positioning Holes 10. Roll Paper" and the four main frame positioning holes. Detector.) „ C.B. 3x6 : 4 pcs. (Refer to Figure 4-201. Rear Guide.B.S. PT Sensor Unit Removal C A U T IO N When performing the following step.S. 3x6 Align the two dowels of the "PT Sensor Unit" and the two main frame positioning holes. Rear".

(Refer to Figure 4-203. 3x6 Ribs Cutout Dowel and Positioning Hole Dowel and Positioning Hole Figure 4-203. 3x6 C. (Refer to Figure 4-203.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 12.S. and then remove the "Release Unit" from the printer body.S.) Revision B Step 13 Release Unit C. Pull right side of "Release Unit" toward you. 13.B. completely remove the right side of "Release Unit" while freeing the "Release Unit" ribs from the printer frame cut-out.) „ C. Release Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 339 .B. Remove the two screws securing "Release Unit".B.S. 3x6 : 2 pcs.

(P2) 3x6 3. Remove "Panel. Left Holder. Turn the "Paper Eject Unit" until the screws that secure the "Paper Eject Unit" on both sides face forward. Left".2. (P2) 3x6 : 2 pcs.S. (P2) 3x6 Dowel and Positioning Hole C. Eject Roller. Front/Panel Unit" (p214). Eject Roller. Paper Eject Unit Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 340 . Right".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.2 Paper Eject Unit 1. Screws Securing the Paper Eject Unit Step 3 Step 4 Figure 4-205.9. be careful not to take hold of the Star Wheels of the "Paper Eject Unit".B. While avoiding interference with the "Holder. pull out the "Paper Eject Unit" toward the front right side from the "Holder. C. (Refer to Figure 4-205. Eject Roller. Turn the "Paper Eject Unit" until the Star Wheel faces toward you.B. Eject Roller.B.) Align the "Paper Eject Unit" dowel and "Holder. Left" positioning hole.) „ C. and remove the two screws.) 4. Right Figure 4-204. 2. (Refer to Figure 4-205.S. Paper Eject Unit C A U T IO N When performing the following steps. (Refer to Figure 4-204. (Refer to Figure 4-204.) Holder. Eject Roller.S.

1 C511 MAIN Board" (p221).. Lower C. Releasing the Harness_2 Align the dowel of the frame with "Guide..) 4. 3x4 : 1 pc. PF" harness and then pull it through the hole in the frame. (Refer to Figure 4-208.B. Remove the two screws securing the "Guide.2. (Refer to Figure 4-207.2. PF" harness (CN14: black. (Refer to Figure 4-208. Peel off the pieces of acetate tape to release "Motor Assy. (Refer to Figure 4-206. FFC" and then lower the "Guide. Left" (p211). Lower"... (Refer to "4.9.B. FFC Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 341 . Release "Motor Assy.) 3.) Guide.) 5.3 Motor Assy.B. FFC" along with all FFCs. Releasing the Harness_1 Figure 4-208.B.. 2 pin) from "C511 MAIN Board" and peel off the acetate tape to release the harnesses. : 1 pcs.S. Disconnect "Motor Assy. 3x4 Harness Tabs Paper Guide.) „ „ C. PF 1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.S 3x6 Channels Dowels and Positioning Holes Figure 4-206. PF Figure 4-207. Releasing Guide. PF" harness and other harnesses from the two tabs and the three grooves on "Paper Guide.4. FFC FFC C. Side. Acetate Tape (x3) Motor Assy. 3x6 C. Remove "Cover. FFC" positioning hole. 2.

Loosen the screw securing "Plate. (Refer to Figure 4-209. (P2) 3x6 : 1 pc.S. Motor..C.. (Refer to Figure 4-209. PF". Pinion Gear C. PF".. PF" attached to the "Pulley.B. Release "Motor Assy. Motor. Remove the two screws securing the "Motor Assy. Hooks Scale. PF"..05 Clamp 9.S. (Refer to Figure 4-209. PF Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Motor Assy.) A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Figure 4-209. PF" hook and frame hook. pull pinion gear out through hole of frame and then remove "Motor Assy. PF". 3x6 : 2 pcs.) „ C.05" from "Plate. 10. PF Extension Spring. Motor. PF Motor Assy. PF" harness from clamp shown in Figure 4-209. Releasing Tension of Belt..) C.. Release "Extension Spring. PF" „ Be careful not to deform or damage the "Scale. PF C A U T IO N Belt.B. When performing the following steps. (Refer to Figure 4-210.) „ C. (Refer to Figure 4-210.. PF Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 342 . Roller. pay attention to the followings: „ Be careful not to scratch the pinion gear of the "Motor Assy. 3x6 Figure 4-210. Motor. 13.C. Motor. PF".) 8. (P2) 3x6 Revision B 7. Remove timing belt from pinion gear.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. PF" and release tension of "Belt.354) and perform specified adjustments after installing or replacing the "Motor Assy. 13.

and remove the "P_THICK Sensors".9.2. A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Tabs Connector Connector Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. Disconnect connectors from "P_THICK Sensors".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. P_THICK Sensor (0. Remove "PT Sensor Unit".354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing or installing a "P_THICK Sensor".4 P_THICK Sensor (0.3) 1. 2.8) P_THICK Sensor (0. Remove "Cover. Rear" (p218).2. P_THICK Sensors Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 343 .8) / P_THICK Sensor (0. (Refer to "4.1 Release Unit" (p335). 4.3) Figure 4-211.9.) 3. Release the three tabs securing "P_THICK Sensor".

5.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. (Refer to Figure 4-212. release the two left "Extension Spring. release the two hooks of the "Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-213. Detector. As seen from the printer rear surface. PE Removal_1 Holder. 8. 2. PE". Remove the screw securing "Holder.2. Detector.08 When performing the following step. PE Removal_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 344 .) „ C. 3x6 : 1 pc. PE Figure 4-213.) C A U T IO N Hooks Extension Spring.08 Extension Spring. PE" from the two frame notches and then remove "Holder. (Refer to Figure 4-212. 3x6 Figure 4-212.S. Detector.B. PE" to the rear side.S.08"s from hooks on the frame. Holder.) 3. Detector. Remove "Release Unit" (p335). Detector. be careful not to scratch the FFC with the screwdriver. Detector. Holder. 8.) C. Detector. Acetate Tape 4.9. PE" from the frame. Slide "Holder. Peel off acetate tape securing the FFC. 8. (Refer to Figure 4-212.B.5 PE Sensor 1.

Disconnect FFC from "PE Sensor". PE Sensor Removal A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. FFC Revision B PE Sensor Tabs Figure 4-214.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. 7. Detector. Checking front and back of FFC and connect properly. PE". Release the two tabs securing "PE Sensor" and remove "PE Sensor" from "Holder. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 345 .354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "PE Sensor".

P. Unit" (p209). Roller. (Refer to Figure 4-215..) Do not let the harness slip in "Installation Plate. Harness Installation Plate. 3x8 „ „ : 1 pc. 3x8 Dowels and Installation Holes Figure 4-216. (Refer to Figure 4-216.2.9. Releasing the Harness C. 2.) Figure 4-215. Installation Plate.6 Rear Manual Insertion Sensor 1. Remove "Paper Guide Assy.9. M. Rear". SP" (p210). Release "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor" harness from the two tabs. Remove "Holder. Detector.1 Release Unit" (p335).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. Detector. Rear Tabs Align the two dowels of holder with the two frame positioning holes. Remove the screw securing "Installation Plate. Detector.) 4. Release "Guide. Rear" and remove "Installation Plate.B. (Refer to Figure 4-216. Rear". Rear Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 346 .) „ C. Detector.P. Roll Paper" along with "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor". Detector. 3. (Refer to Figure 4-215.2. (Refer to "4.B.) 5.

Rear Removal Tube Connector Figure 4-218. Tabs Revision B Rear Manual Insertion Sensor Figure 4-217.) 7. Rear". Detector. Rear Manual Insertion Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 347 . Detector. Release the harness tube from the "Installation Plate. (Refer to Figure 4-218. Installation Plate. (Refer to Figure 4-217.) „ „ Route "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor" harness as shown in Figure 4-218. Detector. Disconnect the connector from "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. Rear". Release the two tabs securing "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor" and remove "Rear Manual Insertion Sensor" from "Installation Plate.

Release the two tabs securing "Paper Eject Release Sensor" and remove "Paper Eject Release Sensor".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4.9. Acetate tape should not cover this hole Paper Eject Phase Sensor Connector Tabs Acetate Tape Figure 4-219.) 2. Confirm that acetate tape securing the "Paper Eject Phase Sensor" harness does not cover the hole of the frame.8 Paper Eject Release Sensor 1.2.9. Disconnect the connector from "Paper Eject Release Sensor".2. (Refer to "4. 3. Pull out "I/H Left Unit" from printer.7 Paper Eject Phase Sensor 1.5 I/H Right Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Right)" (p298).8.) 2.8. (Refer to "4. Paper Eject Phase Sensor Removal 4.2. Pull out "I/H Right Unit" from printer. Tabs Paper Eject Release Sensor Connector Figure 4-220.4 I/H Left Unit / I/H Lever Sensor (Left)" (p289). Disconnect the connector from "Paper Eject Phase Sensor". Release the two tabs securing "Paper Eject Phase Sensor" and remove "Paper Eject Phase Sensor". Paper Eject Release Sensor Removal Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 348 . 3.2.

6x8 : 2 pcs. Remove "Cover. Confirm that the "PF Scale" is not contacting the sensor.P.9. „ C. Roller. 2.354) and perform specified adjustments after replacing the "PF Encorder Sensor". PF Encoder Sensor Removal Positioning Holes Dowels A D J U S T M E N T R E Q U IR E D Be sure to refer to Chapter 5 “Adjustment” (p. C.6x8 Condenser 2. 2.P. Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 349 . C A U T IO N PF Scale Be careful not to deform or damage the "Scale. Left" (p211).) After installing the "PF Encoder Sensor".9 PF Encoder Sensor 1. PF". Disconnect the connector from the "PF Encoder Sensor" and then remove the "PF Encoder Sensor". Side. (Refer to Figure 4-221. confirm that the "PF Scale" is surely inserted into the sensor slit. „ „ „ Do not bend condenser. Remove the two screws securing the "PF Encoder Sensor".2. Figure 4-221.P.P.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. PF" attached to the "Pulley. „ Align the two dowels of the "PF Encoder Sensor" with the two positioning holes on the "Holder.Sensor. PF Encoder Sensor Connector 3.

2. : 1 pc.10 Harness Routing This section explains cautions and points in routing the harnesses. CSIC / I/H Lever Sensor • Harness Figure 4-222. refer to the corresponding diassembly/assembly procedures. route the harnesses correctly. „ „ Clamp Acetate tape : 1 pc.10. CSIC / IH/ Lever Sensor • Harness † Should be connected to the "C511_SUB-C Board" through under the sheet as shown in the figure below. For the sections that is not described here. Referring to this section. † Should be secured with the parts below.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. 4. PG Sensor • Harness Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 350 . „ Acetate tape : 2 pcs.1 Harnesses on Left Side of Printer PG Sensor • Harness † Should be secured with the parts below.2. Get through under the sheet Clamp Acetate tape Acetate tapes Figure 4-223.

Head. Intermit". Head FFC / Intermit FFC_1 † Secure one end of the sheet to the "Guide. „ Clamp : 6 pcs. Guide. R1 / Harness. FFC Attachment site Figure 4-225. R2 † Should be routed along the outside of the two "Harness. FFC" with two-sided tape. R1" and "Harness. R1" and "Harness. Intermit" from the " C511_MAIN Board" until they reach the point where the "Harness. R1 / Harness. Connected to C511_SUB-C Harness. Head / Harness. Revision B Harness. Head FFC / Intermit FFC_2 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 351 . Head"s and the "Harness. Head. Head"s and the "Harness. Head. R2 Clamps Figure 4-226. Intermit Harness. Head / Harness. R2" through under the two "Harness. R2" are connected to the "C511_SUB-C Board". Head FFC / Intermit FFC_3 Figure 4-224. and there.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Should be secured with the parts below. get the "Harness.

Acetate tapes Clamps Acetate tapes Figure 4-227. : 6 pcs.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 4. „ „ Clamp Acetate tape : 4 pcs.10. Routing on the Right Frame Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 352 .2.2 Harnesses on Right Side of Printer Routing on the right frame † Should be secured with the parts below.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Bundle the harnesses and secure them to the shaft shown in the figure below with a tie wrap. Air. C_2 C A U T IO N Be careful not to damage or cut the harnesses when cutting the tie wrap off. Air. † Secure the harnesses with the clamp on the "Duct. C" Tabs Tie wrap Clamp Tabs Figure 4-229. Figure 4-228. Air. C" † Route the harness via the tabs on the "Duct. Routing on Duct. Air. Air. Routing on Duct. C_1 Disassembly & Assembly Disassembly Procedures 353 . C". Routing on the "Duct.

CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENT .

.. ASF. The Part/Unit that is required Adjustment 5. Required Adjustment Items/Execution Order" Note"*": Adjustment items vary depending on whether NVRAM parameters can be backed up or not.. C A U T IO N Repair Items (Disassembly/Reassembly Reference Page) Main Circuit Board*1 (C511 MAIN Board (p221)) Cleaning Unit*2 (p.1 Overview This section describes the adjustment procedures necessary after replacing certain parts and explains how to perform those adjustment procedures.284)) AS Mechanical Unit (Printer Mechanism (SP) (p.2 Mechanical Adjustment (p363)” “5.1.1.3 Basic Adjustment (p374)” “5. thoroughly check the cautions shown for the explanation section of each adjustment item.3 The Part/Unit that is required Adjustment".1.4 Advanced Adjustment (p413)” “5.6 Reset Counters (p421)” Update to latest firmware when necessary “5.3 The Part/Unit that is required Adjustment Parts/units that require adjustment after being replaced or removed are shown in the table below. CR (p264) Motor Assy. refer to "5. be sure to confirm the following caution items. 5.7 Installing Firmware (p424)” Adjustment Overview 355 . Is the replaced or removed part/ unit listed in "Table 5-1. 5.8) / P_THICK Sensor (0.236)) ASF Unit (p.240) Motor Motor Assy.5 Check Results (p417)” “5. Motor. The Part/ Unit that is required Adjustment"? YES Refer to the required adjustment items and adjustment order presented in "Table 5-2...253)) Motor Assy. SP (p. refer to "5. PG (p267) Sensor Paper Thickness Sensor (P_THICK Sensor (0.3) (p343)) Multi Sensor (p270) CR Encoder Sensor (p273) Rear Sensor (PE Sensor (p344)) PF Encoder Sensor (p349) NO No adjustments necessary „ When performing an adjustment. PF (p341) Pump Motor (Mounting Plate Assy.1.4 Adjustment Items classified by Part/Unit" and check the corresponding adjustment items and execution order. Table 5-1. „ When performing adjustments.1. Product operations and functions can be adversely effected if the adjustment operations are performed improperly.1 Cautions Before beginning the adjustment operation.4 Adjustment Items classified by Part/Unit" and perform required operations in proper order without omitting steps.1.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.2 Advance of Adjustment When replacing or removing any part/unit listed in "5. “5.309) Printhead (p278) Damper (Valve Assy. Head (p.

*3 P.1.370 P.363 P.381 P. Note "*1": RP = Replacement with new part "*2": RM = Removal only "*3": Refer to "P.381 P.388 P.414 *3 5.375 P.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 5-2.381 P.393 P.417 P.376 P. Required Adjustment Items/Execution Order Name Main Circuit Board (Backup = O.377 P.375 P.417 P.391 P.4 Adjustment Items classified by Part/Unit Required adjustment items and execution order for each part/unit that has been replaced or removed is shown in the table below.380 P.387 P.381 P. Table 5-2.413 P. Required Adjustment Items/Execution Order Name Main Board (Backup = NG) Cleaning Unit Print Head 22 23 1 1 2 3 Ref.418 P.374 P.395 P.370 P.374 P.413 P.) Main Board (Backup = NG) 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Adjustment Item Parameter Backup RTC&USB ID&IEEE1394ID Initial Ink Charge Flag ON/OFF RTC&USB ID&IEEE1394ID Head Rank ID Rear Sensor AD Adjustment Check Nozzle Check Alignment 1000mm Feed Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) PG Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) Printhead Slant Adjustment (CR) Multi Sensor Level Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Platen Position Adjustment Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check Auto Uni-d Adjustment Auto Bi-d Adjustment Manual Bi-D RP*1 RM*2 { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { ----------------------------------------------- Adjustment Overview 356 .398 P.382 P.418 P.414 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Adjustment Item Image Adjustment Cutter Pressure Adjustment Reset When Cleaning Unit Change CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment Cleaning Head Rank ID Check Nozzle Check Alignment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) PG Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) Printhead Slant Adjustment (CR) Auto Uni-d Adjustment Auto Bi-d Adjustment Manual Bi-D Image Adjustment RP*1 RM*2 { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { ------{ { ------{ { ----{ --------{ { Ref.369 P.387 P. respectively.384 P.400 and P.382 P. P.379 P.382 P.394 P.393 P.423 P.K.382 P.409" for 8-color machine and 4-color machine.384 P.

401 Adjustment Overview 357 .363 P.423 P. CR 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Adjustment Item Ink Discharge CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment Initial Ink Charge Head Rank ID Check Nozzle Check Alignment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF) PG Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) Printhead Slant Adjustment (CR) Auto Uni-d Adjustment Auto Bi-d Adjustment Manual Bi-D Image Adjustment NVRAM Back Up and Write Destination Setting Reset ASF Counter CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Platen Position Adjustment Auto Uni-d Adjustment Auto Bi-d Adjustment Reset When CR Unit Change RP*1 { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { RM*2 { { { { --{ { { --{ { --------{ { ------{ { { { { { { { --Ref.377 P.387 P.379 P.375 P.393 P.377 P.379 P.391 P.422 P.388 P.382 P.370 P.393 P.381 P.391 P.413 P. Required Adjustment Items/Execution Order Name Motor Assy.379 P.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 5-2.393 P.418 P..421 P.395 P.381 P.382 P.369 P.417 P.416 P. P.363 P.387 P. Required Adjustment Items/Execution Order Name Damper 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 AS Mechanical Unit ASF Unit Motor Assy.372 P..369 P.413 P.384 P. P.381 P.367 P. PF 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 Adjustment Item PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) 1000mm Feed Adjustment Reset PF Motor Counter Reset When Cleaning Unit Change Reset Paper Ejection Switching/Reset PG Switching Counter Paper Thickness Sensor Adjustment Multi Sensor Position Adjustment Multi Sensor Level Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Platen Position Adjustment Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check Auto Uni-d Adjustment Auto Bi-d Adjustment CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment Rear Sensor Adjustment 1000mm Feed Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D RP*1 RM*2 { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { ------{ { { ----{ { { { ------------Ref.413 P.365 P.398 P.397 P.369 P.387 P..414 *3 P.422 CR Encoder Sensor Rear Sensor PF Encoder Sensor Paper Thickness Sensor Multi Sensor 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 1 2 3 4 Pump Motor Motor Assy.377 P.376 P.377 P. PG Revision B Table 5-2.379 P.421 P.

Prints out a CR-directional slant pattern of the printhead. Adjusts the CR Scale position in relation to the CR Encoder Sensor. This adjusts the printing position in relation to the paper surface for roll paper.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.376 P. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Table 5-3. Adjusts the cut pressure of the paper cutter.365 P. Adjusts the PF Timing Belt to the required tension.375 P. Standard Adjustment Adjustment Item RTC&USB ID&IEEE1394 ID Head Rank ID Multi Sensor Level Adjustment T&B&S (Roll Paper) T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Cutter Pressure Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Printhead Slant Adjustment (CR) Printhead Slant Adjustment (PF) Description Initializes the RTC. Writes the Head Rank ID.5 Adjustment Item Printer adjustment items and their adjustment classification descriptions are shown in the tables below. and adjusts the CR-directional slant.384 Adjustment Overview 358 .369 P.6 Maintenance Mode 2 (p79)" ) "*3": AT = Adjustment tool (Not including program tools) "*4": Only the RTC initialization from the "Clear Counters" menu is executable.372 STANDARD ADJUSTMENT Table 5-4.370 P. Adjusts matte black Bi-D to create a standard for all nozzle Bi-D adjustment.382 P.1.379 P. P. Method AU*1 ------------M2*2 AT*3 ----{ --{ --{ { { --{ { Ref. Note "*1": AU = Adjustment program (utility) "*2": M2 = Maintenance Mode 2 (Refer to "1.381 P. and adjusts the PF-directional slant. P. Adjusts the installation position of the sensor so it can accurately detect paper thickness.4.377 P. Mechanical Adjustment Adjustment Item CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment Paper Thickness Sensor Adjustment CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment PG Adjustment Multi Sensor Position Adjustment Description Adjusts the CR Timing Belt to the required tension. This adjusts the printing position in relation to the paper surface for cut sheet.381 P. Method AU*1 { { { { { --{ { { M2*2 AT*3 {*4 { { ----{ { { --------------------Ref. Adjusts the installation position of the Multi Sensor so the distance between the Multi Sensor and the platen will be acceptable. Adjusts the interval between the print head and the platen.374 P.367 P.363 P. Prints out a PF-directional slant pattern of the printhead. Adjust the light receiving level of the Multi Sensor. and writes both the USB ID and the IEEE 1394 ID.

Adjusts the borderless printing position.) Adjusts paper feed amount to reduce color banding. Determines the AD value to become the reading standard for a new rear sensor and saves it to the Main Board.406/ P.401 Adjustment Overview 359 .398 P. Adjusts the microweave to reduce color banding. Performs cleaning. Method Revision B AU*1 M2*2 AT*3 { { { --{ { { { { { { { --{ { ----{ { ------{ --{ { { { ----------{ --{ ------------{ ----- Ref. Advanced Adjustment Adjustment Item Multi Sensor Auto Bi-D Adjustment Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Destination setting Dot Shift Adjustment PF Micro Feed Adjustment (Bi-D) Description Performs Auto Bi-D Adjustment by the Multi Sensor. measures it and adjusts the band sending amount.414 P. Discharges the ink in the internal ink route.387 P. P.390 P.413 P. Sets the destination of the product.400/ P. P.416 P.394 P. Corrects read timing of primary/secondary scan directions when Multi Sensor detects dot missing.396 P. Method AU*1 { { { { { M2*2 AT*3 ----{ --------------Ref.395 P.391 P. Sets the area for the nozzle to use in order to reduce color banding. Executes paper feeding and confirms the amount of skew for the paper. Backs up parameters from NVRAM of the old Main Board and uploads them to the NVRAM of the new Main Board.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 5-4.409 ADVANCED ADJUSTMENT Table 5-5.399 P.411 P. Performs Bi-D adjustment for all nozzles.393 P.397 P.409 P. Performs several image adjustments in succession. (Halt the shot from the nozzle which may cause color banding. Performs initial charging. Turns ON/OFF the initial charging flag as needed after replacement of the Main Board. Prints a 1000mm pattern. Obtains an AD value that is required as a basis for reading a new rear sensor. Checks whether or not the 4 step PG position is in the correct position. Standard Adjustment Adjustment Item Auto Uni-d Adjustment Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check Skew Check Rear Sensor Adjustment Platen Position Adjustment 1000mm Feed Adjustment Initial Ink charge flag ON/OFF NVRAM Back Up and Write Check Platen Gap Ink Discharge Initial Ink Charge Cleaning Rear Sensor AD Adjustment Microweave Adjustment Image Adjustment Description Performs automatic Uni-D adjustment with the Multi Sensor.388 P.393 P.398 P. and saves the value on the Main Board.

422 P. Method AU*1 { { { { { M2*2 AT*3 { { { { { ----------Ref. Resets the Cleaning Unit life counter.418 P. Performs Uni-D adjustment for all nozzles. Method Revision B AU*1 M2*2 AT*3 { { { ------------- Ref.420 P. ------- CHECK RESULTS Table 5-6.419 ----P. Performs paper feed ? eject from ASF and checks feed operation. Prints all adjustment patterns and adjustment parameters and checks content. Prints out images to verify the image quality. Advanced Adjustment Adjustment Item Copy Bi-D variables Manual Uni-D Adjustment Copy Uni-D variables Description Copies PG=1.423 Adjustment Overview 360 .421 P. Check Results Adjustment Item Check Nozzle Check Alignment Print Adjustment Check Pattern Cut Sheet Continuous Feed Test Print Image Check Cutting Image Printing (Tanzaku) Checks for absence of dot missing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 5-5.408 RESET COUNTERS Table 5-7.417 P.2 Uni-D adjustment values to other PG setting areas. Copies PG=1. Resets the PF Motor distance counter.422 P. Reset Counters Adjustment Item Reset Paper Ejection Switching Counter/ Reset PG Switching Counter Reset PF Motor Counter Reset ASF Counter Reset When CR Unit Change Reset When Cleaning Unit Change Description Resets the Paper Ejection Switching Counter and the PG Switching Counter. P. Resets the CR Motor Pass number counter. Resets the counter that counts the number of papers transferred from the ASF.421 P. P. Prints an image and performs check of image quality. Description Method AU*1 { { { { { { { M2*2 AT*3 { --{ ----------------------Ref. Checks for absence of misalignment.2 Bi-D adjustment values to other PG setting areas. Cuts roll paper and checks for cutter adjustment and wear.

6 Adjustment Tools The following tools are needed for Stylus Pro 4000 adjustments. Table 5-9.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.0/3. PXMT1 PXMC17R7 PXMC16R4 PXMC16R1 PXMCA2R9 KA3N100PEF PXMC24R5 KA450MM ----Option Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Genuine Paper Supplies Supplies Adjustment Overview 361 . Ink Cartridge Model Number Ink cartridge 110 ml (Standard) Photo Black Cyan Magenta Yellow Light Cyan Light Magenta Light Black Matte Black T543100 T543200 T543300 T543400 T543500 T543600 T543700 T543800 220ml (Option) T544100 T544200 T544300 T544400 T544500 T544600 T544700 T544800 Refer to Table Consumable 5-9.3/0.1.9/3.75 Thickness Gauge=0. "*2": Supplied by 1 set as a tool.4/0. "*3": Used when test prints are necessary.9*2 Thickness: 2.8/0.1*2 ----------- Note "*1": Adjustments can be performed even if this tool is not on hand. Table 5-8. Adjustment Tools Type Hardware Tool Name Sonic Tension Meter U-505 Code type microphone (U-505)*1 Microtrace#300 Paper Thickness Position Tool Multi Sensor Position Tool Thickness Gauge=0.65 CR Lock Tool Tension Gauge 10N Color Banding Sample Ink cartridge (x8)*3 Maintenance Tank*3 Proofing Paper Commercial Semimatte (Roll) Premium Semimatte Photo Paper [250] (Roll) Premium Glossy Photo Paper [250] (Roll) Singleweight Matte Paper (Roll) Proofing Paper Commercial Semimatte (Sheet) Enhanced Matte Paper (Roll) Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper (Sheet) Software Tool Adjustment Program NVRAM Backup Utility Part Code 1231678 1277074 1057723 1282355 1282354 1400026 1400027 1284893 1401952 1288094 Note ------Thickness: 0. but the adjustment operation can be more easily performed by using the tool.

z Adju. Adjustment Program Startup Screen Figure 5-3. 2. Select the adjustment item to be executed and click the [OK] button. Click the [OK] button. Click [Start]. z Printer name Stylus Pro 4000 z Ink Config. C A U T IO N The adjustment program includes adjustment items to be used other than on-site. Sequential Mode Screen † Individual Adjustment Mode This is a mode for executing each adjustment item individually. 5. † Operating Environment „ OS: Widows 98. 2. 2000. Me. Figure 5-1.7 Adjustment Program Basic Operation This section describes basic methods for operating the adjustment program.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Sequential Mode This is a guide mode for executing the required adjustments in a set order when a replaced part or unit is selected.exe] to start the adjustment program. XP „ Port: USB port „ Printer driver and ESM3 have to be installed. Select the replaced part or unit from the left column and click [Add]. Figure 5-2. Select the following items after the startup screen appears. 3. Select the ink type currently installed. Double-click [adjwiz2. 1. † Start-up 1. Individual Adjustment Mode Screen Adjustment Overview 362 . Mode Select whether to execute adjustments with the sequential mode (Sequence) or to execute each adjustment individually (Individual). do not execute adjustments other than those described in this manual. 1. Regarding on-site repairs.1.

) † Utility Tools (Adjustment possible without these) „ Code Type Microphone (U-505) † Standard Value „ Standard: 16.1 CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment This adjustment applies to all operations that have resulted in removal or replacement the CR Timing Belt or loosening of the belt. Press the "MEASURE" button on the tension measurement tool and measure by plucking the timing belt with a tool such as tweezers. Bring the measurement microphone of the tension meter close to the center of the Timing Belt. This adjusts the belt tension to the correct tension after installation of the CR Timing Belt. Input the following belt information into the tension measurement tool. C H E C K P O IN T 6. such as CR Motor removal. Manually move the Carriage Unit through a return and back 5 times. † Tools (Required) „ Sonic Tension Meter U-505 „ A tool to pluck the timing belt (tweezers.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.2 z Width: 8. 3. set the scale of the Pulley Holder at the same position it had before removal. C A U T IO N „ Pluck the belt as gently as possible so it can be measured by the tension measurement tool. z Weight: 1.0 z Spam: 635 Measurement microphone within 5mm Figure 5-4.2. „ Try to make the speed of the return motions such that it takes 2 seconds for sending and 2 seconds for returning. 4. etc. Tension Meter „ Move the whole area of the Carriage Unit moving parts through the returns. 2. „ Do not allow the measurement microphone and timing belt to make contact when the belt is plucked.6±1N † Procedure 1. Set the tension meter fixed tool in a position so the distance between the measurement microphone and timing belt is within approximately 5mm but not touching the timing belt. At this time. Install the CR Timing Belt. Set the Carriage Unit in the home position.2 Mechanical Adjustment 5. Setting the Tension Measurement Tool Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 363 . C H E C K P O IN T 5.

After adjustment is complete. check the results by repeating the measurement 3 times.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. 8. CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 364 . Revision B CR Tension Installation screw Figure 5-5. Turn the CR tension installation screw to adjust tension until the measurement value reaches the standard value.

. C H E C K P O IN T Set the tension meter fixed tool in a position so the distance between the measurement microphone and timing belt is within approximately 5mm but not touching the timing belt. Roller. within 5mm Figure 5-6. etc.3 z Width: 6. C A U T IO N 5. Bring the measurment microphone of the tension meter close to the center of the timing belt (between the "Motor Assy. PF" „ Pluck the belt as gently as possible so it can be measured by the tension measurement tool.0 z Spam: 47 2.6N † Procedure C A U T IO N „ Do not allow the measurement microphone and timing belt to make contact when the belt is plucked. PF" attached to the "Pulley. Measurement Microphone Pay attention not to deform or damage the "Scale. such as "Motor Assy. Setting the Tension Measurement Tool Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 365 .2 PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment This adjustment applies to all operations that have loosened the PF Timing Belt.2. † Tools (Required) „ Sonic Tension Meter U-505 „ A tool to pluck the timing belt (tweezers. PF" removal. This adjusts the belt tension to the correct tension after installation of the "Motor Assy. PF" pinion gear and the PF roller pulley).. Input the following belt information into the tension measurement tool. z Weight: 1. Press the MEASURE button on the tension measurement tool and measure by plucking the timing belt with a tool such as tweezers.6 ~ 21. PF" when performing the following work.. 1.) † Utility Tools (Adjustment possible without these) „ Code Type Microphone (U-505) † Standard Value „ Standard: 17.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 3.

After completing adjustment. Motor PF". Revision B (+) Bind S-tight with plane washers 2 Plate. z (+) Bind S-tight with plane washers 2 3x8. If the value is outside the standard value. No adjustment is necessary if the measurement value is within the standard value. 5. Installation Plate. and then adjust the timing belt tension by sliding "Plate. check the results by repeating the measurement 3 times.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. CR : 1/8 turn 6. F/Zn : 1/4~2/4 turn z Shaft. PF Shaft. tighten the 2 screws and measure tension again. Installation Plate. CR Figure 5-7. After the measurement value has reached the standard value. Motor. Motor PF" by the amount shown below. use the following procedure to adjust the tension until it reaches the standard value. 7. Loosen the 2 screws fixing "Plate. PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 366 .

it must be made to recognize the thickness set as the detection standard. Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "01". → To Adjustment Procedure FIGURE 5-8.4/0. → To Adjustment Procedure 7. After confirming/adjusting. Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "00". and then lower "Paper Lever". Raise "Paper Lever".EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 8. Confirm that "Sen: Paper 00" is displayed in the panel (with [Paper Lever] in the lowered condition). 1. and then lower [Paper Lever]. check again with all adjustment tool. "Menu (>)" 3.9) † Check Procedure C A U T IO N Be sure to start check from the condition in which [Paper Lever] is lowered. Gauge 5. → To Adjustment Procedure 6. Confirm that "Sen: Paper 01" is displayed in the panel.9 adjustment tool as shown in Figure 5-8.3/0. Enter Maintenance Mode 2. PAPER THICKNESS SENSOR ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 367 . Confirm that "Sen: Paper 00" is displayed in the panel.3 adjustment jig from the rear paper feed slot as shown inFigure 5-8. Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "11". Select "SELF TESTING" and enter the self testing menu.4 adjustment tool as shown in Figure 5-8. “Select "Test: Sensor". → To Adjustment Procedure 11. Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "01". and then lower "Paper Lever". Check installation position condition with the self testing menu and perform adjustment if the result is NG. → To Adjustment Procedure 10. Raise "Paper Lever" and remove 0. Confirm that "Sen: Paper 01" is displayed in the panel. Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "00". set 0. and then confirm that "Sen: Paper 10" is displayed in the panel while the "Paper Lever" is in the raised condition.2. Raise "Paper Lever".3 Paper Thickness Sensor Adjustment When the paper thickness sensor has been replaced. † Tools „ Paper Thickness Position Tool (Gauge: 0. "Menu (>)" 4. → To Adjustment Procedure 9. Confirm that "Sen: Paper 11" is displayed in the panel. "Paper Feed (∇)" x 2 → "Menu (>)" 5.8/0.8 adjustment tool as shown in Figure 5-8. set 0. Raise "Paper Lever". set 0.9 adjustment tool. Raise "Paper Lever". Power off → Press "Paper Source (<)" + "Paper Feed (∆)" + "Paper Feed (∇)" → Power on 2. This time confirm after repeating up/down movement of "Paper Lever" 3 times. set 0. and then lower "Paper Lever". Select "SELF TESTING: Test". Perform adjustment if the displayed value is other than "10".

Loosen the screw fixing "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder". 2. Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 368 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Adjustment Procedure Adjusts position of "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder" for when [Paper Lever] is lowered with adjustment tool 0. Paper Thickness Sensor Holder Figure 5-9.3/0. Paper Thickness Sensor Adjustment 3. C H E C K P O IN T Screws Revision B 1 2 Adjust by raising the "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder" when the numerical value increases and lowering the holder when the value decreases. 1.9 or "Paper Lever" is raised with no adjustment tool.4 or "Paper Lever" is lowered with no adjustment tool and when "Paper Lever" is lowered with adjustment jig 0. Slide the "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder" up/down while checking the panel display.8/0. Tighten the screws to fix the "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder". Keep the "Paper Thickness Sensor Holder" at the place just after the panel display changes.

CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment_2 Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 369 . CR" against the sensor at 3 places (left end.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. When space is NG. center.4 CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment This is intended to keep the CR Encoder Sensor and CR Scale at a suitable space. Linear Scale" or "Holder. center. CR Holder. After adjusting. check the 3 places again (left end.2. Then adjust the position of "Scale. Sensor. right end). 2. Move the Carriage Unit and check the position of the "Scale. CR" and tighten the screw. CR". Linear Scale Figure 5-11. CR Make even space Figure 5-10. Scale. Sensor. loosen the screw of "Holder. † Procedure 1. right end). HP Lever. Scale. Holder. HP" and move the "Lever. Visually confirm uniform distance of the arrows shown in the figure. Scale. 3. CR Encoder Sensor Position Adjustment_1 Lever.

Press "Menu(>)" to change the panel display. PG Adjustment Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 370 . 2. Enter Maintenance Mode 2. Front. Right Thickness Gauge Figure 5-13.65) onto the right most "Paper Guide Assy.75 „ Thickness Gauge T=0.5 PG Adjustment † Required Tools „ Thickness Gauge T=0. Shaft. "Menu(>)" 4. "PG Offset *xx00" 9. Make sure that the panel display is changed from "TOP COVER OPEN" to "READY". Select "SELF TESTING" to enter Self Testing menu. Loosen the two screws that secure "Bushing.". Screws Figure 5-12. Attach the Thickness Gauge (T=0. Front. Rear". Open the top cover and put suitable objects into the top cover sensor area to keep the sensor turned on. Screws Securing Bush. Shaft. Select "Adj: PG Adj. Rear Paper Guide Assy. C A U T IO N Bushing.2.. Press "Menu(>)" again to move the PG to initial position and change the panel display.65 † Procedure 1. Right". Rear Be careful not to break the sensor flag when turning the sensor on. Paper Eject. "Paper Feed(∇)" x1 → "Menu(>)" 6.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Select "SELF TESTING: Adjustment". "[Enter] Start" 8. Power off → Press "Paper Source(<)" + "Paper Feed(∆)" + "Paper Feed(∇)" → Power on 3. 7.. "Paper Feed(∇)" x1 → "Menu(>)" 5. Shaft. Paper Eject.

Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 371 . Press the "Paper Feed (∆)" to move the "Carriage Unit" upward and widen the PG. PG" gets into the extreme right notch of the "Bushing. and tighten the "Bushing. Rotate the "Bushing.65) by the Thickness Gauge (T=0. Slowly move the "Carriage Unit" upward to the position where the "Carriage Unit" does not hit the thickness gauge. Move the "Carriage Unit" and make sure it hits the thickness gauge. 10. Replace the Thickness Gauge (T=0. Shaft. Add "3" to the current number displayed on the panel. 12. CR" in the following steps.75). 13. "Paper Feed (∆)" x3 15.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N Always move the "Carriage Unit" by pulling the "Belt. Press "Menu (>)". 11. 16. Shaft. Turn the printer off. Rear" with the two screws which have been loosened in Step 6. Move the "Carriage Unit" and make sure it hits the thickness gauge. Rear" so that the "Lever. 17. Holding and moving the "Carriage Unit" may cause deformation of the PG due to the downward pressure. Shaft. 14. Rear". Rock.

Setting the Position Tool Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 372 . Right" at the position shown by Figure 5-15. Shaft. Place position tool 3. Right Carriage Unit Position Tool Printhead Position Tool Figure 5-15. 2. PG] goes into the furthest right notch of "Bushing. Front. Shaft..6 Multi Sensor Position Adjustment This adjustment sets a suitable distance between the Multi Sensor (Multi Sensor Holder) and the platen. Front. Lever. Rear". Rear" so that [Lever. Rear † Required Tools „ Multi Sensor Position Tool „ CR Lock Tool † Procedure 1. Multi Sensor Position Adjustment_1 Paper Guide Assy. Turn the "Bushing. do not let the Print Head contact the thickness gauge. Move the Carriage Unit to the position where the "Multi Sensor Holder" touches the position tool.0 on "Paper Guide Assy. PG Bushing. 3. C A U T IO N When moving the Carriage Unit. Shaft.2. Figure 5-14. Lock.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Paper Eject. Paper Eject.. Lock.

and then fix the tool by pinching with the bearings of the Carriage Unit. Loosen the two screws securing the "Multi Sensor Holder". Multi Sensor Position Adjustment_2 Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment 373 . Set the position tool 2. Set the position tool 3. confirming that the "Multi Sensor Holder" does not contact it. Setting the CR Lock Tool_2 Screws Multi Sensor Holder Figure 5-16.9 and move the Carriage Unit. 7.1 and move the Carriage Unit. Revision B CR Lock Tool CR Lock Tool Figure 5-17. Then tighten the two screws. confirming that the "Multi Sensor Holder" contacts it. Set the CR Lock Tool.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 4. Set the CR Lock Tool into the 2 holes on the printer frame. 6. Setting the CR Lock Tool_1 Figure 5-18. Set the position of the "Multi Sensor Holder" in rear direction and then downward direction. 5. 8.

and IEEE1394 ID to the NVRAM on the Main Board.1 RTC&USB ID&IEEE1394 ID Writes the RTC Backup Battery Reset Time. 8. 6. Confirm or Input [Date] and [Time]. Start up the adjustment program and select [RTC&USB ID IEEE 1394 ID]. If you need to continue adjustment using this program.3 Basic Adjustment 5. Click [Finish]. confirm the contents. Click [Next]. 4. 3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Enter the 17-digit serial number of the main unit. and IEEE 1394 ID on a new Main Board. 2. 5. 9. RTC&USB ID&IEEE 1394 ID Screen C A U T IO N If you turn the printer OFF/ON after the USB ID has been changed. 1 2 3 5 4 † Procedure 1. Enter the ID number that is taken down in Procedure 1 to the [IEEE 1394 ID]. USB ID. IEEE 1394 ID Label Adjustment Basic Adjustment 374 . Turn the printer power on after replacing the Main Board. USB ID. Windows recognizes the USB as another port and creates a driver of xxxx (Copy x). and click [OK]. 7. finish the program once and restart it by selecting the new driver (Copy x). Note down the 10-digit ID number (IEEE1394 ID) on the ID label that is stuck to lower backside of the main unit right frame when replacing the Main Board.3. Figure 5-19. IEEE 1394 ID Label 6 8 7 Figure 5-20. Click [Check] to display the information written to the Main Board. Click [Write] to start writing the RTC. 10. The USB ID will be generated.

Figure 5-21. Click the [Write] button. 2. > 1. name the file with a suitable one. 3. 4. 6. > 1. 3.3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 5. Enter the Head Rank ID to the edit box on the screen in the similar manner (21 digits in total) as the one printed on an ID label.2 Head Rank ID Sets/Inputs the information unique to each print head as the Head Rank ID for the best driving voltage setup after replacing the print head. 3. 2. Click [Finish].) † Procedure for Writing <When applying the Head Rank ID on the ID label stuck to the print head. 2. Start up the adjusting program and select [Head Rank ID]. 4. Turn the printer power on. (It can be read from and written to a file. Note down the Head Rank ID on the ID label attached to the print head to be installed. Click the [File Open] button and select the Head Rank ID information file (txt). 5. Enter the Head Rank ID to the edit box on the screen in the similar manner (21 digits in total) as the one printed on an ID label. Turn the printer power on. Click [File Save]. and save the information as a text file. 4. Head Rank ID Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 375 . Click [Finish]. Enter † Procedure for saving the Head Rank ID information 1. Click the [Write] button. Click [Finish]. 6. Start up the adjusting program and select [Head Rank ID]. Turn the printer power on. ID Label † Procedure for Writing <When applying the Head Rank ID information file (txt) of the print head to be installed. 5. Note down the Head Rank ID on the ID label attached to the print head to be installed. Start up the adjusting program and select [Head Rank ID].

zAt "I/O: 1" = 80 or higher zAt "I/O: 0" = 104 or lower „D: Shows level of reflected light received from the paper. Figure 5-22.2)] I/O: 1. the Multi Sensor emits light onto the paper and platen. A/D: 233. Multi Sensor Level Adjustment Values Adjustment Basic Adjustment 376 . † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. Start the adjustment program and select [Multi Sensor Level Adjustment]. Each numerical value is described below. D/A: 119. [PW2 (PG=1. Confirm standard values for B~E. A/D: 233.3 Multi Sensor Level Adjustment Paper is fed into the printer. Figure 5-23. „B: Automatically switches to 1 or 0 according to amount of reflected light acquired.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. LED light quantity control is switched according to the numerical value.2)] I/O: 1. „C: Shows the LED light emission level.3. 3. „E: Shows level of reflected light received from the platen. and detection level is corrected automatically. Then the detection result is printed. Value is within range of 0~3. 4. 2.2. Value is within range of 230~236. A/D (2): 1. „A: Shows results of light received from either PW1 or PW2 light receiver when PG=1. Multi Sensor Level Adjustment Screen A B C D E [PW1 (PG=1. Click the [Run] button to print the adjustment values. the reflected light is received by the Multi Sensor. Click the [Finish] button. D/A: 93. The standard value differs according to the light quantity control set at B.

3.XXX mm Multi Sensor Left : X. † The values measured in Step 3 „ Top Margin „ Bottom Margin † The values printed in the pattern lower part „ Side Margin Adjust „ Multi Sensor Left „ Multi Sensor Right 5. „ Execution date and time „ Firmware version „ Head ID Figure 5-24. and then measure the side margin shown in Figure 5-25.6 : X T & B Position : < -Side Margin Adjust : XX. C H E C K P O IN T The following information is also printed with the adjustment pattern. Check the arrow direction of "T&B Position" printed on the pattern.4 T&B&S (Roll Paper) This adjusts the printing position that includes the cut position on the surface of the paper and corrects a bend of emission axis of the main scanning direction in the multi sensor. Start adjustment program and select [T&B&S (Roll Paper)]. 2. T&B&S (Roll Paper) Screen Top Margin (<--) Top Margin (-->) 4.XXX mm Multi Sensor Left : X.XXX mm Bottom Margin (-->) Bottom Margin (<--) Figure 5-25.XXX mm T & B Position : < -Side Margin Adjust : XX.XXX mm Multi Sensor Right : X. 3.XXX mm Multi Sensor Right : X. Input each of the following value into its corresponding edit box. T&B&S (Roll Paper) Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 377 . Click the [Write] button and then click the [Print] button again to print the adjustment pattern. Click the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. Then measure the distances of margins that the arrows indicate in Figure 5-25 for both top and bottom. 6.7 : X PG2. Measure the top and bottom distances in the same way as in Step 3. Side Margin XX-XX-20XX 7: 3 : 59 F/W Version : XXXXXX X XXXXXX XXXXXX SSSSSSSS SSSSSSS SSS00 SSS000S PG0.

† The values measured in Step 6 „ Top Margin „ Bottom Margin „ Side Margin (Side Margin Adjust) † The values printed in the pattern lower part „ Multi Sensor Left „ Multi Sensor Right 8.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. Click the [Finish] button. 9. Revision B Adjustment Basic Adjustment 378 . Click the [Write] button. Input each of the following value into its corresponding edit box.

5.XXX mm Side Margin Adjust : XX.6 : X Side Margin Adjust : X. Click the [Write] button and then click the [Print] button again to print the adjustment pattern. Measure the top and bottom margin shown by Figure 5-27. and then measure the side margin shown in Figure 5-27. Measure the top and bottom margin in the same way as inStep 3. „ Execution date and time „ Firmware version „ Head ID Figure 5-26. † Paper Used „ Size: A4 „ Type: Enhanced Matte Cut Sheet † Procedure 1. T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 379 . 8. Click the [Finish] button.5 T&B&S (Cut Sheet) This prints a special pattern and adjusts the printing position on the surface of the paper. 3. 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Input the values measured in Step 3 and the value indicated on "Side Margin Adjust" which is printed in the lower part of the pattern to its corresponding edit box. Input each value measured in Step 6 to its corresponding edit box. 6. C H E C K P O IN T The following information is also printed with the adjustment pattern. Start the adjustment program and select [T&B&S (Cut Sheet)].3. Click the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern. Side Margin XX-XX-20XX 7: 3 : 59 F/W Version : XXXXXX X XXXXXX XXXXXX SSSSSSSS SSSSSSS SSS00 SSS000S PG2.XXX mm Bottom Margin Figure 5-27. 9. Click the [Write] button. 7. T&B&S (Cut Sheet) Screen Top Margin 4.

This measurement and adjustment should be performed in three places (Right end → Center → Left end of the printer). If the result is below standard. press "Menu(>)" to raise the cutter.3. the message "[Exec] Key Down" is displayed and the "Carriage Unit" is released. Enter Maintenance Mode2. Adj. Tension Gauge 5. Solenoid" of the Tension Gauge. and press "Menu(>)" to display "[Exec] Key Up" and lower the cutter. CR" and perform the adjustment again. Press "Menu(>)" to change the display from "Pressure: **%" to "Exec. measure the value five times in a row as pulling up the "Holder. Select "SELF TESTING" to enter Self Testing menu. Solenoid Figure 5-28. and press "Menu(>)" to lower the cutter before measuring the value again. Press "Menu(>)" again to display the "Please Wait" message. Average value of the three measured figures except minimum and maximum values is considered to be the measurement result. "Menu(>)" 5. If the observed value still does not meet the standard.6 Cutter Pressure Adjustment Adjusts the pressure to cut papers after replacing the cutter solenoid. Select "SELF TESTING: Adjustment". With the cutter kept lowered.". 6. press "Paper Feed(∆)" + "Paper Feed(∇)" to change the value (%) .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 10. Power off → Press "Paper Source(<)" + "Paper Feed(∆)" + "Paper Feed(∇)"→ Power on 2. 8. Holder. and take down the results. Cutter Pressure Adjustment Adjustment Basic Adjustment 380 . When the "Carriage Unit" detects its original point. "Menu(>)" 3. 9. Open the top cover. 7. Select "Adj: Cut Adj. † Required Tools „ Tension Gauge (10N) † Specifications „ 500-600g „ Pressure: Less than 85% † Procedure 1. "Paper Feed(∇)" x1 → "Menu(>)" 4. replace the "Solenoid. z If the value is within standard (Less than 85%) Move the "Carriage Unit" to the home position and turn the main unit power off. z If the value is beyond standard (More than 86%) Perform the adjustment one more time.?".

C H E C K P O IN T The printed pattern is changed 2 steps. But you can input 1 step unit. Find the column where Bi-D is best aligned and input the number into the edit box. Click the [Print] button to print the nozzle check pattern. Adequately adjusts matte black Bi-D before performing Bi-D adjustment for all nozzles. Click the [Write] button to print the check pattern again and check it. 4. Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Screen Current set value MK = 28 (0) 20 28 36 Figure 5-30.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Start adjustment program and select [Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment]. The check pattern with the current setup values will be printed out. Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Check Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 381 . Turn the printer power on. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. 2. 3. 5.7 Nozzle Bi-D Adjustment Performs standard adjustment of matte black nozzle columns.3. Figure 5-29.

Adjustment pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 382 .4. 3).8 Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF) † Papers Required „ Size: 16" „ Type: Premium Glossy Photo Paper † Procedure 1. Click [Print] to print the adjustment pattern. Start up the adjusting program and select [Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF)]. 4. → to Procedure 6. Paper Feed Direction Pattern 1 Check Point Pattern 2 Figure 5-31. 5.2.4 C511_SUB-B Board (p231)) 2. Turn the printer power on. z The gap is not parallel to the both blocks (Pattern 1. (See figure 5-32) z The gap is parallel to the both blocks (Pattern 2).3. (Refer to 4. Click [Next] and click [Finish] on the next screen to complete the adjustment.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF) Screen (1) Check Point Pattern 3 Check Point Figure 5-32. Remove the "Carriage Cover". Click [Next] and perform adjustment on the next screen. check the clearance gap between the second and the third blocks from the right. Seeing the pattern in the direction shown in Figure 5-32. 3.

7. Print Head Slant Adjustment (PF) Screen (2) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 383 . R" vertically and adjust the slant of the print head. B→A→C→D Move the Carriage Unit to the home position and close the top cover. Move the "Cam.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 6. and D) shown in figure 5-34 that secure the head. Head Fixing Screws and the Cam . 10. R Figure 5-33. R". Loosen the four screws (A. Inclination. Inclination. R D Figure 5-34. Inclination. Click [Back] to go back to the previous screen. Inclination. Open the top cover and move the "Carriage Unit" to the center of the printer. z If the upper side of the gap is wider (Pattern 1): Lower the "Cam. Tighten the four screws that are loosened in Step 7 in the order below. z If the bottom side of the gap is wider (Pattern 3): Raise the "Cam. Inclination. and perform Step 4 through 9 repeatedly until the adjustment is completed. 8. C. Revision B A B C Head Fixing Screws Cam. 9. B. R".

3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. After the printing is finished. Turn the printer power on.3. Screens shift for Print Head Slant Adjustment (CR) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 384 .4. Screen 1 Screen 4 To print out the adjustment pattern Screen 2 Screen 3 End of the adjustment The "Carriage Unit" moves to the home position and the paper is reeled off.9 Print Head Slant Adjustment (CR) † Papers Required „ Size: 16" „ Type: Premium Glossy Photo Paper † † Procedure 1.4 C511_SUB-B Board (p231)) 2. Figure 5-35. Start up the adjusting program.2. select [Print Head Slant Adjustment (CR)] and click [Print] to print the adjustment pattern. Remove the "Carriage Cover". the Carriage Unit moves to the center of the printer (adjustment position). (Refer to 4. Click [Next] (Proceed to Screen 2). 4.

z Gap on any of the columns: Adjustment needed → Proceed to Step 6. Seeing the pattern in the direction shown in Step 5-36. and click [Finish] to finish the adjustment. Click [Next] (Proceed to Screen 3). 6. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 385 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 5. z No gap on both columns: No adjustment needed → Click [Next] two times (proceed to Screen 4). Revision B Paper Feed Direction Figure 5-36. ninth. check the clearance gap between the light magenta and magenta for both right and left columns of the third. and fifteenth blocks from the right.

Cam" vertically and adjust the slant of the print head. Cam" gradually. Tighten the three screws that has been loosened in Step 7 and close the top cover. Cam" can only be adjusted by moving downward. and perform Step 3 through 9 repeatedly until the adjustment is completed. When you need to raise the "Lever. Open the top cover and loosen the three head fixing screws shown in Figure 5-37. (The "Carriage Unit" moves to the home position. z Gap on the left column : Lower the "Lever. Cam". Cam". Cam". 8.) 10. Move the "Lever. A B C Head Fixing Screws Figure 5-37. Head Fixing Screws and Lever. C A U T IO N Revision B Lever. Cam Adjustment Basic Adjustment 386 . raise it to the upper limit first and lower the "Lever.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 7. z Gap on the right column : Raise the "Lever. Cam The position of the "Lever. Click [Back] two times to go back to Screen 1. 9.

2. from scanning the pattern to correcting.10 Auto Uni-d Adjustment Performs Auto Uni-D Adjustment with the Multi Sensor. Auto Uni-d Adjustment Pattern Figure 5-38. Auto Uni-d Adjustment Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 387 . 3.3. The pattern is printed at PG=1. 2. (This is not necessary when making special adjustments manually. Start adjustment program and select [Auto Uni-d Adjustment].) 4. Click the [Finish] button. As the pattern is printed. VSD1 D row G row F row A row H row C row B row † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. and the correction value is automatically copied for other PG settings. is executed automatically. Click the [Run] button to print the adjustment pattern. the printer automatically scans the pattern and makes corrections. VSD2 VSD3 Economy Figure 5-39. the adjustment. When the adjustment pattern is printed.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.

7 -0. the reading position for the primary scan direction and secondary scan direction is adjusted.3 PG 2.11 Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check This adjustment prints a special pattern and scans it with the Multi Sensor. Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check Screen [PG=1. and the results are printed along with the pattern.7 -0.1mm 0.0 PG 2. Selecting [Sensor Adjustment] and clicking the [Run] button will print the adjustment pattern. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 388 .3.6mm 0.0 0.2] Multi-Sensor Position Adjust Horizontal [mm] Vertical [mm] : : PG 0. the read position is automatically corrected. Start the adjustment program and select [Multi Sensor Adjustment for Auto Nozzle Check]. 2.0 0. the dot missing pattern and the no dot missing pattern are printed and the automatic dot missing function is checked.7mm -0. The printed pattern is read by the Multi Sensor.2mm -0. In the beginning. After that. and then the difference between the position (drive pulses of the CR/PF Motors) read by the Multi Sensor and the standard value is registered as the correction value information. Figure 5-40. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1.0 Figure 5-41.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.3 PG 1.

0) . 0. 0) . 1. ( 0) . 0. 0) . 0. 21) . 0. 21) . 9. 0. 0. 0. 0) . 0. ( 0. 0) . Y :0 0) . 0) . 0) .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 3. 2) . 5. 0. 4. 0. 0) . 0) . 0) . 13) . 0) . ( 0. Figure 5-43. 0. 3) . 0. 0) . ( 0) . 0. ( 0) . 0. ( 0. 0. 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 9. 9. ( 0) . ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( Lk : 0 0. 5. 0. 0. 13) . 0) . 3) . 0. 0) . ( 1. 1. 21) . 0. 0) . 2) .2] [Count] MK : 8 [Position] MK : ( ( [Position] C: ( ( [Position] M : ( ( [Position] Y: ( ( [Position] PK : ( ( [Position] Lc : ( ( [Position] Lm : ( ( [Position] LK : ( ( C :7 1. ( 0. 0) . ( 0) . 0) . 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. ( 0) . 0. 0) . 12) . 5. ( 0) . ( 5. 12) . 2) . 5. 0) . 1. 0. 0. 0) . 0) . Check Pattern (No Dot Missing) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 389 . ( 0. 0. 9. 0. 0. 0. ( 9. 0) . 0) . 1. 0. 0) . 0) . 21) . 0) . ( 0) . ( 0. ( 3) . 0. 0. ( 0) . 0. 0) . 0) . 1. 0) . ( 0. ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( Lk : 6 5. 0. 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 9. ( 0. ( 1. 0. ( 12) . 0. ( 12) . ( 0. Lc : 6 3) . 9. 0. 0. 0) . PK 0) . 2) . 21) . 0. 0. 0. 0) . 0) . 1. 0) . 21) . 0. 0) . 0) . 21) . ( 0. 0) . ( 0) . 0) . ( 0. 0. 21) . 9. ( 13) . 1. 0. 0) . 5. 0) . 0) . PK 3) . ( 5. 0) . Revision B [PG=1. ( 0. 0) . Two patterns are printed (dot missing/no dot missing) and read by the Multi Sensor. ( 0) . 0) . 2) . 0) . 1. 0) . 0. 0) . 21) . 1. 0. 0. 12) . 2) . ( 0) . 12) . ( 0. ( 0. 0) . 0. ( 0) . 0. 5. 0. 1. 0) . 0) . 0. 9. 0) . 0) . 0) . 0. 2) . 0. 21) . 0. 0) . 0) . 0. 9. 0. 0) . M ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( :0 0. ( 0. 0. 1. Selecting [Print Check Pattern] and clicking the [Run] button will print the confirmation pattern. 0. 0. 0) . 0. :5 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 9. 0. 0) . 0. 0) . 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 0) . 0) . 0) . 1. 0. 0) . 9. 0. 0) . 1. ( 0) . 0. 0) . 21) . 2) . 0) . 21) . 0. 0) . 0. 0. ( 0) . ( 0. 9. 5. ( 0. 0. 0. 0. ( 9. 0) . Click the [Finish] button. 0) . M ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( :6 Y :8 9. 2) . 0. 0. 0. 2) . 0) . 0) . ( 5. ( 0) . 0. 0) . 0. 0) . ( 0) . 0. 1. 0. 0) . 0. 0. 0. 0. 0) . ( 0. 0) . ( 0) . :0 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 0. 0. 1. ( 0. ( 9. 21) . 2) . 0) . 2) . ( 0) . 2) . 9. ( 21) . 0. 0) . 0. 0) . 0) . 9. 9. 0. 0. 21) . 12) . ( 0. 0) . 0. 0. 0) . 21) . ( 12) . Lc : 0 0) . 3) . 0) . 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 5. 2) . 0) . 2) .2] [Count] MK : 0 [Position] MK : ( ( [Position] C: ( ( [Position] M : ( ( [Position] Y: ( ( [Position] PK : ( ( [Position] Lc : ( ( [Position] Lm : ( ( [Position] LK : ( ( C :0 0. and then the results are printed along with the patterns. ( 0. 0. Check Pattern (Dot Missing) [PG=1. ( 0) . 0) . Figure 5-42. 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . ( 0. :0 0) . ( 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 0. 0) . ( 0. 0) . 0. 0) . 0) . 0. 0) . 2) . 9. 0. 0. 0. 0) . 3) . 0. ( 13) . 0) . 9. ( 0) . 0. 0) . ( Lm : 6 5. 0) . 0. 0) . 0. 13) . ( 0. 0. ( 0) . ( Lm 0. 0. 0. 0) . 0) .

When the [Run] button is clicked.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. the paper will be ejected and the paper skew amount will be measured by the Multi Sensor. 3. Skew Check Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 390 . Start the adjustment program and select [Skew Check].12 Skew Check † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. 2.3. C A U T IO N Approximately 1m of paper will be ejected. 4. Figure 5-44. so be aware of the space needed for paper ejection. click the [OK] button. Click the [Finish] button and properly set the paper. After the skew check value is displayed.

Click the [Next] button. Click the [Print] button to print the adjustment pattern. If the position has slipped. Platen Position Adjustment Screen (1) + Measurement Value NG OK . Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 391 . 5.3.Measurement Value NG Figure 5-46. 2.13 Platen Position Adjustment This adjusts the printing position for the sponge position used during borderless printing.measurement value 4. click the [Next] button to check with "Check Procedure" on the next page. measure the distance between the adjustment line and the platen tab and enter the measured value (+/-) into the edit box. If there is no slip. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Adjustment Procedure 1. Start the adjustment program and select [Platen Position Adjustment]. Figure 5-45. Refer to Figure 5-46 and check the positions of the printed adjustment line (at the right side as seen from the front of the printer) and the platen tab. Click the [Write] button to write the adjustment value to the printer.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 3. z When adjustment line is to the left of the platen tab : + measurement value z When adjustment line is to the right of the platen tab : .

Platen Position Adjustment Screen (2) OK NG Figure 5-48. Revision B Figure 5-47. click the [Finish] button. Refer to Figure 5-48 and check the positions of the printed adjustment line and the platen tab. click the [Back] button to perform adjustment again. If there is no slip. Click the [Check] button to print the check pattern. 2. Check Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 392 . If the position has slipped.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † Check Procedure 1.

C H E C K P O IN T Measurement The ruled line in the center of the adjustment pattern is used as a guide when measuring with the ruler.3. 3. 1000mm Feed Adjustment Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 393 . Figure 5-50. Input the measured value into [1000mm Feed] and click the [Write] button. 1000mm Feed Adjustment Pattern Figure 5-49. 4. 2. Click the [Print] button and the adjustment pattern will be printed. Start the adjustment program and select [1000mm Feed Adjustment]. 5.14 1000mm Feed Adjustment † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. Use a ruler (1000mm) and scale stopper to measure the distance shown by Figure 5-50. Click the [Finish] button.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.

15 Initial Ink charge flag ON/OFF † Procedure 1. Initial Ink Chrge Flag ON/OFF Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 394 .3. 3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Click the [Finish] button. Enter Maintenance Mode 2. Select "ON" or "OFF" and click the [Run] button. 4. Figure 5-51. Power off → Press "Paper Source (<)" + "Paper Feed (∆)" + "Paper Feed (∇)" →Power on 2. Start the adjustment program and select [Initial Ink chrge flag ON/ OFF].

(Refer to Procedure for Writing only).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. click the [Save] button to save by writing the files. click the [Finish] button to exit the "NVRAM Backup Utility". 4. C A U T IO N When backing up the parameters. 2. NVRAM Backup and Write Screen † Write Procedure 1. † Read & Save Procedure 1. start up the printer from Maintenance Mode 2. After backup is completed. 4. 6. When writing is complete. select the printer that will be backed up parameters. NVRAM Backup Utility Screen (1) Figure 5-54. Click the [Open] button and then select and open the parameter files saved by Step 6 of the "Read & Save Procedure" or stored in CD-ROM which is included in "Printer Mechanism (SP)". Power off → Press "Paper Source (<)" + "Paper Feed (∆)" + "Paper Feed (∇)" → Power on 2. Figure 5-52. Enter Maintenance Mode 2. Click the [Read] button and backup of parameters will start. Connect the printer to a PC. 3. 7. NVRAM Backup Utility Screen (2) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 395 . 5. 3. Click the [Run] button and "NVRAM Backup Utility" will start. Turn off the printer power and replace the Main Board. Start "NVRAM Backup Utility". From [Printer Name]. Start the adjustment program and select [NVRAM Back Up and Write]. 5. write the parameter stored in the CD-ROM which is included in "Printer Mechanism (SP)".3.16 NVRAM Back Up and Write Reads and saves each parameter stored in NVRAM on the Main Board before replacement and writes them to the new Main Board or when replacement of the "Printer Mechanism (SP)". Click the [Write] button and writing of the parameters will start. Figure 5-53.

3. Shaft. Lock. Select [PG2.6] and click the [Run] button. † Procedure 1.6] Figure 5-56. PG" is in the third notch from the right of "Bushing. Shaft. Check that "Lever. PG" is in the fourth notch from the right of "Bushing. Shaft. PG" is in the first notch from the right of "Bushing.1] [PG=2. 5. 4. Rear". Click the [Finish] button. 3. PG" (used for fixing the PG position) is fixing "Bushing.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Shaft. Check Platen Gap Screen At power ON [PG=1. Check that "Lever. PG" is in the second notch from the right of "Bushing. Lock. Turn the printer power on. Rear".1] and click the [Run] button.17 Check Platen Gap This checks whether or not "Lever. Start the adjustment program and select [Check Platen Gap]. Lock. Figure 5-55. After printer initialization is complete. Rear". Check Platen Gap Adjustment Basic Adjustment 396 . Rear" in a suitable position. Select [PG0. 6. Check that "Lever. 2.2] [PG=0.7] and click the [Run] button. Lock. Lock. check that "Lever. Rear". Shaft.7] [PG=2. Select [PG2.

The display changes to "Head Cleaning". 6.3. Press "Menu(>)" to discharge the cleaning liquid. discharge the ink remaining in the equipment by following the procedure below. and lower the ink levers. and lower the ink levers.18 Ink Discharge Before removing the Damper (Valve Assy. 8. 7. Washfluid". Press "Menu(>)" to display "Set Lever (L/R)". Press "Menu(>)" to display "Set Lever (L/R)". The display turns to "Please Remove CL I/C" when the head cleaning is completed. Ink Discharge Screen 9. The display turns to "Set Cleaning I/C" when the ink discharge is finished. 14. Pull up the ink levers on both sides to remove the ink cartridges. Press "Menu(>)" to display "Set Lever (L/R)". and lower the ink levers. When a pop-up window appears. 13. Start up the adjustment program and select [Ink Discharge]. 5. Pull up the ink levers on both sides to install the ink cartridges. The display changes to "Dischg. Turn the printer power on. Click the [Run] tab. 4. 10. The ink discharge begins at this time. Figure 5-57. Press "Menu(>)" to start the head cleaning. 11.. 2. Confirm that the "Please Remove Ink" message is displayed on the LCD. Washfluid". Adjustment Basic Adjustment 397 . Press "Menu(>)" to change the display to "Dischg. Head).EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. and pick up the ink levers on both sides to remove all the ink cartridges. † Procedure 1. click [OK]. 3. Click [Finish] on the Ink Discharge screen when the discharge is finished. 12.

click the [Finish] button. . Press the F5 key and Initial Ink Charge will start. Check the amount of ink remaining before starting Initial Ink Charge. . When cleaning is completed. . After Initial Ink Charge is completed. . Start the adjustment program and select [Initial Ink Charge]. . . . . Figure 5-59. CL1 z F2 . . 3. CL2 z F3 .3. CL4 3. Initial Ink Charge Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 398 . Start the adjustment program and select [Cleaning]. CL3 z F4 . z F1 .3. . † Procedure 1. Cleaning Screen Figure 5-58. .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Press F1~F4 key to start cleaning. 2. .20 Cleaning † Procedure 1. replace the ink cartridge with a new one and then start the procedure.19 Initial Ink Charge C A U T IO N 5. . . If the remaining ink is less than 50%. click the [Finish] button. 2. . .

Microtrace † Required Tool „ Microtrace #300 (A4) † Procedure 1. 6. Power off → Press "Paper Source (<)" + "Paper Feed (∆)" + "Paper Feed (∇)" → Power on 2.21 Rear Sensor Adjustment When the rear sensor has been replaced. Find "Adj: Rear AD". "Menu (>)" 3. "RearAD: *** *** ***" will be shown in the display approximately 15 seconds later. Enter Maintenance Mode 2. "[Enter] Start" → "Exc. Adjustment Basic Adjustment 399 . 10. C A U T IO N Figure 5-60. Press "Menu (>)" 2 times and the panel display will change as shown below. "Paper Feed (-)" x 1 → "Menu (>)" 4. Insert Microtrace from rear paper feed slot and set it in the position shown by Figure 5-60. Select "SELF TESTING" and enter the Self Testing menu. Replace the sensor with a new part and execute the adjustment again. "Paper Feed (-)" x 2 5. Raise "Paper Lever". Select "SELF TESTING: Adjustment". Start acquisition of AD value by pressing "Menu (>)". Setting the Microtrace If "Retry AD Adjust" is displayed in the panel at this time.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. and then lower the "Paper Lever".3." 8. Lower the "Paper Lever" and turn off the printer power. 9. raise the [Paper Lever] and take out the Microtrace. 7. the sensor has failed. "Confirm that "RearAD: *** *** ***" is displayed. the AD value for setting a paper detection standard must be acquired and stored in the Main Board.

† Adjustment Items and Types of Papers Adjustment items required for each paper and the operation order are shown below.3. „ PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D „ Dot Shift Adjustment „ Print Image (Tanzaku) NOTE: Three kinds of PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D are provided to correspond several types of papers.22 Adjustment Image (for 8-color model) Following operations should be performed on each type of paper. List of Adjustment Items and Types of Papers Types of Papers Proofing Paper Semimatte Premium Semimatte Photo Paper [250] Enhanced Matte Paper Premium Glossy Photo Paper [250] Singleweight Matte Paper Proofing Paper Semimatte Cut Paper [720] Proofing Paper Semimatte Cut Paper [1440] 720x720 720x720 720x720 720x720 1440x720 720x720 1440x720 Roll Paper 17" Roll Paper 16" Roll Paper 17" Roll Paper 16" Roll Paper 17" Cut Sheet Cut Sheet A3+ A3+ PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D A 1 --7 10 13 ----B ----------15 17 C --4 ----------Dot Shift Adjustment 2 5 8 11 ------Print Image (Tanzaku) 3 6 9 12 14 16 18 † Adjusting Images Window Transition Select media of Adjustment Image PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D Dot Shift Adjustment Print Image (Tanzaku) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 400 . Table 5-10.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.

8. PF Micro Feed Adjustment (Bi-D) Type-A Screen 6. Select the type of paper and click the [Next] Button. Adjustment Basic Adjustment 401 . 2. Click [Finish]. 5. Click the [Write] button. Start up the adjustment program and select [Image Adjustment]. and click [OK]. PF MICRO FEED ADJUSTMENT BI-D TYPE-A † Procedure 1.1 PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D Three types of PF Micro Feed Adjustment are provided to correspond several types of papers. and specify the one with least horizontal banding. The judge can be made easily by comparing the printed pattern with the Banding Standard Sample.22. C H E C K P O IN T Write down the numeric value specified in Procedure 6 as it is required in the next section "PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D TYPE-B". (Click [Next] in Sequential Mode). „ Tool name: Banding Standard Sample „ Tool code: 1288094 C H E C K P O IN T Figure 5-61. Turn the printer on.3. 4. 3. Refer to Figure 5-62 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern specified in Procedure 5 in the adjustment value (edit box). Click [Print] to print the adjustment patterns. confirm that the adjustment value has been written normally. Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed patterns.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 7.

Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 402 . START EMP720*720_7A&7F&84&89&8E PG1.2 [ Vertical Alignment VSD 2 ] end Pattern Value EMP720*720_7A&7F&84&89&8E Figure 5-62.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the gray sections at both sides of the printed pattern.

confirm that the adjustment value has been written normally. 1. Select the pattern value specified in Procedure 5 of the " PF Micro Feed Adjustment Bi-D TYPE-A" (p. 6. 3. 4.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B PF MICRO FEED ADJUSTMENT BI-D TYPE-B † Procedure Turn the printer on. Start up the adjustment program and select [Image Adjustment]. Select the type of paper and click the [Next] Button. Figure 5-63. 2. Click [Next]. 5. Click the [Write] button. PF Micro Feed Adjustment (Bi-D) Type-B Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 403 . and click [OK].401).

Select the type of paper and click the [Next] Button. 4. and click [OK]. PF Micro Feed Adjustment (Bi-D) Type-C Screen 6. „ Tool name: Banding Standard Sample „ Tool code: 1288094 Figure 5-64. Select "74_79_7E_83_88" and click [Print] to print adjustment patterns. Start up the adjustment program and select [Image Adjustment]. 3. 2. 5. 8. Refer to Figure 5-62 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern specified in Procedure 5 in the adjustment value (edit box). Turn the printer on.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B PF MICRO FEED ADJUSTMENT BI-D TYPE-C † Procedure 1. Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed pattern. and specify the one with least horizontal banding. Click the [Write] button. C H E C K P O IN T The judge can be made easily by comparing the printed pattern with the Banding Standard Sample. 7. Adjustment Basic Adjustment 404 . If you cannot find the appropriate pattern. confirm the adjustment value has been written normally. select "5B_60_65_6A_6F" or the "8D_92_97_9C_A1" and print the pattern again. Click [Finish].

PGPP250 :0A:6F 6F 6F PPS Offset :07 0A 07 0A:7F 7F 7F 7F PPS720 74_79_7E_83_88 Pattern Value PPS720 74_79_7E_83_88 Figure 5-65.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the gray sections at both sides of the printed pattern. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 405 .

Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed pattern. confirm the adjustment value has been written normally. 5. Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed pattern. „ Tool name: Banding Standard Sample „ Tool code: 1288094 3. (Example: "-5" is input when it is Dot Shift 1_-5) z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 4_x". go to Procedure 7. If you cannot find the appropriate pattern. Tick the circle beside [Dot 3. 8.2 Dot Shift Adjustment † Procedure 1. (Example: "2" is input when it is Dot Shift 1_+2) 4. (Example: "-2" is input when it is Dot Shift 1_-2) z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 2_x". If you cannot find the appropriate pattern. Tick the circle beside [Non Shift (66-65)] and enter "0" in the adjustment value edit box. 2. z When the appropriate pattern is "66-65". Refer to Figure 5-67 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern specified in Procedure 2 in the adjustment value. z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 3_x". (Example: "3" is input when it is Dot Shift 1_+3) 7. The entry depends on pattern that is chosen. Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift1 (62-61)] and input the number shown right to the "_" (underline) in Figure 5-62 . go to Procedure 7. and specify the one with least horizontal banding. C H E C K P O IN T The judge can be made easily by comparing the printed pattern with the Banding Standard Sample. z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 1_x". z When the appropriate pattern is "65-66-63-66". Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift4 (61-62-63-62)] and input the number shown right to the "_" (underline) in Figure 5-62 . 5. Refer to Figure 5-67 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern obtained in Procedure 5 in the adjustment value. After entering the adjustment value. go to Procedure 6. Tick the circle beside [Non Shift (65-66-63-66)] and enter "0" in the adjustment value edit box. Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift2 (63-62)] and input the number shown right to the "_" (underline) in Figure 5-62 . Dot Shift Adjustment Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 406 .4] and click [Print] to print adjustment patterns. Tick the circle beside "Dot Shift1.22. Click [Next]. The entry depends on the pattern that is chosen. Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift3 (61-62-59-62)] and input the number shown right to the "_" (underline) in Figure 5-62. go to Procedure 4. Click the [Write] button.3. and click [OK]. Figure 5-66. 2" and click [Print] to print adjustment patterns. After entering the adjustment value.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 6. and specify the one with least horizontal banding.

Adjustment pattern for C511 DOT SHIFT CHECK FILE PPS 031122 F/W Version :I03043 P ] [ Vertical Alignment VSD 2 ^^^^ 66-65 ^^^^Dot Shift 1_-4 ^^^^Dot Shift 1_-2 ^^^^Dot Shift 1_0 ^^^^Dot Shift 1_+2 ^^^^Dot Shift 1_+4 ^^^^Dot Shift 2_-2 ^^^^Dot Shift 2_0 ^^^^Dot Shift 2_+2 [ Vertical Alignment VSD 2 ] end Pattern Value ^^^^Dot Shift 2_0 Figure 5-67. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 407 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the gray sections at both sides of the printed pattern.

3. 3.22. Select the type of paper from [Media Type] pull-down menu. Check the image quality and click the [Finish] button. „ With 4-color machine.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Figure 5-68.3 Image Print (Tanzaku) C A U T IO N „ Select the paper size from the printer driver setting before printing following the procedure below. 4. Click the [Refer] button and select any image file (bmp) from the "tanzaku" folder in the folder (adjwiz2) in which the adjustment program data is stored. Click on [Print] to print the images. † Procedure 1. 2. use Singleweight Matte Paper. Print Image (Tanzaku) Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 408 .

Turn the printer power on.22. 4. or [Dot Shift 3].23 Adjustment Image (for 4-color model) Following adjustments are performed as a series of operations. Start up the adjusting program and select [Image Adjustment]. Click the [Write] button. 3. Dot Shift Adjustment (4 color) Screen Adjustment Basic Adjustment 409 . 5. „ Tool name: Banding Standard Sample „ Tool code: 1288094 C H E C K P O IN T Figure 5-69.3 Image Print (Tanzaku) (p408)” for details of the Image Print (Tanzaku). z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 4". and specify the one with least horizontal banding. z When the appropriate pattern is "Dot Shift 1" ~ "Dot Shift 3". 5. 7. Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed patterns. 6.23. Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift 1]. The adjustment value edit box grays out as the input is not required. The entry depends on the pattern that is chosen.3. [Dot Shift 2].3. Refer to Figure 5-70 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern specified in Procedure 4.3. Click [Next]. Click [Print] to print the adjustment pattern.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 2. Tick the circle beside [Dot Shift 4]. The judge can be made easily by comparing the printed pattern with the Banding Standard Sample. „ 4-color dot shift „ Microweave Adjustment „ Image Print (Tanzaku) NOTE: Refer to “5.1 4-color Dot Shift † Papers Required „ Size: 17" „ Type: Singleweight Matte Paper † Procedure 1. and input the number shown right to the "_" (underline) in Figure 5-70.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the gray sections at both sides of the printed pattern. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 410 . START Dot Shift 1 Dot Shift 2 Dot Shift 3 ^^^^Dot Shift 2_0 Dot Shift 4 SWMP720*720_4c_DS1_-2&DS1_+2&DS2_-4&DS2_-2&DS2_0&DS2_+2&DS2_+4&DS3_-3&DS3_0&DS3_+3&DS4 PG1.2 [ Vertical Alignment VSD 2 end &DS3_+3&DS4 ∗ Explanation: • DS3=Dot Shift 3 • No adjustment required for DS4 Figure 5-70.

Click [Next].EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Start up the adjusting program and select [Image Adjustment]. Enter the values that come after "M/ W".3 Image Print (Tanzaku)" subsequently. Turn the printer power on.22. Click the [Write] button. Click [Print] to print the adjustment pattern.3. 2. Check the gray sections at both ends of the printed patterns.23. „ Tool name: Banding Standard Sample „ Tool code: 1288094 C H E C K P O IN T Figure 5-71. 7. and specify the one with least horizontal banding. Refer to Figure 5-72 and enter the pattern value corresponding to the pattern specified in Procedure 4. 4. (Perform "5. 6. Microweave Adjustment (4 color) Screen 5. The judge can be made easily by comparing the printed pattern with the Banding Standard Sample.3.2 Microweave Adjustment † Papers Required „ Size: 17" „ Type: Singleweight Matte Paper † Procedure 1. 3.) Adjustment Basic Adjustment 411 .

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Check the gray sections at both sides of the printed pattern.2 [ Vertical Alignment VSD 2 end ∗ Explanation: • M/W=Microweave M/W1&M/W2&M/W3&M/W4 Figure 5-72. Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Basic Adjustment 412 . START Microweave 1 Microweave 2 Microweave 3 ^^^^Dot Shift 2_0 Microweave 4 SWMP1440*720_4c_M/W1&M/W2&M/W3&M/W4 PG1.

0. 0. C : 0 [ 0. 0. 0. 0] 0. Start adjustment program and select [Auto Bi-d Adjustment]. F : 0 [ 0. 0] 0. 0. 0] A : 0 [ 0.4. 0. As the pattern is printed. The pattern is printed at PG=0. 0] H : 0 [ 0. 0] G : 0 [ 0. 0] G : 0 [ 0. [Average] VSD1 = 25. this is automatically executed from scanning of the pattern to correction. 0. 0] 0. 0] VSD3 = 25. [ECO ] Rough = 4 [ECO ] Fine = E : 0 [ 0. 0. 0] 0.) 4. 0] H : 0 [ 0. 0] 0. 0. Auto Bi-D Adjustment Screen Adjustment Advanced Adjustment 413 . 0] D : 0 [ 0. C : 0 [ 0. F : 0 [ 0. F : 0 [ 0. When the adjustment pattern is printed. F : 0 [ 0. 2. 0] 0. (This is not necessary when making special adjustments manually. 0] 0. [VSD2] Rough = 4 [VSD2] Fine = E : 0 [ 0. 0. 0] B : 0 [ 0. 0.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 0. 0. 3. 0] G : 0 [ 0. 0.7/1. VSD1 VSD2 E row D row G row F row A row H row C row B row † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. 0] 0. 0] A : 0 [ 0. 0] 0. 0. 0. 0] H : 0 [ 0. 0] D : 0 [ 0. 0] B : 0 [ 0. 0. 0] A : 0 [ 0. the printer automatically scans the pattern and makes corrections. 0] Figure 5-74. VSD3 Economy [PG=0. 0] 0. 0] B : 0 [ 0. 0] D : 0 [ 0. ECO = 26 G : 0 [ 0. 0. and the correction value is automatically copied for other PG settings. 0] B : 0 [ 0. Click the [Finish] button. 0] H : 0 [ 0.4 Advanced Adjustment 5. C : 0 [ 0. D : 0 [ 0. 0] A : 0 [ 0. C : 0 [ 0. 0.2. 0. [VSD3] Rough = 4 [VSD3] Fine = E : 0 [ 0. 0] VSD2 = 24. 0] 0.1 Auto Bi-d Adjustment Performs Auto Bi-D Adjustment with the Multi Sensor. 0. Click the [Run] button to print the adjustment pattern. Adjustment Pattern Figure 5-73.7] [VSD1] Rough = 4 [VSD1] Fine = E : 0 [ 0.

( ) 6. VSD3. ( ) Click [Print] to print the MK adjustment patterns consist of four rows (VSD1. VSD2. ( ) Click [Next]. 4. 5. Input the selected value in the edit boxes.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Click [Next]. After clicking [Write] ( ). Start up the adjustment program and select [Manual Bi-D Adjustment].4. Turn the printer power on. Manual Bi-D Adjustment Screen (1) The printed pattern changed 2 steps. make sure that the writing to the printer is finished normally. and ECO mode). 2.2 Manual Bi-D Adjustment Adjusts Bi-D by inspecting visually. ( ) [ Bi-D VSD 1 PG=1.2 ] current setting value MK = 28 (0) 20 28 36 Figure 5-76. ( ) 8. † Papers required „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. Print Mode PG Setting 7. and then click [OK]. ( ) C H E C K P O IN T 3 1 2 4 5 7 6 Figure 5-75. Examine the printout patterns for each of the four modes. But you can input 1 step unit. and select the value for the group of most closely aligned vertical lines for each mode. MK Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Advanced Adjustment 414 . Select the PG that requires adjustment. 3.

Click [Print] to print the color adjustment patterns consist of four rows (VSD1. Color Adjustment Pattern 12 10 11 Figure 5-77. and then click [OK]. 11. Manual Bi-D Adjustment Screen (2) Adjustment Advanced Adjustment 415 . and ECO mode). ( ) 10. and select the value for the group of most closely aligned blocks for each mode. ( ) 12. But you can input 1 step unit. Input the selected value in the edit boxes. VSD3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 9. ( ) C H E C K P O IN T Revision B The printed pattern changed 2 steps. make sure that the writing to the printer is finished normally.( ) 8 9 Figure 5-78. VSD2. After clicking [Write] ( ). Click [Finish]. Examine the printout patterns (except MK colored patterns) for each of the four modes.

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 3. Destination Setting Screen (2) Figure 5-81. Start the adjustment program and select [Change Model Name]. Figure 5-80. Confirming Model Name Figure 5-79. 2. Select the "Others" and click the [Run] button to set the destination to the NVRAM.3 Destination Setting † Procedure 1. Destination Setting Screen (1) Adjustment Advanced Adjustment 416 . Click the [Finish] button. 4. Click the [OK] button after confirming the set model name. Click the [Check] button and current setting model name will be displayed. 5. Click the [Next] button.4.

Figure 5-82.1 Check Nozzle This checks whether or not each of the head nozzles is jetting ink normally. Click the [Run] button and print the nozzle check pattern.5. Check that there is no dot missing on the pattern.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. click the [Finish] button to finish the check nozzle. execute cleaning and check the nozzles again. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1. 4. 3. Nozzle Check Pattern Adjustment Check Results 417 . If there is no dot missing. If nozzle ink jetting is abnormal. execute cleaning and then print the check pattern and check it again. 2. Check Nozzle Screen Figure 5-83. If there is dot missing.5 Check Results 5. Start the adjustment program and select [Check Nozzle].

† Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Rool Paper † Procedure 1.5. 2. click the [Finish] button to finish the check alignment. VSD2. Check all of the printing modes VSD1. execute cleaning and then print the check pattern and check it again. VSD3 and ECO. Check that there is no alignment slip. 3. Horizontal Alignment Check Pattern Figure 5-86. If there is no alignment slip. If alignment is slipped.2 Check Alignment This checks for presence/absence of alignment slip. 4. Figure 5-84. Start the adjustment program and select [Check Alignment]. Vertical Alignment Check Pattern Adjustment Check Results 418 . Check Alignment Screen Figure 5-85. If there is alignment slip.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. execute cleaning and check the alignment again. Select the printing mode and click [Print] button to print the nozzle check pattern.

3 Print Adjustment Check Pattern This prints all of the adjustment patterns and the adjustment parameters stored in the printer. Check the printed patterns and click the [Finish] button. Select [Print All Pattern] or [Print Variables] and then click the [Print] button. C A U T IO N Figure 5-87. † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Rool Paper † Procedure 1. Be careful about the amount of remaining paper and also about the eject space needed since the paper will be continuously printed without being cut.6m of roll paper will be needed when printing all patterns. Adjustment Check Results 419 . and the following patterns will be printed. Start the adjustment program and select [Print Adjustment Check Pattern]. z Print All Pattern All the adjustment patterns and the adjustment parameters will be printed.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.5. z Print Variables The adjustment parameters stored in the printer will be printed. Print Adjustment Check Pattern Screen Approximately 3. 2. 3.

4 Check Cutting This cuts the paper and checks for cutter adjustment and cutter wear. 3. and then click the [Run] button. Start the adjustment program and select [Cut Check].EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. 2. Input the number of times to execute the test cut into the edit box. Check the cut area of the ejected paper and click the [Finish] button.5. Figure 5-88. Check Cutting Screen Adjustment Check Results 420 . † Paper Used „ Size: 17" „ Type: Enhanced Matte Roll Paper † Procedure 1.

2 Reset PF Motor Counter † Procedure 1.6 Reset Counters 5. Turn the printer power on. 4.1 Reset Paper Ejection Switching/PG Switching Counter † Procedure 1.6. 4. Turn the printer power on. Figure 5-90.6. Click the [Run] button to clear the PF Motor life counter. Reset Paper Ejection Switching/PG Switching Counter Screen Adjustment Reset Counters 421 . Start the adjustment program and select [Reset PF Motor Counter]. Reset PF Motor Counter Screen Figure 5-89. 2. 5. Click [Finish]. 3. Click [Run] to clear the Paper Ejection Switching/PG Switching Counter. 2. Click the [Finish] button. Start up the adjustment program and select [Reset Paper Ejection Switching/PG Switching Counter]. 3.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.

Start the adjustment program and select [Reset When CR Unit Change]. 4. Reset ASF Counter Screen Figure 5-92. Click [Finish].3 Reset ASF Counter † Procedure 1.. CR" life counter. Click [Run] to clear the ASF Counter. Start up the adjustment program and select [Reset ASF Counter]. 5. 3. Reset When CR Unit Change Screen Adjustment Reset Counters 422 .6. Figure 5-91. Click the [Finish] button. 2. 3. 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5.4 Reset When CR Unit Change † Procedure 1. Click the [Run] button to clear the"Motor Assy. 4.6. Turn the printer power on. Turn the printer power on.

6. Click the [Run] button to clear the Cleaning Unit change counter. Start the adjustment program and select [Reset When Cleaning Unit Change]. 3. Reset When Cleaning Unit Change Screen Adjustment Reset Counters 423 . 4. Figure 5-93.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. Turn the printer power on. 2.5 Reset When Cleaning Unit Change † Procedure 1. Click the [Finish] button.

(Power OFF → Power ON) COMPULSORY START F/W DOWNLOAD MODE When F/W installation fails for some reasons and start up from the backup area. 2. Turn the printer on. 4. Send UPG format F/W file from the host service utility. Send IPL format (Binary) F/W file from the host by communication soft. Sent program executes delete and write over Flash ROM. 6. Installation is completed.7 Installing Firmware Firmware for the printer is written to the Flash ROM on the Main Board. 5. 7. Install PRIF3 card to Type-B slot and connect the printer to the host with RS232C cable. When initial charging is not needed. 2. Connect the printer to the host with a USB cable. 5. 4. 3. Adjustment Installing Firmware 424 .394) IPL INSTALLATION FROM RS232C TYPE-B BOARD 1. Use the following procedure to write the firmware to the Flash ROM when the Main Board is replaced. Installation is completed. 3. "end" is displayed on LCD panel. Check that the printer panel displays "READY". 8. Turn the printer on.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 5. The printer reboots automatically. NOTE: This mode is released when F/W installation is completed properly. Turning on the printer immediately after uploading firmware to a new Main Board with no parameters in place will start initial ink charging. F/W DOWNLOAD mode is automatically selected.3. Check the printer LCD backlight lights. 6.15 Initial Ink charge flag ON/OFF" (p. be sure to execute "5. The printer reboots automatically. C A U T IO N INSTALLATION WITH SERVICE UTILITY (F/W UPDATE FUNCTION OF EPSON PRINTER SERVICE UTILITY2) 1.

CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE .

If ink gets in your eye. and where it is level and stable.2kg. „ Be careful not to let ink get into your eyes or your skin. be sure that at least two people are lifting by supporting the locations shown in the figure below. „ The cover open sensor for detecting the open/close condition of the front cover has an interlock switch that functions as a safety device. „ The power switch is installed on the secondary side of the power circuit. 6. perform work by using required measures. W A R N IN G C A U T IO N „ The printer should be set in a place where there is no vibration. „ A lithium battery is installed on the MAIN Board of this printer.1 Overview This chapter describes maintenance operations that are required during servicing. do not touch elements on board with bare hands. be careful not to get injured with high-speed operating parts such as fans. „ When allowing the printer to operate with covers removed. When moving or lifting the printer. „ The weight of this printer is approximately 40. Be sure to observe the following instructions when servicing the battery: • Keep the battery away from any metal. • Do not set the C511 MAIN board directly on top of any object which is conductive. Unless there are specific instructions otherwise. • Do not install the battery in the wrong direction. Maintenance Overview 426 . „ Place a protective sheet on the floor before removing ink routing parts because there is the possibility that leaking ink could get onto the product or floor where the product is set up. Carefully observe the following cautions and perform the servicing/ maintenance in such a way that no damage is done to the product or customer's work environment. be sure to unplug the power code from the AC outlet to prevent electric shock and circuit damage during servicing. such as wearing a grounding strap. If handling with bare hands is unavoidable.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B „ Ensure adequate work space for performing service/ maintenance. Therefore. „ To prevent static electric damage when handling a circuit board. (This may cause burning or explosion. it is prohibited to turn off this switch. Most servicing/maintenance of this printer will need to be done by visiting the site where the printer will actually be used by the customer (on-site service). rinse them immediately with water and see a doctor if any trouble.) • Do not heat the battery or put it into fire. „ Use care to avoid injury when handling the cutter blade because it is very sharp. so power is always supplied unless the power code has been unplugged.

Table 6-1. push the paper dust into the inside of the printer using a precision driver or a similar tool.1. first make certain that the print head has been capped properly with the power to the printer turned off. if this printer continues to be used after the product work life. Is there any accumulation or adhesion of paper dust or foreign matter? Make sure there are no foreign objects attached.6 million passes). because it can affect printer operation and lead to ink leakage. W A R N IN G Take care not to touch the porous pads for print with white borders. If the paper absorption holes are clogged. † Cleaning on the Platen and Subpaten Brush away dust and paper dust. Make sure there are no foreign objects attached. Cleaning Cleaning 6. Remedy Cleaning (If there is an ink stain. Clearing of the waste ink count value for the "MAINT TANK" counter is especially prohibited. clean cloth after cleaning the ink stain with damp cloth. dust. Items to be Checked During Maintenance/Service Items Surface of the Sub-platen Check Points Make sure no paper. replace the part. wipe with dry.) Corresponding parts are shown below. and wipe the whole surface with a OA cleaner. These values saved in the counters can be cleared using "Maintenance Mode 2". so do not allow it to be damaged by bumping into objects such as metal printer parts.1 Product Life Information † Work Life Preservation Items This printer does not have periodic replacement parts that require periodic replacement before reaching the end of the product work life (CR 2. „ If the printer that has already been installed needs to be packed and transported again. etc. The display will show the remaining percentage in relation to the specified control value (displays "F*****E"). Paper absorption Maintenance Overview 427 . service call errors will be displayed before part failures occur and messages will be presented to advise part replacement. C A U T IO N † Work Life Information Work life information can be checked from the "Printer Status Menu" of the panel settings. (This excludes the Maintenance Tank and Cutter consumable parts.1. Then remove all the ink cartridges and install all the packing materials as referred to in the Start-Up Guide or Assembly and Setup Guide supplied with the printer.) Cleaning If there is any damage. However. Name Cleaning Unit CR Motor RTC backup battery Paper feed roller Maintenance Request 0040 0002 0008 0200 Service Request 0001002D 00000101 00010023 N/A CR scale (Slit plate for CR encoder detection) Rail on the CR guide frame Sensors in paper feed path • Multi sensor • PE sensor. Porous pads for print with hite borders Do not clear counters that do not correspond to a part replacement or inspection.2 Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations Check the following items during printer maintenance/service and perform any necessary operations.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B C A U T IO N „ The cutter uses a very hard blade that is unusually brittle. 6. or foreign objects are attached or have accumulated.

φ1mm x 1 circumference 2. Right • Lubrication Point Hooks of "Frame. ASF Unit Maintenance Lubrication 428 . Figure 6-1. Holder.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 6. 3 1 2 • Lubrication Point "Installation Plate. Motor. 1080614 1039172 1 2 • Lubrication Point "Frame. Right" and "Intermittent Gear. ASF Unit" lever. Figure 6-2. hole and shaft. φ1mm x 2mm 2. I/H Unit (left / right) Figure 6-3. Use lubricants specified below. φ1mm x 1 channel full circumference • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application. • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount 1. Frame. Installation Plate. φ1mm x 15mm • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application. Motor. C A U T IO N When lubricating printer mechanisms. Upper" • Lubrication Type G-46 • Lubrication Amount Approximately 7mm • Remarks Use a flux dispenser for application. 40" connecting parts. Table 6-2. φ1mm x 1 circumference 3. • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount 1. never apply lubricants other than those specified because they can damage or reduce work life of components or cause poor printer operation. IC.2 Lubrication Lubricate as needed during servicing. Grease Application Name G-26 G-46 Amount 40 g --Company EPSON EPSON Part No.

• Lubrication Point Gear part of "Adjustment Lock Bushing" • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x approximately 3mm • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application. Release. Linear. Roller Driven" (right side: 9 places) • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x approximately 8mm • Remarks After applying with a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent). Front /Plate. Plate. Roller Driven (right side) Figure 6-5. spread it using a brush or other utensil. Shaft. Release. Shaft. Adjustment Lock Bushing Maintenance Lubrication 429 . Figure 6-7. spread it using a brush or other utensil. Rear • Lubrication Point "Shaft. Release. Front (Rear)" and "Ball Bearing S/NA" intervening parts. Linear. Roller Driven (left side) Figure 6-4. Approximately 150mm • Lubrication Point "Shaft. use a dry cloth to wipe off lubricant. After application. Linear. leaving a thin film of lubricant in place. Roller Driven" (left side: 9 places) • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x approximately 8mm • Remarks After applying with a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent). Release. Figure 6-6. (16 places) • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x approximately 2mm • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B • Lubrication Point "Plate.

Intermittent Gear. Motor assembly. 40 Figure 6-10. Transmission.. Figure 6-9. PG" pinion gear • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x 1/2 circumference • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application. Release" • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount • φ1mm x approximately 5mm • φ1mm x approximately 7mm • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B • Lubrication Point Cam part of "Intermittent Gear. 40" • Lubrication Type G-26 • Lubrication Amount φ1mm x approximately 7mm • Remarks Use a syringe/needle (JIS 17# or equivalent) for application. Intermittent Gear. Release Maintenance Lubrication 430 . • Lubrication Point "Motor Assy. PG 2 1 • Lubrication Point Cam and gear (3 ridges) of "Intermittent Gear. Transmission. Figure 6-8.

CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX .

lock type FFC.No. C511 Board Connectors List CN. lock type Yellow FAN2 (Left) Appendix Connectors 432 . Power Supply Board Connector List CN.1 Connectors † C511 Main Board Table 7-1. lock type † C511_SUB Board Table 7-4.No.No.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B † Power Supply Board Table 7-2. lock type — — — — — With relay connector With relay connector With relay connector With relay connector — FFC. CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 Pins 24 2 5 5 Color — White White — C_SOL Connected to C511 Main Board (CN9) MULTI_SENSE CR_ENC Remarks FFC. Panel Unit Connectors List CN. CN1 CN2 7.No. CN1 Pins 17 Color — Connected to C511 Main Board (CN48) Remarks FCC. lock type FFC. lock type — — — — — † Panel Unit Table 7-3.0 Optin card (TYPE_B) PF_MOT CR_MOT ASF/Pump_MOT PG/PO_MOT FAN1 (Right) — C511_SUB-B Board (CN103) C511_SUB-B Board (CN101) C511_SUB-C Board (CN200) C511_SUB-C Board (CN201) C511_SUB-B Board (CN100) REAR_P_SW Lock type Lock type Remarks — FFC. C511 Main Board Connectors List CN. CN1 CN3 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN11 CN12 CN13 CN14 CN15 CN16 CN18 CN19 CN20 CN21 CN48 CN50 CN51 CN52 CN53 CN54 CN56 Pins 2 14 Color White White AC Inlet Connected to C511 Main Board (CN1) Remarks Pins 14 36 30 30 30 8 4 36 3 3 4 4 2 2 2 17 2 30 15 28 30 2 Color White — — — — — — — Black White White Red Black White — White — — — — White H_FAN Connected to P/S board H-UDI36 HEAD_1 HEAD_2 C511_SUB Board IEEE1394 USB 2.

lock type FFC. CN24 CN28 CN30 CN32 CN37 CN38 CN40 CN41 CN44 FFC FFC FFC FFC CN200 CN201 Pins 2 2 2 2 4 3 3 3 2 7 7 7 7 7 3 30 30 17 17 Color Blue Red Blue Yellow — Yellow White Black White — — — — — Blue — — — — P_DET Connected to P_COVER_SW POUT_PHASE2 R_INSERT PE_DET CR_HP P_THICK_0. C511_SUB-B Board Connectors List CN.No.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 † C511_SUB-B Board Table 7-5. lock type Appendix Connectors 433 .3 P_THICK IH_LEVER_R CSIC_R1 Board (Photo Black) CSIC_R2 Board (Light Cyan) CSIC_R3 Board (Light Magenta) CSIC_R4 Board (Light Black) M_TNK PUMP_PHASE C511 Main Board (CN54) C511 Main Board (CN51) C511 Main Board (CN48) Panel Board (CN1) Remarks Pins 4 2 3 3 2 7 7 7 7 30 30 Color White White Yellow Red Black — — — — — — PF_ENC Connected to POUT_PHASE ROLL_PHASE PG_PHASE IH_LEVER_L CSIC_L1 Board (Matte Black) CSIC_L2 Board (Cyan) CSIC_L3 Board (Magenta) CSIC_L4 Board (Yellow) C511 Main Board (CN52) C511 Main Board (CN53) FFC FFC FFC FFC FFC FFC Remarks FFC.No. CN22 CN25 CN26 CN27 CN29 CN31 CN33 CN34 CN36 CN39 CN42 CN43 CN45 CN46 CN55 CN100 CN101 CN102 CN103 Revision B † C511_SUB-C Board Table 7-6. C511_SUB-C Board Connectors List CN.

Stylus Pro 4000 Connectors Appendix Connectors 434 .3) CN38 Matte Black CN41 Magenta CN44 Yellow CN40 Cyan Pump Phase Sensor Paper Eject Release Sensor I/H Lever Sensor (Right) CN26 CN36 CN34 CN31 CN29 CN33 CN55 CN103 CN39 P Cover Open Sensor Photo Black CN22 CN42 Light Cyan CN27 CN43 Rear Hand Light Magenta Insertion CN45 Sensor CN46 Light Black Maintenance Tank CN1 C511_SUB-B Board CN102 CN101 ASF Paper Sensor CN25 CN100 C511_SUB Board CR Encoder Cutter Solenoid CN4 CN2 Multi Sensor CN3 CN1 C511_SUB-C Board CN48 Relay FFC CN51 Relay FFC CN9 CR FFC CN7 Head FFC P/S CN13 Option Type-B ASF/ Pump Motor CN54 Relay FFC CN1 CN2 CN8 Head FFC CN53 Relay FFC CN52 Relay FFC CN16 CN18 PG/PO Motor CN19 CN20 Suction Fan Suction Fan (Right) (Left) CN56 Rear Cover Sensor C551 MAIN Board CN11 IEEE 1394 CN12 USB 2.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Panel Board PG Phase Sensor CN32 ASF Phase Sensor CN30 CN28 Paper Eject Phase Sensor CN37 I/H Lever Sensor (Left) CN24 PF Encoder CN200 CN201 Paper Thickness Sensor (0.8) CR_HP Sensor PE Sensor Paper Thickness Sensor (0.0 Heat Dissipation Plate Cooing Fan CN50 CN15 CN14 CR Motor Power Supply Board PF Motor Not Used CN21 AC Inlet CN1 Figure 7-1.

2 Circuit Diagrams The circuit diagrams of the following circuit boards are shown on the following pages: † C511 MAIN BOARD „ C511 MAIN BOARD (1) „ C511 MAIN BOARD (2) „ C511 MAIN BOARD (3) † C511 SUB BOARD † C511 SUB-B BOARD † C511 SUB-C BOARD † P/S Board Appendix Circuit Diagrams 435 .EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 7.

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Main 1 of 3 G .

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Main 2 of 3 G .

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Main 3 of 3 H .

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Sub 1 B .

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Sub-B 1 E .

Model: Board: Sheet: Revision: PX-6000 / StylusPro 4000 C511Sub-C 1 C .

EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B 7.3 Exploded Diagrams Appendix Exploded Diagrams 442 .

105 100 108 108 103 106 118 107 112 101 104 111 111 110 111 108 102 109 108 103 117 116 114 113 115 119 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.02 C511-CASE-012 .

02 C511-CASE-022 .158 152 153 155 159 150 154 G 151 156 157 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

300 302 301 G P Q1 AH1 I R Q2 V2 V4 U4 AE1 AD1 AF1 AG1 D N 200 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.01 C511-ELEC-011 .

04 C511-MECH-014 .501 509 542 507 505 526 510 506 527 508 522 521 511 520 502 503 504 518 A2 519 525 512 500 514 524 516 503 515 513 517 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

562 585 558 550 551 557 559 552 565 558 581 552 557 554 551 579 566 569 568 X8 577 582 578 573 578 577 568 569 578 565 562 554 552 553 565 562 552 553 565 562 552 553 564 556 563 553 555 560 567 561 561 579 557 580 554 569 577 568 557 577 579 568 569 577 578 X6 584 586 571 553 565 554 579 569 554 577 578 578 577 587 557 569 568 Y5 591 559 Y6 568 592 566 577 588 578 562 557 554 579 569 562 557 552 554 569 565 578 577 568 Y7 593 571 577 589 578 594 580 577 578 568 Y8 577 590 578 578 577 579 595 561 X7 577 578 574 583 553 562 554 552 557 562 552 553 563 567 556 553 577 578 576 578 577 572 570 561 AC 575 578 X5 555 560 AB 570 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.01 C511-MECH-021 .

03 C511-MECH-033 .AH2 AG2 636 AD2 AD1 AC 613 610 612 633 634 632 AG1 AF1 AH1 AF2 AE1 AE2 635 615 614 611 616 619 620 609 638 638 618 608 617 638 607 621 622 623 625 624 627 639 606 606 628 629 630 Z2 626 631 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

03 C511-MECH-043 .652 650 651 654 AB C2 T Y6 W AC AI2 X5 B2 X6 X7 X8 Y5 A2 AD2 AE2 O AF2 653 M AH2 655 687 AG2 AA L Y8 S J K H Y7 688 R Z2 689 690 691 P 686 656 686 686 686 658 694 694 673 671 672 668 O 674 676 675 658 664 N 677 679 694 678 652 680 692 657 663 Q2 665 657 669 694 682 681 683 652 670 684 Q1 666 692 667 AI2 693 662 AI1 661 x17 AI1 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 685 Rev.

05 C511-MECH-055 .V2 740 V1 V3 U3 709 x4 708 x4 707 x4 708 x4 707 x4 708 x4 707 x4 710 x4 711 V4 738 U4 708 x4 707 x4 713 701 742 743 703 703 712 U1 731 739 729 745 730 703 702 703 703 703 703 714 727 726 717 700 715 736 716 728 723 746 722 746 723 722 723 746 722 722 746 723 735 741 718 V1 704 705 V3 723 746 720 721 719 737 725 732 736 U2 705 706 746 723 723 746 720 721 719 746 723 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

756 750 752 751 753 761 792 762 757 758 792 763 790-A 790-B 790-C 790-D 790-E T 773 774 790-A 790-B 790-C 790-D 790-E 783 784 782 U2 759 760 S 791 778 790-A 790-B 790-C 790-D 790-E 779 770 781 U1 U3 780 789 789 787 772 786 785 789 789 789 788 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.05 C511-MECH-065 .

03 C511-MECH-073 .800 801 802 C2 806 809 807 D 811A 808 803 810 805 841 842 819 815 820 821 823 824 844 842 822 815 816 817 818 814 822 815 827 832 B2 828 829 831 835 817 818 843 843 816 815 814 817 826 825 800 834 833 818 830 839 838 810 836 803 837 840 847 845 846 817 848 849 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

02 C511-MECH-083 .882 x7 861 L 865 865 850 863 865 862 865 862 K 863 864 874 x3 866 867 871 852 851 M 865 865 875 875 875 873 876 881 x7 880 x9 879 x6 878 x3 877 x6 890 I 883 854 855 892 J 884 893 894 885 887 888 H 856 857 858 859 887 888 886 860 889 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

06 C511-MECH-096 .924 924 912 913 914 915 911 926 927 928 W 925 916 920 918 919 909 929 908 900 923 923 923 923 923 923 923 923 923 924 924 917 910 905 902 904 903 921 924 924 923 923 922 907 930 906 x16 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

02 C511-MECH-102 .962 963 964 963 950 965 966 962 967 953 952 975 974 970 976 977 971 971 973 982 979 977 975 987 968 954 978 955 956 957 985 986 952 974 979 983 958 991 990 987 992 960 961 960 961 988 989 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.

08 08 02 08 08 07 18 16 17 15 14 11 05 16 17 06 04 12 10 12 04 03 13 13 13 13 13 01 13 09 13 04 04 13 PX-6000 / EPSON STYLUS PRO 4000 Rev.01 C511-PACK-011 .

I/F.L” MAKEUP SCREW STACKER ASSEMBLY.B “LABEL.POWER SUPPLY” “COVER.ROLLPAPER SET.RIGHT” “MOUNT PLATE.FAN ASSY.SP” “HOLDER ASSY.” “SHAFT.ASF SET” “LABEL.STOPPER..HARNESS.POWER SUPPLY” Appendix Parts List 457 ..SIDE.” “COVER.STACKER” “STACKER.M-AB60-103” “COVER ASSY.B” “FILTER.SAB ASSY. MAIN” “BOARD ASSY.B” “FILTER.RIGHT” “DUCT.COVER I/C” 7..I/H.RIGHT” “FLANGE.4 Parts List Table 7-7.I/F” “GROUND PLATE..L.IF.R.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Revision B Table 7-7. No.ROLL.LEFT” “LATCH.UPPER” “BOARD ASSY.RIGHT” “GROUNDING PLATE. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig. No.B STACKER “GUIDE.ULTRA CHROME INK” “LABEL.2/3 INCH” “LABEL.SP” ADAPTER “FLANGE.INK COLOR.CONECTER.ROLL.B” “COVER.UPPER..SP” “COVER. 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 117 118 119 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 200 300 302 CN48 CR1 CR2 DM1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 FAN1 IC1 IC10 IC12 IC14 IC21 IC22 IC23 IC24 IC25 IC27 IC29 IC31 IC4 IC6 IC607 Q20 Q30 QF2 QF7 500 501 502 503 Parts Name Parts Name “HOLDER ASSY.MODEL NAME” “LABEL.B” “MOUNTING PLATE.8COLOR RIGHT.ROLL.SP” “HOLDER ASSY. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.L.FAN.SUPPORT” TRAY ASSEMBLY.FILTER.LEFT” “SCROLLER. 301 HARNESS HARNESS CONNECTOR QUARTZ OSCILLATOR CRYSTAL DIODE STACK FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE DC FAN SET VOLTAGE REGULATOR MICROCONTROLLER IC IC ASIC IC D/A CONVERTER HYBRID IC HYBRID IC HYBRID IC IC ASIC SDRAM SDRAM HYBRID IC TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR N-CH FET P-CH FET “PRINTER MECHANISM(SP)..

Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.ROLL PAPER SET.HOLDER.INK.SUPPLY. No.SUPPLY.LEFT” “MOUNTING PLATE.Y” “ORING.INSIDE. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.IC.L” “HARNESS.INK.PANEL” “HARNESS.I/H.BK” “TUBE.INK.PR” “KNOB.I/S.COVER PRINTER.IH.R” Parts Name Parts Name Appendix Parts List 458 .RIGHT” “MOUNT PLATE.CSIC.Y” “HOLDER ASSY.MB” “HARNESS.TOP” “LEVER.IC.I/S.R” “MOUNT PLATE.FIXING” “SHAFT.LEFT.ACCESSORY” “LABEL.R” “GROUND PLATE.PANEL” “LOGO PLATE.SUPPLY.RELEASE.SUPPLY.NEEDLE” “MOUNTING PLATE ASSY.CAUTION.INK.SUPPLY.CSIC.IC.BK” “HARNESS.RIGHT” “COVER.LEVER” “COVER.LM” “HARNESS.SUPPLY.INK.HOLDER.INK.OPERATE” Revision B Table 7-7.B2” “BOARD ASSY.COVER PRINTER. No.CHOKE CLEANING” “LABEL.LC” “HARNESS.LOCK LEVER” “CAM..B” “LABEL...B” “KNOB.LOWER” “PRESSING PLATE.HOLDER.INK.M” “HARNESS.3.PRINTER.CSIC.HOLDER.IC.SP” “POROUS PAD.LEAF.UNDER.RIGHT” “COVER.IC.IC” “CONNECTOR.IC.I/S.RELEASE.INK COLOR.13X54.LOCK.IC.BASE.BASE.TRANSPORT” “LABEL.LK” “HARNESS.IC.C” “TUBE.CONECTOR M7” “CONNECTING SCREW. 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 524 525 526 527 542 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 “GUIDE.HOLDER.L” “FRAME.CSIC.LEFT” “STOPPER.PAPER LEVER SET UP” “LABEL.IH” “DETECTOR.LK” “HARNESS.IH.UPPER” “FRAME.CARTRIDGE.CSIC.INK EJECT” “POROUS PAD.158.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.INK.B” “HOLDER ASSY.I/C.E” “LABEL.22” “FRAME ASSY.RIGHT” “CONTROL.LEFT” “MOUNTING PLATE..SUB” “GUIDE.L” “TUBE.LC” “TUBE.C” “HARNESS.34” “CAM.M” “TUBE.REAR” “STOPPER..I/H.RIGHT” “TUBE.CSIC.INK EJECT.IC” “FRAME.CSIC.6” “FAN GEAR.IC.LEVER” “COVER ASSY.LM” “TUBE.MB” “TUBE. 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 “SPUR GEAR.VALVE” “HARNESS.LEFT” “PANEL.I/H.PANEL.SUPPLY..RIGHT” “FRAME.SUPPLY.PAPER JAMMING REMOVAL” “LABEL.SIDE.FRONT” “COVER.IC” “TORSION SPRING.HOLDER.3” “JOINT.CSIC.R.M7” “JOINT.

BOX.GUTTER.E” Parts Name “EXTENSION SPRING.A.C” “LEAF SPRING.LEFT” “HOLDER ASSY.B” “POROUS PAD.D” “FAN.HEAD.ASP” “JOINT.COVER OPEN” “LEVER.” “BOARD ASSY.PF” “DUCT.20” “COMBINATION GEAR..MIDDLE.FAN.B “SHEET.AIR.LEFT” Parts Name “POROUS PAD.UPPER” “POROUS PAD.BOX.AIR.20.13.AIR.DUCT.INK EJECT” “SPACER.RIGHT LOWER” “DUCT.B2” “LABEL..PAPER GUIDE.LEFT” “HARNESS.AIR.PAPER EJECT.FRAME.FRAME.. No.FL.INK ASSY.R1” “HARNESS.11.B” “GUIDE.PAPER GUIDE” “DETECTOR.MOTOR.FAN.INK EJECT.C” “TAPE.A” “BRACKET.ROLLER.LEAF.05” “MOTOR ASSY.STACK” “ROLLER.LOCK” “GUIDE RAIL.DUCT.AIR SEAL.FAN.INK EJECT..D” “DUCT.B” “SHEET.RIGHT” “MOTOR ASSY.40.C” “BOARD ASSY.6.UPPER” “POROUS PAD.FLUSHING” “HARNESS.PG” “PAD. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.. 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 638 639 650 651 Revision B Table 7-7.SUB-C” “DUCT.MT” “POROUS PAD ASSY.INK EJECT BOX. No.LOWER” “BOX ASSY.PAPER GUIDE.SUB” “COVER.PANEL.PHASE DETECTION” “CLEANER.B” “COVER.CUTTER CHANGE” “COVER..STOPPER.DUCT.INK EJECT.STOPPER. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.A” “HARNESS.B.PUMP.HEAD.GUIDE.13.B” “GUTTER ASSY.PG” “SPUR GEAR.INK EJEXT BOX.L2” “HARNESS.8” “DUCT.L1” “HARNESS.C” “PAD.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.PAPER GUIDE.A” “GUIDE.4” “COMBINATION GEAR.INK.SUB-B” “HARNESS.2..INTERMIT” RECYCL CLAMP “GUTTER.E” “GROUND SPRING.8” “SPUR GEAR.A” “HARNESS.GUIDE.C” “POROUS PAD.R2” “HARNESS.STACK” “PAD.16” “COMBINATION GEAR.ASP” “CLEANER.56.FFC” “EXTENSION SPRING.55” Appendix Parts List 459 ..FL.BLOWER” “PAPER GUIDE.INK EJECT” “HARNESS.FLUSHING” PUMP CAP ASSY.AIR.36” “EXTENSION SPRING..INK.CSIC.INK.INK EJECT BOX” “GUIDE RAIL.BOX.BOARD.FAN.STOPPER. 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 “GUIDE.FRONT” INDUCTION DUCT “POROUS PAD.PAPER EJECT.INK.RIGHT” “PAD.INK EJECT” “HARNESS.8.INK EJECT.

INCLINATION.CR LOCK” Parts Name “COMPRESSION SPRING.52” “GROUND PLATE.M7” “JOINT.BLACK” PRINT HEAD.MULTISENSOR” “PLATE.BEARING.BEARING” “CAM.B” “EXTENSION SPRING. 728 729 730 731 732 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 755 746 750 751 752 753 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 770 772 773 774 778 Parts Name “DETECTOR.MIDDLE” “HARNESS.25” “SHAFT.B” “LEVER.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.PULLEY” “COMPRESSION SPRING.UPPER” “ADJUST PLATE.LOCK.FRAME..DETECTOR.C..B” “POROUS PAD.2.E” “BELT.B” “BOARD ASSY. 689 690 691 692 693 694 700 701 701 702 703 704 705 706 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 725 726 727 Revision B Table 7-7.191” “SLIDER.29.4” “EXTENSION SPRING.2.E” “BOARD ASSY.LOWER” “C.HP.B” “SHAFT.FAN” “POROUS PAD.P-TITE.3.B” “STOPPER.R.SUB.INCLINATION” “EXTENSION SPRING.HEAD.0.L” “COVER.DAMPER” “VALVE ASSY.B” CARRIAGE.ASP “CARRIAGE.STW-FT40.CR” “CARRIAGE.A.CR.CR.FFC” “SOLENOID ASSY.MULTISENSOR” “LABEL.CONNECTION” “HOLDER.3.PG” “DETECTOR.BEARING.HEAD..DETECTOR.PAPER GUIDE.L.B” “PLATE.BEARING” “COMPRESSION SPRING.B2” “COVER.A.PAPER GUIDE CENTER” “PAD.2..INCLINATION.B.DRIVEN” “SHAFT.CUT POSITION” “HOLDER.CAM.B” “CAM.11.55” “LEVER. No.LEAF.SCALE.CONECTOR M7” “CONNECTING SCREW.58” “LEVER.SP” “ADJUST PLATE.L” “COMPRESSION SPRING.INTERMIT” “SHEET.B” “GROUND PLATE.CR.HP.PG” “BUSHING.PG” “HARNESS.CR” “BELT.CARRIAGE” “SHAFT.CR” “EXTENSION SPRING.t=0.FOR TRANSFER.0.86” “SCALE. No.CARREAGE A” BALL BEARING(B210151490) “EXTENSION SPRING.LOCK.81” “CARRIAGE.R” “LEVER.6X8” “SPACER.3.MULTISENSOR” “HARNESS.8” “POLY SLIDER.INCLINATION CAM” “HARNESS.CP-30-FF-4A.B “PLATE.HEAD” “HARNESS.27.4” “DETECTOR.FASTEN.B” “LEVER. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.CR” “PULLEY.B.RIGHT” “CASE FEET.CR.B.B“ “ORING.3” “JOINT. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.C” “CARRIAGE.DETECTOR.ENCODER” Appendix Parts List 460 .

28.RIGHT” Revision B Table 7-7.16.LEFT” “LEVER.LOCK..SP” “COMBINATION GEAR.PLANET” “COMBINATION GEAR.8” “SPUR GEAR.08” “HARNESS.ASF.RELEASE” “SPUR GEAR. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.ENCODER” “HARNESS.98” “SHEET.22.19.25” “COMPRESSION SPRING.0.MIDDLE.ENCODER” “COVER.12.0..STW-FT70.B” “EXTENSION SPRING.38” “PLATE ASSY.22.BRAKE.1.98” Parts Name Parts Name “EXTENSION SPRING.A” “BOARD ASSY.20” “PG TRANSMIT ASSY.2” “SPACER.PLANET” “COMPRESSION SPRING.SUB” “HARNESS.12.R.6..2.33.ENCODER.6” “HOLDER.L” “EXTENSION SPRING..36” “COMBINATION GEAR.44.TUBE.B” “SPACER. No.B” “PAD.RELEASE” “SPUR GEAR.. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.5” “SPACER.B2” “HARNESS.4” “SPUR GEAR.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.FRAME.28” “SPUR GEAR.PLANET” “BOARD ASSY.ROLLER. 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790-A 790-B 790-C 790-D 790-E 791 792 800 801 802 803 805 806 807 808 809 810 811-A 814 815 816 817 818 819 “HOLDER.FFC.DE” “SPUR GEAR.B” “SPUR GEAR.2.6.6.8.MIDDLE.SUS” “HOLDER.RIGHT” “LEVER.TRANSMIT” “COMBINATION GEAR.TUBE” “HOLDER.MOTOR.15.17. 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 854 855 “LEVER.24” “SPUR GEAR.BRAKE.74.HP” BALL BEARING(B210151490) “DETECTOR.TUBE.PLANET.UPPER” “ROLLER ASSY.LEAF.38” “INTERMITTENT GEAR.78” “HOLDER..PAPER EJECT PHASE.TUBE” “SHEET.LOCK.0.ROLLER.36.38” “COMPRESSION SPRING.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.41” Appendix Parts List 461 .BRAKE” “EXTENSION SPRING.PAPER EJECT PHASE.0.8.CHANGE PAPER EJECT” “SPUR GEAR.8.6.0.MIDDLE.16.8” “PLATE ASSY.36” “COMBINATION GEAR.PLANET” “SPUR GEAR.PF” “HOLDER.32.24.6.RELEASE” “POLY SLIDER.TUBE.1” “SPACER.t=0.0.05” “SPACER.99” “MOUNT ASSY.22.25.A” “SPUR GEAR.BELT TENSION” “EXTENSION SPRING.TUBE” “GUIDE.C593” “HOLDER.13.PLATE.6” “COMBINATION GEAR.RELEASE..33.LOCK.PLANET” “SPUR GEAR.PAPER EJECT” “LEVER.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.SENSOR” “PULLEY.71” “HARNESS.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.20. No.R” “LEVER.PLANET.LOWER” “SPUR GEAR.MIDDLE.16.0.8” “COMBINATION GEAR.TUBE” “GUIDE PLATE.MIDDLE.3.33.DETECTOR.CR” “SHEET.6” “COMBINATION GEAR.16.

DRIVEN” “ROLLER.PAPER EJECT.F/B” “HARNESS.PAPER GUIDE. No.REAR” “HARNESS.PE” “BOARD ASSY.GUIDE. 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 871 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 892 893 894 900 “SPUR GEAR.871” “WHEEL.DETECTOR.DETECTOR..CUTTER.F” “POROUS PAD.SP” “CORK.ROLLER.2” “HOLDER.A” STAR WHEEL ASSY..0..E” “HARNESS.PLATE.E” “PAPER GUIDE ASSY..REAR” “PAPER GUIDE ASSY.FRONT.HOLDER.PAPER EJECT ROLLER” “PAPER GUIDE ASSY.ROLLER.3.2X10.PAPER EJECT” Revision B Table 7-7.PAPER FEED” “LEVER.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.B” “SPACER.E” “BUSHING.SP” “STAR WHEEL Assy. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.SP” “SPUR GEAR.” “SPACER.E” “STAR WHEEL Assy.CUTTER.FRONT.47” “LEVER.A” “LEVER.LEVER..18” “LEVER.FRONT.15.PLATE.LOCK.C2” “POROUS PAD.PLATE.PAPER EJECT ROLLER” “EXTENSION SPRING.PAPER THICKNESS.RELEASE.LOADING.PAPER EJECT...RELEASE.CUTTER.EDGE GUIDE” “LEVER.PAPER THICKNESS.MIDDLE” “HOLDER.40” Parts Name “PULLEY.REAR” “TORSION SPRING.PLATE.1” “HOLDER. “ASF UNIT.PAPER GUIDE.D” “SPACER.MIDDLE” “GROUND SPRING.PAPER EJECT” “PAPER GUIDE.PAPER THICKNESS.B2” “PAPER GUIDE ASSY.DETECTOR.EDGE GUIDE” “COVER.SPACER.G” “POROUS PAD.CR” “SHAFT.DRIVEN” “TORSION SPRING.RIGHT” “POROUS PAD.DETECTOR.PE” “ROLLER ASSY.PLATEN” “SPACER.2” “ROLLER.H” “POROUS PAD.HAND INSERTION.PAPER THICKNESS.SP” “COMPRESSION SPRING.615” “FRAME ASSY..0.PW” “HARNESS.I” “POROUS PAD.HOLDER.EDGE GUIDE” Appendix Parts List 462 .PAPER EJECT.8.ROLLER.ROLLER PAPER” “GUIDE.PAPER THICKNESS” “DETECTOR.AIRSEAL.REAR” “SHAFT.B” “EXTENSION SPRING.HP.SUB.D2” “PAD.2” “SCALLOP SPRING PIN-AW.LEFT” “POROUS PAD.REAR ASSY.DETECTOR.ROLLER.M.REAR” “FRAME. No.REAR” “HOLDER.CUTTER.ROLLED PAPER” “MOUNT PLATE. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig..22” “MOTOR ASSY.ROLLER.C” “SPACER.2” “EXTENSION SPRING.DETECTOR.RELEASE” “HARNESS.ROLLER.PE” “DETECTOR.HP. 902 903 904 905 906 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 950 952 953 954 955 Parts Name “INTERMITTENT GEAR.MIDDLE” “POROUS PAD.ROLLER PAPER” “ROLLER.41.08” “LEVER..LOCK.DETECTION” “DETECTOR.LOAD PHASE” “HOLDER.

3.0.LD.LOCK.RIGHT” “GEAR.COVER REAR” “PAPER.SUPPORT.0.CR” “PINCH SCREW.407” “ROLLER ASSY.TRAY” “PAD.CR.ROLLER.ASF.SUB.LD.4X25” “SPACER.LEFT” “EXTENSION SPRING.23” “SLIDER.0.PROTECT IH” “PAD.SP” “SUPPORT POST.11..FRONT.SP” “BAND.SP” “INDIVIDUAL CARTON BOX.EDGE GUIDE” “EXTENSION SPRING..62” “COMPRESSION SPRING.LEFT” “COVER.65 KEEP STAND CR SHAFT HEIGHT TOOL PG BELT TENSION SUPPORT TOOL PG GUAR POSITION ADJ.PAPER RETURN.ROLLER.RIGHT” “ROLLER ASSY.SP” “HANDLE.11” “COMPRESSION SPRING.UPPER.4T” “PAD. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.ASF.FIXED PLATE.0.SET” “FIXED PLATE ASSY.PAD.SET.LD.LD.RIGHT” “EXTENSION SPRING. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG Parts Name “COMPRESSION SPRING.PAD.ROLLER.LD.47” “LEVER.294” “HOLDER.SET.HOPPER.2200X2500X0.1.ROLLER.MIDDLE” “COMPRESSION SPRING.SP” “PAD.230” “CLEANING LIQUID CARTRIDGE. 956 957 958 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 970 971 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 982 983 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 Revision B Table 7-7.RIGHT” “HOLDER.RIGHT” “LEVER.LEFT” “COVER.SP” “SUPPORT POST. No.0.RELEASE.1.PINCH SCREW” “COLOR TIE.LEFT” “ROD SPRING.33” “FRAME ASSY.75 THICKNESS GAUGE T=0.40” “ROLLER.SUPPORT” “LEVER.ASF” “LEVER.CORNER.HOLDER.LOCK.LOWER” “EXTENSION SPRING.44.LD..SP” “PE SHEET.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.0.SP” “PAD.TOOL PG BELT TENSION WEIGHT Appendix Parts List 463 .LEFT” “ROLLER.4” “GROUND SPRING.LD.RELEASE. No..EDGE GUIDE” “GUIDE.SUPPORT.46” “COMPRESSION SPRING.LOWER” “FRAME.74” Parts Name “OUTER CARTON BOX.SP” “INDIVIDUAL CARTON BOX.PRINTING” CODE TYPE MICROPHONE(U-505) MULTI SENSOR POSITION TOOL PAPER THICKNESS POSITION TOOL CR LOCK TOOL Banding Standard Sample HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL CR SHAFT PARALLELISM PRSS TOOL CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL FFC CHECKING TOOL P-COVER OPEN SENSOR CLOSE TOOL THICKNESS GAUGE T=0. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.PAPER RETURN.LD.ANGLE.BOTTOM.RIGHT” “BUSHING.RELEASE” “LEVER.PAD” “LEVER.

NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG Revision B Parts Name CR SHAFT PARALLELISM ADG.EPSON Stylus Pro 4000 Table 7-7.TOOL PLATEN RUBBER SETTING TOOL ALLEN WRENCH(3mm) CR ASSY HOLD TOOL CUTTER CAP PRESS TOOL FOR CUTTER PLATE ASF EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL BOXWRENCH(SPECIAL PROCESSING) CUTTER PLATE DITCH POSITION TOOL KEEP STAND FOR CUTTER PLATE&PLATEN CALIBRATE BLOCK&TOOL STAND TENSION GAUGE(5N.STD) TENSION GAUGE(10N) THICKNESS GAUGE t=0. No. Parts List for C511001N-EAI Fig.TOOL CR SHAFT PASS/UN-PASS TOOL CR SHAFT PARALLELISM WEIGHT CUTTER HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT TOOL CUTTER PRESS DOWN TOOL PLATEN HEIGHT ADGUSTMENT TOOL CR SHAFT HEIGHT ADGUSTMENT TOOL CR SHAFT HEIGHT CHECK TOOL PF ROLLER HEIGHT ADJ.1mm TORQUE SCREWDRIVER(4~12KG) Appendix Parts List 464 .

M-AB60-103.ROLLPAPER SET.86 EUR 3.POWER SUPPLY. 2.COVER PRINTER.INSIDE.MODEL NAME LABEL.LEFT STOPPER.SIDE.I/F.16 EUR 69.53 EUR 2.78 EUR 409.LEFT SCROLLER.B STACKER STACKER. 6.FAN ASSY.SP HOLDER ASSY.L. SHAFT.B MOUNTING PLATE. 76.A.53 EUR 8.HARNESS COVER. COVER.STD BOARD ASSY.A.STANDARD HARNESS HARNESS. 5920A.CONECTER. a. VAT excl.18 EUR 3.RIGHT GROUNDING PLATE.LEFT LATCH.A. 5924A..A.A. MAIN..I/H.COVER PRINTER.81 EUR 3.81 EUR 4.81 EUR a..FILTER. NON-EAI COVER ASSY.IF GROUND PLATE.L MAKEUP SCREW Ersetzt durch: 1301606 STACKER ASSEMBLY..INK COLOR. AC INRET(3PIN) Ersetzt durch: 2113359 PRINTER MECHANISM(SP). a.ROLL..LEFT PANEL. 3.8COLOR RIGHT.36 EUR a.70 EUR 6.IF.8COLOR RIGHT LABEL.C GUIDE.97 EUR a.58 EUR 3.SP HOLDER ASSY.44 EUR 51.RELEASE.A.SUPPORT TRAY ASSEMBLY.A. .I/F GROUND PLATE. a.31 EUR 2.71 EUR 15.00 EUR a. 2311.HARNESS.18 EUR 2. a.69 EUR 47.ULTRA CHROME INK LABEL.COVER I/C GUIDE. 3. 2.POWER SUPPLY COVER.A.ASF SET LABEL.UPPER.A.57 EUR 5.22 EUR 2.UPPER BOARD ASSY..INK COLOR.ROLL. Shipping Costs 44.RIGHT MOUNT PLATE.RELEASE.2/3 INCH LABEL.A.22 EUR 6.A.B TRAY ASSEMBLY.38 EUR a.A.SP ADAPTER FLANGE.STOPPER.A.I/H.96 EUR a.96 EUR 3.REAR STOPPER.94 EUR 13.A.71 EUR 3.80 EUR 27.A.B FILTER. AC INRET(3PIN) HARNESS.83 EUR a.SAB ASSY.59 EUR a.C LABEL.81 EUR 2.LEVER Price incl.40 EUR a.05 EUR 6.01 EUR 3. 4.L.21 EUR 5.RIGHT Ersetzt durch: 1306278 Ersetzt durch: 1306278 KNOB.A.B FILTER.RIGHT DUCT.B COVER.41 EUR 49.Model STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 Article 1269784 1269783 1269782 1104332 1104330 1104331 1263652 1220015 1264207 1234812 1301606 1231236 1401640 1231245 1242255 1274131 1403670 1249628 1265063 1259597 1104833 1291199 1299692 1231229 1219618 1299523 1269616 1055583 1232657 1259966 1290853 1270101 1270017 1270014 1011863 2080059 2080067 2080894 2087847 2093530 2088951 2113359 1269786 1231241 1033723 1231243 1231233 1219617 1246018 1246017 1219624 1306278 1219623 1219619 Reference Description 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 109 110 110 111 112 113 113 114 115 117 118 119 119 150 151 151 152 153 154 155 155 156 157 158 159 200 300 301 302 302 500 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 509 510 511 HOLDER ASSY.ROLL.R.00 EUR a.LEVER COVER.18 EUR 3. a.SP COVER.FRONT COVER.STACKER STACKER. 12.FAN. a.RIGHT FLANGE.

FIXING SHAFT.SUPPLY.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1269785 1249367 1267084 1231242 1231240 1219993 2080893 2080201 1250411 1243285 1299689 1261383 1249629 1243281 1249443 1249440 1402658 1230885 1091087 1091090 1091091 1091094 1091096 1091098 1091099 1219632 1219633 1219661 1219663 1230882 1230884 1249372 1259967 1264224 2020393 2060507 2071647 1219620 1219660 2078939 1249365 1249360 1249361 1249364 1056164 1614680 1091107 1235237 1249356 2082704 2082705 2082706 2082707 1230881 1469602 1249371 1249358 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 521 522 524 525 526 527 542 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 585 586 587 COVER ASSY.TRANSPORT LABEL. 5.PANEL.IC.69 EUR 3.INK COLOR.22 EUR 3. 3.SUPPLY. a.83 EUR 3.M HARNESS.HOLDER.LEFT LABEL.RIGHT FRAME.CSIC.INK. 5.INK.HOLDER.A.PAPER JAMMING REMOVAL LABEL.CSIC.15 EUR 6. 2.L TUBE.INK COLOR.HOLDER.IC.IH.PANEL HARNESS.PAPER LEVER SET UP LABEL.Y Ersetzt durch: 1469602 HOLDER ASSY.A.A.A.UPPER FRAME.INK EJECT POROUS PAD.93 EUR 6.75 EUR a.74 EUR a.11 EUR 3.LEAF.I/H.58 EUR 3.IC. a.HOLDER.IC Ersetzt durch: 2060220 KNOB..43 EUR 3.IH DETECTOR.88 EUR 7.IC.RIGHT COVER.I/S.LOCK LEVER CAM.MB HARNESS.64 EUR 4. .46 EUR 3.A.C TUBE.RIGHT CONTROL.LOCK.IC.HOLDER.27 EUR 2.13 EUR a.RIGHT MOUNT PLATE.B2.L HARNESS.0V.IC.92 EUR 2..INK.158.64 EUR 3.M7 JOINT.A.CAUTION.40 EUR 59.PANEL LOGO PLATE.IC FRAME.VALVE HARNESS. BOARD ASSY.CSIC.76 EUR 3.ROLL PAPER SET.0A.13X54.INK.RIGHT TUBE.SUPPLY.L FRAME.A.MB TUBE.51 EUR a.B LABEL.39 EUR 5.HOLDER.LEFT.22 EUR 3.BASE.SP POROUS PAD. 4.UNDER.32 EUR 4.63 EUR 2.82 EUR a.15 EUR 4..A.50 EUR 5.IC TORSION SPRING. 1.32 EUR 3.A.LEFT MOUNTING PLATE.A.A.CSIC.I/C.IC.LOWER PRESSING PLATE.CHOKE CLEANING LABEL.BK 32..INK.38 EUR 6.01 EUR 3.32 EUR 2.R MOUNT PLATE.I/H.34 CAM.IC.46 EUR 5.C HARNESS.6 FAN GEAR.09 EUR a.R GROUND PLATE.I/S.BASE.70 EUR a.INK EJECT.IH.TOP LEVER.Y Ersetzt durch: 1614680 ORING.43 EUR 5.22 FRAME ASSY.ACCESSORY LABEL.08 EUR 7.OPERATE SPUR GEAR. a.CONECTOR M7 CONNECTING SCREW.B HOLDER ASSY.R.M TUBE.63 EUR 3.SUPPLY..27 EUR 4.A. 2.19 EUR a.3 JOINT.NEEDLE MOUNTING PLATE ASSY.96 EUR 3.3.SUPPLY.SUB GUIDE..76 EUR 2.E LABEL. 3. a.82 EUR 2.A.44 EUR 5.70 EUR 2.IC. a.SIDE.LEFT MOUNTING PLATE.

BK HARNESS.LC TUBE.29 EUR 4.A.SUPPLY.65 EUR 6. a.93 EUR a.FL.EXHAUST POROUS PAD.INTERMIT RECYCL CLAMP GUTTER.L2 HARNESS.33 EUR 2.BOX. 3.I/S.65 EUR a.01 EUR 3.25 EUR a.CSIC. 4.E EXTENSION SPRING.LOWER BOX ASSY.INK EJEXT BOX.R2 HARNESS.41 EUR 4.13. BOARD ASSY.UPPER POROUS PAD.38 EUR 47.R1 HARNESS.PANEL.A.A.83 EUR 3.PAPER EJECT.05 MOTOR ASSY.97 EUR 3.A.CSIC.89 EUR 3.SUPPLY.2. 4.CSIC.A. 2.STD.SUB-C.CUTTER CHANGE COVER.INK EJECT.C TAPE.01 EUR a.32 EUR a.PUMP.94 EUR 3.18 EUR 3. 5.07 EUR 6.18 EUR a.D FAN.A.65 EUR 3.PF DUCT.FRAME.LK HARNESS.B POROUS PAD.A BRACKET.INK.FAN.L1 HARNESS.96 EUR 3.AIR.B Ersetzt durch: 1442067 SPACER.A.INK EJECT HARNESS.INK ASSY.89 EUR 3. 16.55 GUIDE.A GUIDE.INK EJECT.47 EUR 4.81 EUR 24..83 EUR 3.B.INK.LK HARNESS...FLUSHING Ersetzt durch: 1408200 HARNESS.LM TUBE.FLUSHING PUMP CAP ASSY.B GUIDE.INK EJECT.18 EUR 2.61 EUR 3.LM HARNESS.PHASE DETECTION Ersetzt durch: 1472715 CLEANER.98 EUR 3.74 EUR 3.R POROUS PAD.44 EUR .A.STACK ROLLER. 6.BOX.INK EJECT BOX GUIDE RAIL.MT POROUS PAD ASSY.SUPPLY.32 EUR a.40 EUR 2.43 EUR 5.75 EUR 5.PAPER GUIDE LABEL.A.65 EUR a.INK EJECT HARNESS.. 5.GUTTER.A. 2.20 EUR 2.75 EUR 5.A.24 EUR a. 42.PAPER GUIDE.INK EJECT.FFC EXTENSION SPRING.FL..GUIDE.LOCK GUIDE RAIL.INK.22 EUR 3.CSIC.ASP JOINT.INK.CSIC.STOPPER.INK.01 EUR a.BOARD.00 EUR 2.AIR.INK.A.INK EJECT BOX.BLOWER.BOX.86 EUR a.92 EUR 3.BLOWER FAN.FRONT INDUCTION DUCT POROUS PAD.94 EUR a.STOPPER.LC HARNESS. 3.LEFT Ersetzt durch: 1408203 HOLDER ASSY.A.45 EUR 7.B SHEET.. 5923A.LEFT 7.GUIDE. DUCT.C Ersetzt durch: 1553933 LEAF SPRING.HEAD.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1249362 1249363 1249359 2082708 2082709 2082710 2082711 2078951 1400711 1277287 1268462 1264116 1262677 1270335 1270047 1408200 1230879 2082701 1281194 1271403 1264516 1289906 1270025 1276759 1276758 1220013 1219997 1270023 1234019 1270022 1234018 1220006 1219992 1230883 1408203 2080880 1091074 2080200 2080198 2080202 2080199 2082702 1250214 1274727 2080065 1219871 1230520 1249354 1230530 2078969 1219869 2080205 2103408 1219923 1219926 1249442 1273730 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 606 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 638 639 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 657 658 661 663 664 TUBE.GUTTER. 5.C593 PAPER GUIDE.UPPER POROUS PAD.

PAPER EJECT.DUCT.DETECTOR.B CARRIAGE.A.A.R.A.FAN POROUS PAD.COVER OPEN LEVER.PG PAD.58 EUR 3.MOTOR.11.20 COMBINATION GEAR.76 EUR 28.B PLATE.58 EUR 2.SUB.40.PAPER GUIDE CENTER PAD.4 COMBINATION GEAR.99 EUR 2.47 EUR 2.AIR.RIGHT LOWER DUCT.8 POLY SLIDER.01 EUR a.20. a.FRAME..56.R PLATE. a.MIDDLE HARNESS.BEARING HOLDER.B CAM.CUT POSITION HOLDER.A HARNESS.D DUCT.RIGHT CASE FEET.STACK PAD.DETECTOR.FAN.81 EUR 2.06 EUR 3.A.01 EUR 4.38 EUR 3. 33.DAMPER Ersetzt durch: 1300687 Ersetzt durch: 1419222 VALVE ASSY.R Ersetzt durch: 1400962 LEVER.MULTISENSOR HARNESS.RIGHT MOTOR ASSY.A HARNESS.BEARING.LEFT COVER.ROLLER.A.05 EUR 3.A..76 EUR 2.6. 5922A. a. a.C GROUND PLATE.22 EUR 3.FAN.A. 7.RIGHT PAD.A.84 EUR a.A.65 EUR 2.A.FRAME.27.BLACK Ersetzt durch: F145001 PRINT HEAD.62 EUR 2.43 EUR 3.8. 33. ASP/1440 CARRIAGE.82 EUR 3.36 EXTENSION SPRING.C.CP-30-FF-4A.FASTEN. 12. 2.27 EUR 4.AIR.E GROUND SPRING.01 EUR 2.76 EUR 3.6W.C BOARD ASSY.MIDDLE.96 EUR 3.B BOARD ASSY.01 EUR 3.58 EUR 3.01 EUR 5.96 EUR 3.18 EUR 16.MULTISENSOR PLATE.HEAD. 3.PAPER GUIDE.27 EUR a.13.STD.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 2078980 2078981 1273729 1219904 1219868 2078977 1269667 1270018 1270044 1219867 2080063 2078968 1270021 2084899 1219759 1230523 1249388 1219767 1219760 1219758 1219870 1259969 1270020 1264223 1265567 2084993 1273728 1276760 1273504 F145000 F145001 1219702 1290785 1219751 1287190 1300687 1419222 1287667 1264204 1290786 1219704 1288197 2080204 2078962 1261387 1219716 1219715 1300413 1219748 1262577 1400962 1219709 1219711 1272861 1260145 1219708 1219742 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 690 691 692 693 694 700 700 701 701 702 703 703 703 704 705 706 706 711 712 713 714 715 716 716 717 718 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 HARNESS.89 EUR 2.25 SHAFT.96 EUR 2.B SHAFT.81 EUR 2.76 EUR 2.t=0.77 EUR a.A.CR CARRIAGE.PAPER GUIDE. 3.01 EUR 3.70 EUR a.BEARING COMPRESSION SPRING.PAPER GUIDE..SOLENOID a.DC SPUR GEAR.B.INCLINATION.SUB COVER.09 EUR 3.SUB-B.AIR. a.FAN.MULTISENSOR LABEL.96 EUR 3.B Ersetzt durch: 1290786 COVER.39 EUR 3.8 SPUR GEAR.PG.16 COMBINATION GEAR. 5.FOR TRANSFER.A.8 DUCT.01 EUR .B COVER.C PAD.70 EUR 3.A.DUCT.A.66 EUR a.B SHEET.02 EUR 3. HARNESS.DUCT.ASP.22 EUR 3.BEARING.STW-FT40.CR.CONNECTION HOLDER.AIR SEAL. 4.B POROUS PAD.06 EUR a..

06 EUR a..5 SPACER.PG HARNESS.09 EUR 3.3.32 EUR a.TUBE.70 EUR 2.96 EUR 2.20 EUR 3. 14.HP.A.47 EUR 2.17 EUR 5.MIDDLE.STD HARNESS.CR PULLEY.58 EUR a.PG BUSHING. 3.DRIVEN SHAFT..A.MIDDLE.70 EUR a.INTERMIT SHEET.CR.A.A.TUBE HOLDER.76 EUR a.CR.02 EUR a. 3.B.INCLINATION CAM HARNESS.0.86 EUR 2.LOCK BUSHING. 2.B.CR PLATE.82 EUR 5.63 EUR a.CR.A.0.58 LEVER.0.59 EUR a.CR LOCK COMPRESSION SPRING. 3.B PAD. 4.0.LOWER C.DETECTOR.ENCODER COVER.63 EUR 2.LOCK.HEAD HARNESS.2 SPACER.A.0.B LEVER.05 SPACER.TUBE SHEET.SUS Ersetzt durch: 1289166 HOLDER.MIDDLE.70 EUR 13.94 EUR 3. 4.47 EUR a.MIDDLE.A.09 EUR 3.TUBE GUIDE.100MW BELT.P-TITE.L.27 EUR 11.SCALE.B STOPPER.81 CARRIAGE. a.SUB.PG BOARD ASSY.SP ADJUST PLATE.B SOLENOID.84 EUR 21. 3.A.2.CARRIAGE SHAFT.46 EUR 4.1 SPACER.0.29.A.LOCK. 3.82 EUR 3.52 GROUND PLATE.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1219747 1230518 1219730 1230517 1287668 1219712 1230515 1290784 2078959 1219714 1300411 1290787 1274133 1219739 2080197 2082703 1276768 1296110 1290562 1290563 1283931 1041438 1278341 1076308 1219777 1219757 1306183 1234017 1219741 1230519 1219738 1219744 1219720 1219721 1234322 2032842 1230524 2078958 1048919 1219706 1270045 1219705 2080061 2078961 1219736 1219737 1234020 1219731 1219727 1219732 1289166 1278337 1278338 1278339 1278340 1278824 2078957 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 744 745 746 752 753 753 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 770 772 773 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 789 790-A 790-B 790-C 790-D 790-E 791 CAM.BEARING.CAM.INCLINATION EXTENSION SPRING.HEAD. 15.CARREAGE A BALL BEARING(B210151490) LEVER.6X8 Ersetzt durch: 1283931 SPACER.2.FFC SOLENOID ASSY.3.BEARING.20 EUR 3.MIDDLE.86 EUR 2.32 EUR 2.CR BELT.B SPACER.94 EUR 3.L PLATE.A.79 EUR 2.191 SLIDER.A.43 EUR 31.76 EUR 2.96 EUR 2. 4V.ENCODER HOLDER.TUBE. 5921A.UPPER ADJUST PLATE.A.61 EUR a.TUBE.FFC..INCLINATION.28 EUR 2.B LEVER. 3.86 SCALE.96 EUR 3.05 EUR 2.CR SHEET.32 EUR 3.A.08 HARNESS.A BOARD ASSY.TUBE GUIDE PLATE. a.DETECTOR.05 EUR 2.81 EUR 2.70 EUR 2.15 EUR a.L COMPRESSION SPRING.69 EUR .HP 2.50MA.PULLEY COMPRESSION SPRING.4 DETECTOR.0.E.B EXTENSION SPRING.34 EUR 2.CR EXTENSION SPRING.A.

B SPUR GEAR.ENCODER HARNESS.22 EUR 2..92 EUR 3.86 EUR 2.6.06 EUR 3.16.86 EUR 2.70 EUR 3.22.92 EUR 2.R LEVER.DE SPUR GEAR.A.6 HOLDER.81 EUR 3.15.24 SPUR GEAR.16.01 EUR 2.92 EUR 2.BRAKE.92 EUR 3.65 EUR 3.BRAKE.A.PLANET.25.6.. 2.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.PAPER EJECT PHASE.FRAME.86 EUR 3.PLANET SPUR GEAR.76 EUR 2.36 COMBINATION GEAR.78 HOLDER.PAPER EJECT PHASE.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 2078954 1219914 1230544 1269788 1219686 1219691 1219693 1219688 1219768 1219894 1300544 1249390 1289600 1219824 1405100 1219821 1219820 1264474 1035494 1270016 1230512 1219681 1230539 1219822 1219818 1219695 1219883 1219890 1219694 1219891 1219886 1219888 1219889 1219885 1219916 1219909 1219915 1295050 1230543 2080879 1219764 1219761 1268876 1268703 1268894 1268889 1219765 1219763 1230525 1264206 1219762 2035504 2078975 1219802 1219809 1230531 1230536 801 802 803 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 811A 812 813 814 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 854 855 856 HARNESS.06 EUR 2.SENSOR PULLEY.21. 12.78 EUR 2.PLANET.8 SPUR GEAR.33.28 SPUR GEAR.81 EUR a.18 EUR 3.92 EUR 3.RIGHT LEVER.44.2. 2.06 EUR 3.92 EUR 2.LOCK.99 MOUNT ASSY.13.81 EUR 2. a.FRAME.t=0.A.BRAKE EXTENSION SPRING.38 PLATE ASSY.76 EUR 2.PF HOLDER.RELEASE.76 EUR 2.78 EUR 3.6.20 SPUR GEAR.4 SPUR GEAR.24 SPUR GEAR.R.6 COMBINATION GEAR.12.32.11 EUR 97.42 EUR a.76 EUR 2.RELEASE.22 EUR 3.RIGHT EXTENSION SPRING.BELT TENSION EXTENSION SPRING.L EXTENSION SPRING.38 EUR 2.36.CHANGE PAPER EJECT SPUR GEAR.86 EUR 2.41 LEVER.33.RELEASE HOLDER.33.TRANSMIT COMBINATION GEAR.38 INTERMITTENT GEAR.ENCODER.RELEASE POLY SLIDER.MOTOR.B SPUR GEAR.0.RELEASE SPUR GEAR.PLANET COMBINATION GEAR.PLATE.2.ASF.1..36 COMBINATION GEAR.STW-FT70.LOWER SPUR GEAR.6.11.0.SP COMBINATION GEAR.8 PLATE ASSY.12.A HOLDER.6 COMBINATION GEAR.TRANSMIT PG TRANSMIT ASSY.63 EUR 2.PAPER EJECT LEVER.LOCK.UPPER ROLLER ASSY.PLANET.96 EUR a.ROLLER.20.6..CHANGE PAPER EJECT.40 3.B EXTENSION SPRING.C593 COMBINATION GEAR.58 EUR 2.81 EUR 2.RELEASE.8.24.PLANET BOARD ASSY.13 EUR 4.06 EUR 2.18 EUR 2.28.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.38 COMPRESSION SPRING.98 INTERMITTENT GEAR.74.LOCK.8.16.32 EUR 2.69 EUR 3.6.3..PLANET COMPRESSION SPRING.71 EUR 2.38 EUR 3.98 SHEET.CHANGE PAPER EJECT.58 EUR 2.A.20 EUR 3.PLANET SPUR GEAR.25 COMPRESSION SPRING.65 EUR 3.22.22.70 EUR 2.81 EUR 2.8 COMBINATION GEAR.R LEVER.16.LEFT LEVER.71 HARNESS.16.64 EUR 2.ROLLER.49 EUR 2.LOCK..01 EUR 3.19.8.92 EUR 3.2.17.47 EUR .81 EUR 3.A SPUR GEAR.

STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1230537 1219843 1230535 1230890 2078940 1219853 2078955 1230534 1219851 1219852 1270673 2080203 1219849 1219607 1219845 1219846 1219847 1266873 1219848 1035402 1219842 1219608 1219844 2078953 1269796 1230533 1219840 1219832 1219850 2023967 2078976 2021301 2014138 1219908 1219919 1230547 1219961 1269790 1299759 1219882 1048957 2078956 1219922 1259060 1442060 1272798 1272797 1272795 1272793 1272792 1259058 1442058 1272790 1272789 1259059 1442059 1272791 857 858 859 860 861 862 864 865 866 867 871 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 892 893 894 894 900 902 903 904 906 906 907 908 909 910 911 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 917 918 919 920 920 921 SPUR GEAR. a.ROLLER PAPER GUIDE.A.PAPER EJECT PULLEY.A.96 EUR 2.81 EUR a.LEVER.FRONT... a.A.. a.DETECTOR.PAPER THICKNESS.SP STAR WHEEL Assy.2 EXTENSION SPRING. a.H POROUS PAD.46 EUR 5.MIDD POROUS PAD. a.DRIVEN ROLLER.81 EUR a. 2.RELEASE.69 EUR a.RELEASE HARNESS.81 EUR 4.A.ROLLED PAPER MOUNT PLATE.47 LEVER.I POROUS PAD.CR SHAFT.REAR HARNESS.HOLDER.HOLDER.G POROUS PAD.33 EUR a.76 EUR 2.A.PAPER EJECT ROLLER Ersetzt durch: 1442060 PAPER GUIDE ASSY..PAPER THICKNESS HARNESS.0.2 HOLDER. 3.F/B HARNESS.84 EUR 2.51 EUR 2.34 EUR 2.2 SCALLOP SPRING PIN-AW.ROLLER PAPER ROLLER.20 EUR a.A.43 EUR 3.65 EUR a.53 EUR .615 FRAME ASSY.A. a..REAR FRAME.22 MOTOR ASSY.B2 Ersetzt durch: 1442059 PAPER GUIDE ASSY.70 EUR 2.PAPER THICKNESS.74 EUR 3. 11. 4.A.A.DETECTOR.2X10.PE BOARD ASSY.FRONT.1 HOLDER.REAR SHAFT.3. a.81 EUR 2.A.25 EUR 36.A.08 LEVER.PE DETECTOR.78 EUR 4.SP SPUR GEAR.A.PW HARNESS.A.0.DETECTOR. 4.D2 3.ROLLER.REAR HOLDER.PE Ersetzt durch: 2021301 ROLLER ASSY.F POROUS PAD. 4.LEFT POROUS PAD.30 EUR a. 22.58 EUR 4. a.871 WHEEL.SP COMPRESSION SPRING.83 EUR 3.PAPER EJECT ROLLER EXTENSION SPRING.63 EUR a.ROLLER.A. a.B EXTENSION SPRING.A..GUIDE.REAR PAPER GUIDE ASSY.RIGH POROUS PAD. 2.C2 POROUS PAD.A.SUB.A LEVER.30 EUR a.E Ersetzt durch: 1442058 PAPER GUIDE ASSY.PAPER GUIDE.58 EUR 2.ROLLER.ROLLER.8.LOAD PHASE HOLDER.63 EUR a.PAPER THICKNESS.REAR TORSION SPRING...A.ROLLER.PAPER EJECT.MIDDLE HOLDER.A..18 LEVER.PAPER EJECT.DRIVEN TORSION SPRING.LOCK.29 EUR 3.A.A. a.A.DETECTOR.A.DETECTOR.M.76 EUR 2. 47.PAPER THICKNESS.DETECTOR.81 EUR 26.DETECTION STAR WHEEL Assy.40 EUR 2.58 EUR 3.65 EUR 2.41. 4. 7.2 ROLLER.15.ROLLER.RELEASE.PAPER EJECT.HAND INSERTION.LOADING. a.MIDDLE GROUND SPRING.PAPER GUIDE.A.. a.FRONT.30 EUR a.

SUPPORT HOLDER.11.A.82 LEVER.A.A.LEFT COVER.1.MIDDLE COMPRESSION SPRING.47 LEVER.ROLLER.EDGE GUIDE COVER.70 EUR a.70 EUR 2.00 EUR 3.LD.76 EUR 2. 2.66 EUR 3.PAD.LOCK.LEFT EXTENSION SPRING.63 EUR 2.ASF.LEFT COVER.PLATE.LEFT ROD SPRING.PLATE.PLATE.. 17.70 EUR a.SUPPORT.86 EUR 2.PAD. 24.294 HOLDER.. SPACER..LD.1MM.4 GROUND SPRING. QUARTZ OSCILLATOR.A.46 COMPRESSION SPRING.EDGE GUIDE.LOWER FRAME.A.HOPPER..76 EUR 2.REAR ASSY. 20.76 EUR 2.47 COMPRESSION SPRING.69 EUR 3.A.70 EUR 2. 2.LOCK.RIGHT HOLDER.76 EUR 2.9.1.76 EUR 4.EDGE GUIDE HOPPER GUIDE.PAD. 2.A.96 EUR 2.00 EUR 3.EDGE GUIDE EXTENSION SPRING.AIRSEAL.40 ROLLER.ROLLER.LEFT COMPRESSION SPRING..HOLDER.92 EUR 2.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1269614 1219865 1270015 1274765 1300534 1264203 1264202 1264201 1264200 1290203 1440020 1269797 1219947 1219949 1035697 1264623 1264622 1035696 1030960 1219948 1219943 1264118 1266425 1230550 1219936 1230552 1235932 1219953 1219952 1235931 1235930 1030449 1030420 1235929 1030450 1036874 1230551 1301888 1219942 1040646 1219940 1279035 1219939 1230549 1219941 1219938 1219937 1219960 1219968 1219959 1219963 1264205 1230898 1219929 1219962 2060030 2032086 922 923 924 925 925 926 927 928 929 930 950 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 CN48 CR1 PAD.A.LD.97 EUR 2.LD.RIGHT HOLDER ASSY.RIGHT BUSHING.ASF.76 EUR a.62 COMPRESSION SPRING.5769 3.RIGHT GEAR.PAPER RETURN.RIGHT ROLLER ASSY. a.76 EUR 2.65 EUR 2.63 EUR 2.EDGE GUIDE.50 EUR a.01 EUR a.E BUSHING.RELEASE.LD.ROLLER.A. .CUTTER.RIGHT HOLDER.A STAR WHEEL ASSY.LEFT ROLLER.63 EUR 2.C SPACER.3.1.98 EUR a.67 EUR 2.92 EUR 21.22 EUR a.PAPER FEED LEVER.SUPPORT.A. 3.B SPACER. 2.RELEASE LEVER.70 EUR 2.EDGE GUIDE LEVER.74 CONNECTOR.65 EUR 28.0.00 EUR 55.ROLLER.LD.0.RELEASE.81 EUR 2.LEFT LEVER.96 EUR 2. ASF UNIT.0.86 EUR 2.19 EUR 4.44.LD.407 ROLLER ASSY.81 EUR 12. a.LOCK.SPACER.0.0.63 EUR 2.CUTTER.SUB.0.SP Ersetzt durch: 1440020 EDGE GUIDE CORK.23 SLIDER.76 EUR 2.70 EUR 2. a.CUTTER.EDGE GUIDE COMPRESSION SPRING.76 EUR 21.PLATE.A.PAD.D SPACER.PAPER EJECT Ersetzt durch: 1300534 PAPER GUIDE.00 EUR 3.43 EUR 2.ASF LEVER. 2.11 COMPRESSION SPRING.LOWER EXTENSION SPRING.RIGHT LEVER.PAD HOLDER ASSY.CUTTER.86 EUR 2.06 EUR 2.30 EUR a.RIGHT EXTENSION SPRING.LD.PAPER RETURN.33 FRAME ASSY.PLATEN SPACER.

LM. 11..8 I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.12 EUR 54.TOOL #F923 CR SHAFT PARALLELISM PRSS TOOL #F924 CR SHAFT PARALLELISM WEIGHT #F926 CR SHAFT PASS/UN-PASS TOOL #F925 CR SUS PLATE SUPPORT TOOL #F910 CUTTER CAP CUTTER HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT TOOL #F927 CUTTER PLATE DITCH POSITION TOOL CUTTER PRESS DOWN TOOL #F928 Ersetzt durch: 1458436 Ersetzt durch: 1474280 Ersetzt durch: 1477474 FFC CHECKING TOOL #F909 HEAD EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.A.15 EUR 390.94 EUR 42.A. a. QFP.92 EUR 32.60 EUR .44 EUR 57.18 EUR 34.54 HYBRID IC ALLEN WRENCH(3mm) ASF EXCHANGE SUPPORT TOOL Banding Standard Sample BOXWRENCH(SPECIAL PROCESSING) CALIBRATE BLOCK&TOOL STAND CLEANING LIQUID CARTRIDGE. FUSE.41 EUR 98.100.A. . a. a.144 D/A CONVERTER.8. a.50 EUR a. .BULK FUSE.OVERSEAS. a.89 EUR 4994.P.39 EUR 471.57 EUR 23.31 EUR 1741.A.A.0.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 2060188 2029051 2068821 2077442 2080885 2033895 2073111 2060090 2060126 2036166 2082276 2060844 2031503 2036339 2061113 2072867 2102671 2060648 2054856 1401454 1401458 1288094 1401947 1401950 1477474 1277074 1401455 1284893 1400038 1400039 1400032 1400022 1400034 1400033 1400023 1401456 1400035 1401948 1400036 1243924 1418585 1458436 1400024 1294672 1103969 1103970 1103973 1103975 1103974 1103971 1103976 1103972 1400028 1401949 1282354 1400025 1282355 CR2 DM1 F1 F2 F3 FAN1 IC1 IC10 IC12 IC14 IC21 IC22 IC23 IC24 IC27 IC31 IC31 IC4 IC607 NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG CRYSTAL. a.91 EUR 1381.P.51 EUR 70.56 EUR 85.BK.69 EUR 682.P.25 EUR 322.OVERSEAS. I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.8 KEEP STAND CR SHAFT HEIGHT TOOL #F919 KEEP STAND FOR CUTTER PLATE&PLATEN MULTI SENSOR POSITION TOOL P-COVER OPEN SENSOR CLOSE TOOL #F908 PAPER THICKNESS POSITION TOOL a.M62090FP HYBRID IC.14 ASIC OTHERS.09 EUR 225.LC. 12.49 EUR 76.A. a.19 EUR 41. I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.A.A.P.83 EUR 2362. a.A.OVERSEAS.27 EUR 208. . a.PRINTING CODE TYPE MICROPHONE(U-505) CR ASSY HOLD TOOL CR LOCK TOOL CR SHAFT HEIGHT ADGUSTMENT TOOL #F917 CR SHAFT HEIGHT CHECK TOOL #F916 CR SHAFT PARALLELISM ADG.250V.P.OVERSEAS.A.A.30.C.OVERSEAS.P. FUSE. 33.03 EUR 595. 28 IC SOP.8 I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.15 EUR 80. 24 HYBRID IC ASIC.388.59 EUR 47.A. a. a. IC QFP.A..A.2A.OVERSEAS.375A.54 EUR 49.100. a.A. a.250V.39 EUR a. 8.A. IC SOP.72 EUR 1203.LIGHT I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX.MATTE I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX. 30MHZ DIODE STACK.A.A.Y. DC FAN SET VOLTAGE REGULATOR MICROCONTROLLER.25 EUR 293.OVERSEAS.67 EUR 43.M.88 EUR a.20 EUR 53.T2A. SDRAM.63V. a.OVERSEAS. QFP.26 EUR 5020.89 EUR 193. I/C WITHIN INDIVIDUAL BOX. SOP.40 EUR 427. a.77 EUR 325. BL.A. ASIC.53 EUR 3145.

87 EUR 527.38 EUR 519.   .A.30 EUR 1107.77 EUR 260.1mm THICKNESS GAUGE T=0.95 EUR 148.5W 2665.TOOL PLATEN HEIGHT ADGUSTMENT TOOL #F915 PLATEN RUBBER SETTING TOOL PRESS TOOL FOR CUTTER PLATE TENSION GAUGE(10N) TENSION GAUGE(5N.TOOL #F918 PG BELT TENSION SUPPORT TOOL #F920 PG BELT TENSION WEIGHT #F922 PG GUAR POSITION ADJ.11 EUR 667.81 EUR 28. BL N-CH FET.500MW P-CH FET.1A.75 #F911 TORQUE SCREWDRIVER(4~12KG) TRANSISTOR.2A.60V.65 EUR 532.87 EUR 195. TP.55 EUR 195.A.40 EUR 7786. 3.0.STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 STYLUS PRO 4000 1400040 1400029 1400031 1400030 1400037 1401453 1401457 1401952 1401951 1401953 1400027 1400026 1401954 2036463 2046570 2080819 NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG NON FIG Q20 QF2 QF7 PF ROLLER HEIGHT ADJ.60V. TP.STD) THICKNESS GAUGE t=0.22 EUR a.32 EUR 376.65 #F912 THICKNESS GAUGE T=0.09 EUR a.